Industrial. Electrical. Automation.
Catalogue Edition 2.0
1
Relays & Timers
2
Position Sensors
3
Power Supply Systems
4
Digital Display & Controllers
5
Process Sensors
6
Machine Safety
7
PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems
8
Operator Interfaces
9
Software Solutions
10
Ethernet Networks
11
Protocol & Signal Converters
12
Pilot Devices & Radio Control
13
Power Distribution
14
Motor Control & Protection
15
Energy Management
16
Lightning & Surge Protection
17
Termination & Wiring Systems
Section Reference
Relays & Timers Position Sensors Power Supply Systems Digital Displays & Controllers Process Sensors Machine Safety PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems Operator Interfaces Software Solutions Ethernet Networks Protocol & Signal Converters Pilot Devices & Radio Control Power Distribution Motor Control & Protection Energy Management Lightning & Surge Protection Termination & Wiring Systems PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Section Reference 1
Relays & Timers
2
Position Sensors
3
Power Supply Systems
4
Digital Display & Controllers
5
Process Sensors
6
Machine Safety
7
PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems
8
Operator Interfaces
9
Software Solutions
10
Ethernet Networks
11
Protocol & Signal Converters
12
Pilot Devices & Radio Control
13
Power Distribution
14
Motor Control & Protection
15
Energy Management
16
Lightning & Surge Protection
17
Termination & Wiring Systems 1
Control Logic The Company
More than technology – Committed to service excellence Founded in 1981, we’re one of Australia’s leading suppliers of industrial, electrical and automation products, services and solutions. Australian owned and operated, and ISO 9001 certified, we service thousands of industrial customers around Australia. From electrical contractors to wholesalers, OEMs to engineering consultants, switchboard manufacturers to mining, electrical and gas utilities. As you’d expect, our product catalogue is also incredibly diverse, with more than 10,000 products, across 17 broad categories. It includes programmable logic controllers, power supplies, networking equipment, sensors, digital displays, controllers, relays, variable speed drives and much more. When it comes to technology, there’s no such thing as one-size-fits-all. You have a specialist application, and you need products that are a perfect fit. That’s why we offer genuine product choice – from leading manufacturers who are specialists in their respective industries.
2
But there’s more to technology than technology itself. Whether you’re planning a solution, buying or integrating, passionate people and genuine expertise is the real key to success. That’s why, at Control Logic, our focus is on finding, training and retaining the very best people. We employ more than 40 technically qualified staff in six offices around Australia, and each is absolutely committed to providing you with the highest levels of service and support, tailored to your individual application. They’re passionate, they’re enthusiastic and they live and breathe the technology they work with. In other words, every product comes complete with a wealth of experience and technical know-how. So you get the solution you need, quickly and with a minimum of fuss.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
The Control Logic Difference
Technical Control Logic provide technically qualified staff to assist with product selection, technical advice and after sales support. Experience Control Logic has a broad range of industry experience built over 30 years serving all segments of the market such asmanufacturing, infrastructure, water and mining.
Choice Control Logic partner with the world’s best manufactures to provide you with real choice and the best solution for your application.
Technical
Experience
Choice
Service
Real
Support Service Our commitment to our Integrated Management System ensures the quality of our service and processes makes us a trusted and reliable business partner. At Control Logic, our most important asset is you.
Real We pride ourselves on being easy-to-deal-with by providing customers with ‘real value, real people and real solutions’. Support From product recommendation to the application process, the Control Logic network of sales and support staff are committed to assisting you every step of the way.
3
Control Logic Control Logic - Certifications
We’re serious about our commitments At Control Logic, we take our reputation as a trusted business partner very seriously. We know our clients don’t look to us for technology solutions alone. They look to us to provide certainty. And we’re equally serious about our broader responsibilities – to our employees and the environment.
That’s why we implemented an ‘Integrated Management System’ – a formal system that ensures the quality of our service and processes, and which adheres to the following standards.
Quality Management Certification From product recommendation to order processing, Control Logic is committed to providing quality service, every step of the way. So committed, in fact, that we elected to have our processes ISO-9001 certified – a rigorous process that proves we’re uncompromising when it comes to quality management and proactive when it comes to continual improvement.
Health & Safety Management Certification We recognise the value of a safe workplace. Not just because we’re a people-oriented business, but because we’re good human beings, too. We’re committed to protecting our staff from illness and injuries, and that commitment is as much a part of our identity as it is a part of our success. Our OHSMS Certification is proof of that commitment, and proof that we’re operating to internationally proven standards.
Environmental Management As business operators, we have important responsibilities. One of the most important is how we impact the environment. It’s easy to treat it as someone else’s problem, but at Control Logic, we believe the prevention of pollution and the promotion of environmental sustainability are everyone’s responsibility. That’s why we chose to have our environmental management systems (EMS) certified.
4
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Our Brands
1
4
7
8
As the global experts in communication, monitoring and control for industrial automation and networking, Red Lion has been delivering innovative solutions to customers for over forty years. Their award-winning technology enables companies worldwide to gain real-time data visibility that drives productivity. • • • • • • • • • •
Operator Interfaces Protocol Converters Data Loggers Large Graphic Displays Counters Rate Meters Timers Process Meters Temperature / PID Controllers Signal Conditioners
10
Sixnet which is a Red Lion business develops innovative machine-to-machine (M2M) industrial networking solutions that integrate wireless, automation and Ethernet switch technologies. Sixnet’s flexible solutions enable organisations to cost-effectively increase business productivity. Products include Ethernet switches, serial converters, wireless LAN modems, cellular modems and routers, remote I/O modules and RTU’s Cellular Routers RTU’s (Remote Terminal Units) Ethernet I/O Modules Umanaged Ethernet Switches Managed Ethernet Switches Media Converters PoE Injectors Military Rated Ethernet Switches Industrial Telephone Modems
Unmanaged Ethernet Switches Managed Ethernet Switches IP67 rated Ethernet Switches PoE Switches, Injectors & Splitters Media Converters
2
4
6
7
8
The Panasonic Corporation is one of the largest electronic product manufacturers in the world. It manufactures and markets a wide range of industrial control products under the Panasonic brand to enhance productivity for both the factory and process automation industries. • • • • • • • • • • •
Relays Timers Micro Switches Inductive Proximity Sensors Photo Electric Sensors Fibre Optic Sensors Safety Components PLC’s (Programmable Logic Controllers) Operator Interfaces Temperature Controllers Counters
Puls is the only organisation solely focused on the design and manufacturing of DIN-Rail power supplies and DC-UPS’s for industrial applications. This is why they have the smallest sizes, industry leading efficiencies, easy integration in machines and systems, excellent overload behaviour, are only some of the strong features, which make them the leader in technology for DIN-rail power supplies.
6
12
Schmersal develops and produces an extraordinary wide range of high-quality automation products such as limit switches, conveyor switches designed for heavy industry. This is supported by a world leading portfolio of safety products such as safety interlocks, safety light curtains and safety relays. Limit Switches Pull-Wire Switches Belt Alignment Switches Slack Wire Switches Photo Electric Sensors Inductive Proximity Switches Magnetic Reed Switches Machine Guard Safety Interlocks Safety Relays Safety Light Curtains Safety Pull-Wire Switches Two Hand Control Stations Enabling Switches Safety Mats Safety Edge Sensors Safety Foot Switches Safety PLC (Programmable Logic Controller)
• • • • •
3
2
• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
11
N-TRON which is a Red Lion business develops, manufactures, and markets highly reliable industrial network products, designed to solve the most demanding communications requirements in mission critical industrial, data acquisition, Ethernet I/O, and process control applications.
1
7
• • • • • • • • •
10
• • • • • • • •
Single Phase Power Supplies Three Phase Power Supplies Power Supply Redundancy Modules DC-UPS Buffer Units DC/DC Converters IECEx Certified Power Supplies 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules
12 13
14
A world leading and recognised brand for variable speed drives and switchgear. ABB are the number one supplier for variable speed drives and offer a product range that is simply the widest available from any manufacturer. • • • • • • • • • •
Variable Speed Drives Soft Starters Circuit Breakers Manual Motor Starters Pushbuttons Contactors RCD’s Load Break Switches Change over Switches Enclosures
5
Control Logic Our Brands
16 Novaris is an Australian company that design, manufacture and distribute AC & DC power surge protection, process control, LAN and Ethernet surge protection, CCTV surge protection, coaxial surge protection, and telephone surge protection - protecting residential & industrial installations. With over 650 lightning and surge protection products, Novaris has you protected. • • • • • • • • •
15 SATEC offers a broad product range from multifunction power metering to monitoring with data logging capabilities providing date/time stamping and power quality of supply for sags/swells, harmonics, power factor, transients, waveform capture and other advanced functionalities. • • • • • • • •
Surge Diverters Surge Filters Spark Gap Arrestors Series Surge Protectors Process Control Protection LAN & CCTV Protection Coaxial Protection Telephone Protection Intrinsically Safe Surge Protectors
Multi function power meters Advanced power meters Energy consumption meters Multi-tenant submetering Power quality analyzers Current sensors Energy Management Software On-site testing services
5 BD SENSORS focus is on electronic pressure measurement technology. A German company that offers solutions from 0.1 mbar to 6000 bar for pressure sensors, pressure transducers, pressure transmitters, electronic pressure switches, pressure measuring devices with display and switching outputs as well as hydrostatic and submersible level probes. • • • • • • •
Pressure Transmitters Hydrostatic Submersible Level Probes Pressure Switches IECEx Certified Pressure Transmitters & Probes Digital Pressure Gauges Differential Pressure Transmitters Differential Pressure Switches
7
8
PLC’s (Programmable Logic Controllers) PAC’s (Process Automation Controllers) I/O Modules Industrial PC’s Industrial Panel PC’s SCADA Systems Business Process Management Software Data Management & Analytics Software Manufacturing Software / MES Real-Time Operational Intelligence Software
Pepperl+Fuchs is a leading developer and manufacturer of electronic sensors offering a full range of inductive, photoelectric, and ultrasonic sensors. Their automation products are world renowned for their high standards of quality and reliability.
6
• • • •
Industrial Remote Control Modules with In-Built Display Hazardous Area Rated Remote Control Modules Radio I/O Signal Transfer Modules Emergency Stop Radio Control
1 Relpol is a well-known European manufacturer of relays established in 1958 and their priority is the quality of their products. Products of Relpol are applied in the areas of industrial and power automation, power electronics, industrial and applied electronics, and telecommunications. • • • • •
Power Relays Interface Relays Timers Voltage Monitoring Relays Current Monitoring Relays
14
2
• • •
With more than 40 years experience in the field of radio control and industrial automation, JAY ELECTRONIQUE is the right partner to answer all your requirements regarding wireless communication.
9
GE Intelligent Platforms is a global provider of hardware and software used in automation and embedded computing ranging from PLCs, HMI/SCADA, Motion and PAC Systems to Process, Production and Asset Management. • • • • • • • • • •
12
PBSI design and manufacture a complete range of LV & MV Motor, Generator and Transformer/Feeder Protection relays. The Supervision & Microvision Series arguably provides the most complete system of Intelligent Protection and Control available today. • •
Motor Protection Relays Feeder Protection Relays
Inductive Proximity Sensors Photo Electric Sensors Ultrasonic Sensors
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Our Brands
17
15 Electrex designs and manufactures measurement instruments, analyzers and energy monitoring systems critical to energy saving. Economical products such as energy analyzers, energy meters, power meters and transducers. • • •
Energy Analyzers & Meters Power Quality & Harmonic Data Managers Energy Consumption & Management Software
15 Frer was founded in 1980 with the aim to manufacture switchboards electric measuring instruments with a high reliability to compliment energy monitoring and control systems. • • •
• • • • • • • • • • •
Feed Through Terminals High Current Terminals Bolt Connection Terminals Double-Deck Terminals Multilevel Terminals Sensor Terminals Disconnect Terminals Test & Disconnect Terminals Fuse Terminals Din-Rail Wiring Duct
Current Transformers Current Transducers Current Switches
15 2
CL Encoder Products is a manufacturer of premium rotary incremental and absolute encoders used for motion feedback. • • •
Klemsan Electronics Inc. was established in 1974 and has since become a worldwide leader in DIN-rail mount termination products. They have a wide product portfolio that consists of screw connection, spring clamp, high current, bolt connection, multi-level, disconnect and fuse terminals. Klemsan products are of the highest standards as a ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 certified manufacturer.
Veris Industries is a complete source for automation system peripherals, with energy and environmental sensors and control peripherals for Commercial HVAC and Energy Management applications. • • •
Current Transducers Current Switches Energy Transducers
Incremental Solid & Hollow Shaft Encoders Absolute Solid & Hollow Shaft Encoders Integrated Encoder with Measuring Wheels
13 3
Joslyn Clark offers a wide range of electric motor starter products for a broad group of applications that set the standard for some of the most challenging and hazardous electric motor starter applications. •
Vacuum Contactors
Premium is a well established company dedicated to designing and producing power conversion systems. Their product portfolio consists of over 260 standard models. All these models have been designed to meet industrial specifications for general purpose. Many of them also meet the EN550155 railway standards. Premium also designs and manufactures custom power conversion systems according to the specific needs of your application. • • •
DC/DC Converters DC/AC Inverters Converters to meet the EN550155 railway standards
2 Advanced Micro Controls Inc (AMCI) is a leading U.S. based manufacturer with a global presence. Specializing in resolver transducers, encoders / duracoders and PLC cards.
3
• • •
Resolver Transducers PLC Cards Field-Bus Absolute Encoders
Altro Transformers commenced its manufacturing operations during 1982 as a specialist in the design and manufacture of: • • •
Control Transformers 3 Phase Isolation Transformers Power & Distribution Transformers
7
Catalogue Introduction How to use this Catalogue
Sections
Section Content
This catalogue is segregated into 17 sections. A list of the contents of each section is located after this introduction in “Table of contents”
Each page has all the information you need to make an informed selection, including: • Item specifications & descriptions • Dimensions • Code number • Stocking policy • Discount Code • QR codes for further information at your fingertips
Section Index As well, the first page of each section has its own contents list for easy product selection.
Stocking policy It is included for all items. Product codes marked in bold are “normally stocked” where as product codes in regular font are “not normally stocked”. For exact delivery information on these items, please contact customer service. QR-Codes QR codes are information-rich barcodes that you will find throughout this catalogue. To scan QR codes you will need a smartphone and any one of the free QR applications available in your app store (try searching for ‘QR Scanner’). Each unique QR code is linked to the Control Logic mobile website page that is most relevant to the products listed on the page of the catalogue.
Alphanumeric Index
Tested software:
A quick alphanumeric reference by product code or brief description is located at the rear of the catalogue.
8
Android QR Droid or Barcode Scanner iPhone QRAFTER Nokia BeeTag
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Product & Pricing Information
Catalogue price list We have changed the format of our catalogue to separate the technical information from the pricing. This is to ensure that you can rely on our prices to be both competitive and accurate. The price list contains all of the information you need to make an informed decision.
3 easy ways to access information. Anytime, Anywhere! We understand that real time connectivity is vital for business to business communication. So to make accessing the catalogue and price list even easier, electronic copies of each are now available and free to download via 3 easy ways.
Price list page layout: 1
2
3
4
5
6
Standard Website
1
x = Normally stocked product
2
Product codes in alphanumeric order
3
Product list price excluding GST
4
Product list price including GST
5
Discount code
6
Product page number (section number - page number)
Mobile Website
Mobile Application 9
Table of Contents
2.5.4.5. Slot Sensors 2-77 Section Reference 1 2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2-78 Control Logic 2 2.5.5.1. Economical 2-78 The Company 2 2.5.5.2. Advanced 2-78 The Control Logic Difference 3 2.5.5.3. Fibre Selections 2-79 2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors 2-80 Control Logic - Certifications 4 2.5.7. Laser Sensors 2-81 Our Brands 5 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2-82 Catalogue Introduction 8 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2-92 How to use this Catalogue 8 2.7.1. Cylindrical 2-92 Product & Pricing Information 9 2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire 2-92 Table of Contents 10 2.7.1.2. DC 4-Wire 2-98 2.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire 2-99 1. Relays & Timers 1-16 2.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire 2-99 Section Guide Overview 1-18 2.7.1.5. DC 2-Wire 2-100 1.1. Power Relays 1-20 2.7.2. Rectangular 2-101 1.2. Interface Relays 1-29 2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire 2-101 2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire 2-103 1.3. Solid State Relays 1-30 2.7.2.3. DC 2-Wire 2-105 1.4. Monitoring Relays 1-31 2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire 2-107 1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers 1-33 2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches 2-108 1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers 1-36 2.9. Ultrasonic Sensors 2-110 1.7. Star Delta Start Timers 1-39 2.10. Rotary Encoders 2-111 1.8. Power Off Delay Timers 1-40 2.10.1. Technical Notes 2-111 1.9. Cyclic Twin Timers 1-41 2.10.2. Output Circuits 2-112 2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2-113 1.10. Time / Clock Switch 1-42 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft 2-113 1.11. Hour Run Meters 1-43 2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft 2-117 2. Position Sensors 2-48 2.10.3.3. Special Purpose 2-119 2.1. Limit Switches 2-50 2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2-120 2.1.1. Micro 2-50 2.10.4.1. Standard Shaft 2-120 2.1.2. Compact 2-51 2.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft 2-121 2.1.3. Medium Duty 2-53 2.10.5. Accessories 2-122 2.1.4. Heavy Duty 2-56 2.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders 2-123 2.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty 2-58 2.11. Resolvers 2-124 2.2. Pull-Wire Switches 2-59 3. Power Supply Systems 3-126 2.3. Belt Alignment Switches 2-62 1 & 3 Phase Power Supplies Overview 3-128 2.4. Slack Wire Switches 2-63 Technical Notes 3-129 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors 2-64 3.1. Power Supplies 3-130 2.5.1. Classification of Sensors 2-64 3.1.1. Single Phase 3-130 2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors 2-66 3.1.1.1. Miniature Series 3-130 2.5.2.1. Cylindrical 2-66 3.1.1.2. Economical Series 3-131 2.5.2.2. Compact 2-67 3.1.1.3. Premium Series 3-132 2.5.2.3. Standard 2-69 3.1.2. Three Phase 3-133 2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2-70 3.1.2.1. Economical Series 3-133 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical 2-70 3.1.2.2. Premium Series 3-134 2.5.3.2. Miniature 2-71 3.2. Redundancy Modules 3-135 2.5.3.3. Compact 2-72 3.3. 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules 3-138 2.5.3.4. Standard 2-74 2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2-75 3.4. Buffer Units 3-139 2.5.4.1. Cylindrical 2-75 3.5. DC-UPS 3-140 2.5.4.2. Miniature 2-76 3.6. DC/DC Converters 3-144 2.5.4.3. Compact 2-76 3.7. DC/AC Inverters 3-149 2.5.4.4. Standard 2-77 10
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.8. Railway Solutions 3.8.1. DC/DC Converters 3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters 3.9. Custom Made Solutions 3.10. Transformers 3.10.1. Control Transformers 3.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers 3.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers 4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview 4.1. Counter Displays 4.1.1. Without Outputs 4.1.2. With Outputs 4.2. Rate Displays 4.2.1. Without Outputs 4.2.2. With Outputs 4.3. Counter & Rate Displays 4.3.1. With Outputs 4.4. Process Displays 4.4.1. Without Outputs 4.4.2. With Outputs 4.5. PID Controllers 4.6. DC Current Displays 4.6.1. Without Outputs 4.6.2. With Outputs
3-152 5. Process Sensors 5-232 3-152 Section Guide Overview 5-234 3-156 5.1. Level 5-238 3-159 5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5-238 3-160 5.1.1.1. Industrial 5-238 3-160 5.1.1.2. Precision 5-246 3-161 5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5-249 3-161 5.1.2.1. Industrial 5-249 4-162 5.2. Pressure 5-252 5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5-252 4-164 5.2.1.1. Industrial 5-252 4-178 5.2.1.2. Precision 5-264 4-178 5.2.1.3. OEM 5-268 4-180 5.2.2. Plug-on Display 5-269 4-182 5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5-270 4-182 5.2.3.1. Industrial 5-270 4-183 5.2.3.2. Precision 5-273 5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5-274 4-184 5.2.4.1. Industrial 5-274 4-184 5.2.4.2. Precision 5-276 4-187 5.2.4.3. OEM 5-277 4-187 5.3. Switches 5-278 4-189 5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5-278 4-193 5.3.1.1. Industrial 5-278 4-201 5.3.1.2. Precision 5-283 4-201 5.3.1.3. OEM 5-284 4-203 6. Machine safety 6-286 4.7. AC Current Displays 4-206 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks 6-288 4.7.1. Without Outputs 4-206 6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type 6-288 4.7.2. With Outputs 4-207 6.1.2. Non-Contact Type 6-294 4.8. DC Voltage Displays 4-208 6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type 6-301 4.8.1. Without Outputs 4-208 6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type 6-310 4.8.2. With Outputs 4-210 6.2. Safety Relays 6-312 4.9. AC Voltage Displays 4-213 6.2.1. Selection Guide 6-312 4.9.1. Without Outputs 4-213 6.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type 6-314 4.9.2. With Outputs 4-214 6.2.3. 2NC Input Type 6-315 4.10. Temperature Displays 4-215 6.2.4. Output Expanders 6-318 4.10.1. Without Outputs 4-215 6.2.5. Input Expanders 6-319 4.10.2. With Outputs 4-216 6.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays 6-320 4.11. Load Cell Displays 4-219 6.2.7. Safety Mat Relays 6-321 4.11.1. Without Outputs 4-219 6.2.8. Stand Still Monitors 6-322 4.11.2. With Outputs 4-220 6.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer 6-323 6.2.10. Muting Relay 6-323 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4-222 6.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays 6-324 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display 4-222 6.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type 6-325 4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits 4-226 4.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee 4-227 6.3. Safety Light Curtains 6-326 4.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays 4-227 6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection 6-326 4.12.4. Serial Slave Displays 4-228 6.3.2. Body Protection 6-328 4.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays 4-228 6.3.3. IP69K Version 6-329 4.12.6. Timer Displays 4-229 6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches 6-331 4.12.7. Load Cell Displays 4-229 6.5. Two Hand Control Stations 6-334 4.12.8. Universal Input Displays 4-230 6.6. Enabling Switches 6-335 6.7. Safety Mats 6-336 11
Table of Contents
6.8. Safety Edge Sensors 6-337 7.4. I/O Systems 7-394 7.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7-394 6.9. Safety Foot Switches 6-338 7.4.1.1. Overview 7-394 6.10. Safety PLC 6-339 7.4.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-395 7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7-342 7.4.2. RSTi Series 7-396 7.1. Panasonic PLC’s 7-344 7.4.2.1. Overview 7-396 7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7-344 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-396 7.1.1.1. Overview 7-344 7.5. Data Logger 7-400 7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-345 7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7-400 7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7-347 7.5.1.1 Overview 7-400 7.1.2.1. Overview 7-347 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables 7-401 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-350 8. Operator Interfaces 8-404 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7-353 8.1. Red Lion 8-406 7.1.3.1. Overview 7-353 8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview 8-406 7.1.3.2. CPU Units 7-356 8.1.2. Graphite Series 8-410 7.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes 7-357 8.1.3. G3 Series 8-412 7.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units 7-358 8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series 8-414 7.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units 7-359 8.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software 8-416 7.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units 7-360 7.1.3.7. Positioning Units 7-361 8.2. Panasonic 8-417 7.1.3.8. Power Supply Units 7-362 8.2.1. GT Series 8-417 7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables 7-363 8.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software 8-421 7.1.3.10. Software 7-365 8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms 8-422 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC’s 7-366 8.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View 8-422 7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7-366 8.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View 8-423 7.2.1.1. Overview 7-366 8.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View 8-424 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-366 8.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software 8-425 7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7-369 9. Software Solutions 9-426 7.2.2.1. Overview 7-369 9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY 9-428 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-369 9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX 9-430 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series 7-372 9.3. Proficy Change Management 9-432 7.2.3.1. Overview 7-372 7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables 7-372 9.4. Proficy Historian 9-434 7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller 7-376 9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis 9-436 7.2.4.1. Overview 7-376 9.6. Proficy Vision 9-438 7.2.4.2. Ordering Table 7-376 9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal 9-440 7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7-377 7.2.5.1. Overview 7-377 9.8. Proficy Troubleshooter 9-442 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables 7-378 9.9. Proficy Cause+ 9-443 7.2.6. GE Programming Software 7-383 9.10. Proficy Plant Applications 9-444 7.2.6.1. Overview 7-383 9.11. Proficy Workflow 9-445 7.2.6.2. Ordering Table 7-384 7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7-386 9.12. Proficy Open Enterprise 9-446 7.2.7.1. Overview 7-386 9.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway 9-447 7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables 7-386 9.14. Proficy Process Systems 9-448 7.2.8. GE Industrial PC 7-388 10-450 7.2.8.1. Overview 7-388 10. Ethernet Networks 7.2.8.2. Ordering Table 7-388 Section Guide Overview 10-452 7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC 7-389 N-Tron Industrial Ethernet Network 10-452 7.2.9.1. Overview 7-389 N-Tron Product Portfolio 10-453 N-Tron OPC Server Software 10-454 7.3. RTU’s 7-390 N-Tron EtherNet/IP with CIP Messaging 10-455 7.3.1. Overview 7-390 Sixnet Industrial Ethernet Switches 10-456 7.3.2. Software 7-391 Sixnet Product Portfolio 10-457 7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit 7-391 Unmanaged vs. Managed Ethernet Switches 10-458 7.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open 7-393 12
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
12.4.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-525 10.1. Unmanaged Ethernet Switches 10-460 12.4.3. IP69K Range 12-526 10.1.1. Light Duty 10-460 10.1.2. Heavy Duty 10-460 12.5. Selector Switches (2 to 12 Pos.) 12-527 10.1.3. Monitored Heavy Duty 10-463 12.5.1. Heavy Duty Range 12-527 12.5.2. IP69K Range 12-527 10.2. Managed Ethernet Switches 10-464 12.6. Key-Operated Selector Switches 12-528 10.3. IP67 Rated Ethernet Switches 10-474 12.6.1. Standard Range 12-528 10.3.1. Unmanaged 10-474 12.6.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-529 10.3.2. Managed 10-475 12.7. Toggle Switches 12-530 10.4. Wireless Radio Ethernet 10-476 12.7.1. Standard Range 12-530 10.5. Power over Ethernet (PoE) 10-478 12.7.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-530 10.5.1. PoE Switches 10-478 12.8. Buzzers 12-531 10.5.2. PoE Injectors 10-478 10.5.3. PoE Splitters 10-479 12.9. Potentiometer Drive 12-531 10.6. Cellular Modems & Routers 10-480 12.10. Assembled Stations 12-532 12.10.1. Enclosed Pushbutton Stations 12-532 10.7. Media Converters 10-483 12.10.2. Blank Enclosures 12-532 10.8. Telephone Modem 10-483 12.11. Accessories 12-533 11. Protocol & Signal Converters 11-484 12.11.1. Standard Range 12-533 11.1. Protocol Converters 11-486 12.11.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-536 11.2. Ethernet to Serial Server 11-498 12.11.3. IP69K Range 12-537 11.3. Modbus Ethernet to Serial Gateway 11-499 12.12. Joystick Controllers 12-538 11.4. RS 232 to RS 485/422 Converter 11-500 12.13. Plastic & Metal Enclosures 12-540 11.5. RS 485/422 Isolated Repeater 11-501 12.14. Radio Wireless Control 12-542 12.14.1. Overview 12-542 11.6. Signal Converters 11-502 12.14.2. Products 12-543 11.6.1. Process Inputs 11-502 12.14.3. Industry Solutions 12-546 11.6.1.1. Analog Converter & Switch 11-502 12.14.3.1. Radio Crane 12-546 11.6.1.2. Analog Converter / Isolator 11-503 12.14.3.2. Radio Safe 12-548 11.6.1.3. Slim Analog Converter / Isolator 11-504 12.14.3.3. Radio Green 12-550 11.6.1.4. Loop Powered Analog Isolator 11-505 12.14.3.4. Radio Lift 12-552 11.6.1.5. Analog to Frequency Converter 11-505 12.14.3.5. Radio Farm 12-554 11.6.2. Temperature Inputs 11-506 12.14.3.6. Radio Build 12-556 11.6.2.1. Temperature Converter & Switch 11-506 12.14.3.7. Radio Motion 12-558 11.6.2.2. RTD to Analog Converter 11-507 12.14.3.8. Radio Drive 12-560 11.6.2.3. TC to Analog Converter 11-507 11.6.3. Frequency Inputs 11-508 13. Power Distribution 13-562 11.6.3.1. Frequency to Analog Converter 11-508 13.1. Circuit Breakers 13-564 11.6.3.2. Under / Over Speed Switch 11-509 13.1.1. AC Type 13-564 12. Pilot Devices & Radio Control 12-510 13.1.2. DC Type 13-569 12.1. Pushbuttons 12-512 13.2. Residual Current Devices 13-570 12.1.1. Standard Range 12-512 13.3. Auxiliary Elements & Accessories 13-574 12.1.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-514 13.3.1. Suit AC MCB, RCD & RCBO 13-574 12.1.3. IP69K Range 12-516 13.3.2. Suit DC Circuit Breakers 13-575 12.2. Pilot Lights 12-518 13.4. Busbars & Accessories 13-576 12.2.1. Standard Range 12-518 13.5. Enclosed Isolator 13-578 12.2.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-519 13.6. MCB Consumer Enclosures 13-579 12.2.3. IP69K Range 12-520 13.7. Switches 13-580 12.3. Emergency Stop Pushbuttons 12-521 13.7.1. Load Break Switches 13-580 12.3.1. Standard Range 12-521 13.7.2. Switch Disconnectors 13-583 12.3.2. Heavy Duty Range 12-522 13.7.3. Change Over Switches 13-585 12.3.3. IP69K Range 12-522 13.7.4. Optional Handles 13-587 12.4. Selector Switches (2 & 3 Positions) 12-523 13.7.5. Extended Shafts 13-589 12.4.1. Standard Range 12-523 13
Table of Contents
13.7.6. Auxiliary Contacts 13.7.7. Fourth Poles & Neutral Links 13.7.8. Terminal Shrouds 13.7.9. Conversion Kits 13.8. Fuse Switch Disconnectors 13.9. Vacuum Contactors 14. Motor Control & Protection 14.1. Variable Speed Drives Selection Guide 14.1.1. Micro Drives 14.1.2. Fan & Pump 14.1.3. Machinery 14.1.4. General Purpose 14.1.5. HVAC 14.1.6. Water & Wastewater 14.1.7. Industrial 14.1.8. DC Drives 14.2. Motor Protection Relays 14.2.1. Motor Temperature Monitoring Relay 14.2.2. The Vision Relay Range 14.2.3. Retrofit/Replacement 14.3. Soft Starters 14.3.1. Overview 14.3.2. Compact Range up to 105A 14.3.3. Efficient Range up to 370A 14.3.4. Advanced range up to 1050A 14.4. Contactors 14.4.1. 3-Pole AC Operated 14.4.2. 3-Pole DC Operated 14.4.3. 3-Pole AC/DC Operated 14.4.4. 4-Pole AC/DC Operated 14.4.5. A & AF Series Accessories 14.4.6. AF 09‌AF 38 Accessories 14.5. Thermal Overload Relays 14.6. Manual Motor Starters 14.7. Enclosed Starters 14.7.1. D.O.L. Starters 14.7.2. YRA Star Delta Starters 14.7.3. WRA Reversing Starters 15. Energy Management Selection Guide Overview 15.1. Power Meters 15.2. Energy Consumption Meters 15.3. Multi-Tenant Submetering 15.4. Power Quality Analyzers 15.5. Power Quality Revenue Meters 15.6. Power Factor Manager 15.7. Portable Analyzers 15.8. Current Sensors 15.9. Current Transformers
14
13-590 15.10. Split-Core Current Transformers 15-673 13-592 15.11. Current Transducers 15-675 13-593 15.12. Current Switches 15-676 13-594 15.13. Software 15-677 13-596 15.13.1. Power Analysis 15-677 13-600 15.13.2. ExpertPower 15-678 14-602 15.14. On Site Testing Services 15-679 14-604 16. Lightning & Surge Protection 16-680 14-604 Section Guide Overview 16-682 14-606 A Systematic Approach 16-682 14-608 Key Product Features 16-683 14-609 Product Specification Reference Terms 16-684 14-611 16.1. Power Protection 16-685 14-613 Selecting Power Protection 16-685 14-614 16.1.1. Surge Diverters 16-686 14-615 16.1.2. High Voltage Surge Diverters 16-691 14-618 16.1.3. Spark Gap Arresters 16-692 14-620 16.1.4. Hybrid Spark Gap Arresters 16-693 14-620 16.1.5. Series Surge Protectors 16-694 14-620 16.1.6. Surge Filters 16-696 14-622 16.2. Process Control Protection 16-704 14-624 Selecting Process Control Protection 16-704 14-624 16.2.1. Twisted Pair Signal Protection 16-706 14-626 16.2.2. High Current Signal Line Protectors 16-709 14-627 16.2.3. Multiline Signal Protection 16-710 14-628 16.2.4. Serial Port Protection 16-711 14-630 16.2.5. Load Cell Protection 16-712 14-630 16.3. LAN & CCTV Protection 16-713 14-630 16.3.1. Coaxial CCTV Protection 16-713 14-631 16.3.2. CCTV Protection 16-715 14-633 16.3.3. LAN Protection 16-716 14-635 16.4. Coaxial Protection 16-717 14-638 Selecting Coaxial Protection 16-717 14-640 16.4.1. RF Equipment Protection 16-718 14-642 16.5. Telephone Protection 16-724 14-648 16-724 16.5.1. KP KRONE-LSAÂŽ 14-648 16.5.2. RJ Modular Plug Protection 16-725 14-649 16.6. Intrinsically Safe 16-726 14-649 16.6.1. IS Signal Line Protectors 16-726 15-650 16.6.2. IS High Speed Signal Line Protectors 16-727 15-652 16.6.3. IS Series Surge Protectors 16-728 16.6.4. IS Instrument Protectors 16-729 15-654 16.6.5. IS Load Cell Protectors 16-730 15-659 16.7. Special Products 16-731 15-660 16.7.1. Surge Indicator Panel 16-731 15-661 16.7.2. EC Earth Clamp 16-732 15-665 16.7.3. Cable Bonding Kit 16-734 16.7.4. Transient Surge Counter 16-735 15-666 16.8. Overview 16-736 15-667 Standards & Safety 16-736 15-668 Risk Assessment 16-736 15-669 Surge Ratings 16-737 Installation 16-738
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
17. Termination & Wiring Systems 17.1. Screw Connection Terminals Overview 17.1.1. Standard Feed Through Terminals 17.1.2. High Current Terminals 17.1.3. Bolt Connection Terminals 17.1.4. Double-Deck Terminals 17.1.5. Multilevel Terminals 17.1.6. Sensor Terminals 17.1.7. Disconnect Terminals 17.1.8. Test & Disconnect Terminals 17.1.9. Fuse Terminals 17.2. Spring Clamp Terminals Overview 17.2.1. Standard Feed Through Terminals 17.2.2. Double-Deck & Multilevel Terminals 17.2.3. Sensor Terminals 17.2.4. Disconnect Terminals 17.2.5. Fuse & Disconnect Terminals 17.2.6. Multi Input/Output Terminals 17.3. Warning Labels 17.4. Markers 17.5. Din-Rail 17.6. Wiring Duct 17.7. Typical Specifications index Product Code Index Terms and Conditions of Sale Disclaimer
17-740 17-742 17-742 17-743 17-745 17-746 17-747 17-748 17-749 17-750 17-751 17-752 17-753 17-753 17-754 17-756 17-757 17-758 17-759 17-760 17-761 17-761 17-762 17-762 17-763 764 765 782 784
15
1
1. Relays & Timers Section Guide Overview
Section 1
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1.1.1. Micro
1.1.1.1. AM1 Series
1-16
Discount Code C13
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Relays & timers 1. Relays & Timers Section Guide Overview 1.1. Power Relays 1.2. Interface Relays 1.3. Solid State Relays 1.4. Monitoring Relays 1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers 1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers 1.7. Star Delta Start Timers 1.8. Power Off Delay Timers 1.9. Cyclic Twin Timers 1.10. Time / Clock Switch 1.11. Hour Run Meters
1-16 1-18 1-20 1-29 1-30 1-31 1-33 1-36 1-39 1-40 1-41 1-42 1-43
1-17
1
1. Relays & Timers Section Guide Overview
Relay Selection Chart
0 - 6A
1 Pole
0 - 10A
0 - 30A
0 - 7A
Electro-Mechanical
2 Pole 0 - 10A
0 - 20A
Solid State
1-18
3 Pole
0 - 10A
4 Pole
0 - 6A
0 - 40A
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Section Guide Overview
1
PIR6W-1P Series
Page 1-29
RM87N Series
Page 1-20
HN Series
Page 1-25
HE Series
Page 1-28
Standard
HJ Series
Page 1-26
RM84 Series
Page 1-20
HN Series
Page 1-25
Slimline
R2 Series
Page 1-22
R15 Series
Page 1-24
HL Series
Page 1-27
HE Series
Page 1-28
R15 Series
Page 1-24
R4 Series
Page 1-22
HJ Series
Page 1-26
AQ-A Series
Page 1-30
1-19
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C13
RM87N Series Order Codes Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Gold Flashed Contacts
Coil Type
Code
1 C/O
12A
No
No
12VDC
RM87N-2011-25-1012
No
24VDC
RM87N-2011-25-1024
Yes
24VDC
RM87N-2311-25-1024
No
48VDC
RM87N-2011-25-1048
No
110VDC
RM87N-2011-25-1110
No
12VAC
RM87N-2011-25-5012
No
24VAC
RM87N-2011-25-5024
No
48VAC
RM87N-2011-25-5048
No
110VAC
RM87N-2011-25-5110
No
240VAC
RM87N-2011-25-5240
RM84 Series Order Codes Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Gold Flashed Contacts
Coil Type
Code
2 C/O
8A
No
No
12VDC
RM84-2012-25-1012
No
24VDC
RM84-2012-25-1024
Yes
24VDC
RM84-2312-25-1024
No
48VDC
RM84-2012-25-1048
No
110VDC
RM84-2012-25-1110
No
12VAC
RM84-2012-25-5012
No
24VAC
RM84-2012-25-5024
No
48VAC
RM84-2012-25-5048
No
110VAC
RM84-2012-25-5110
No
240VAC
RM84-2012-25-5240
Accessories Order Codes Description
For use with
Code
Single Pole DIN Rail Base
RM87N Relays
GZT92
Double Pole DIN Rail Base
RM84 Relays
GZT80
Ejector Style Relay Clip
GZT92, GZM92, GZT80 & GZM80 Bases
GZT80-0040
GZM92 GZM80 Wire Style Relay Clip Description Plate Interconnection Strip
1-20
GZM80-0041 GZT80-0035 ZGGZ80
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C13
GZT92
GZT80 / GZT92
GZT80
GZT92
GZM80 / GZM92
GZM80
GZM92
GZT80
GZM92
GZM80
GZT80-0040
GZT80-0035
ZGGZ80
Indication & Protection Modules Order Codes - Indication Modules
M61G
Description
Voltage
Green LED
6-24VDC
Layout
Code M61G
Red LED
6-24VAC
M61R
Green LED
24-60VDC
M62G
Red LED
24-60VAC
M62R
Green LED
110-240VDC
M63G
Red LED
110-240VAC
M63R
Order Codes - Protection Modules Description
Voltage
Polarisation- Green LED
6-24VDC
M41G
24-60VDC
M42G
110-240VDC
M43G
6-24VAC
M51
24-60VAC
M52
110-240VAC
M53
Module RC M41G
Layout
Code
1-21
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C13
R2 Series Order Codes Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
2 C/O
12A
Yes
Gold Flashed Contacts
Coil Type
Code
No
12VDC
R2-2012-23-1012-WTL
No
24VDC
R2-2012-23-1024-WTL
Yes
24VDC
R2-2112-23-1024-WTL
No
48VDC
R2-2012-23-1048-WTL
No
110VDC
R2-2012-23-1110-WTL
No
12VAC
R2-2012-23-5012-WTL
No
24VAC
R2-2012-23-5024-WTL
No
48VAC
R2-2012-23-5048-WTL
No
110VAC
R2-2012-23-5110-WTL
No
240VAC
R2-2012-23-5240-WTL
R4 Series Order Codes
1-22
Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Gold Flashed Contacts
Coil Type
Code
4 C/O
6A
Yes
No
12VDC
R4-2014-23-1012-WTL
No
24VDC
R4-2014-23-1024-WTL
Yes
24VDC
R4-2114-23-1024-WTL
No
48VDC
R4-2014-23-1048-WTL
No
110VDC
R4-2014-23-1110-WTL
No
12VAC
R4-2014-23-5012-WTL
No
24VAC
R4-2014-23-5024-WTL
No
48VAC
R4-2014-23-5048-WTL
No
110VAC
R4-2014-23-5110-WTL
No
240VAC
R4-2014-23-5240-WTL
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C13
Accessories
GZM2
Order Codes Description
For use with
Code
Two Pole DIN Rail Base
R2 Relays
GZT2
Four Pole DIN Rail Base
R4 Relays
Ejector Style Relay Clip
GZT2, GZM2, GZT4 & GZM4 Bases
GZM2 GZT2
GZT4 GZM4
Wire Style Relay Clip
GZT4-0040 G4 1052
Description Plate
GZT4-0035
Interconnection Strip
ZGGZ4
GZM4
GZM2
GZT2
GZM4
GZT4
GZT4
GZT4-0040
GZT4-0035
ZGGZ4
Indication & Protection Modules Order Codes - Indication Modules
M61G
Description
Voltage
Green LED
6-24VDC
Layout
Code M61G
Red LED
6-24VAC
M61R
Green LED
24-60VDC
M62G
Red LED
24-60VAC
M62R
Green LED
110-240VDC
M63G
Red LED
110-240VAC
M63R
Order Codes - Protection Modules Description
Voltage
Polarisation- Green LED
6-24VDC
M41G
24-60VDC
M42G
110-240VDC
M43G
6-24VAC
M51
24-60VAC
M52
110-240VAC
M53
Module RC M41G
Layout
Code
1-23
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C13
R15 Series Order Codes Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Test Button
Coil Type
Code
2 C/O
10A
Yes
Yes
12VDC
R15-2012-23-1012-WTL
24VDC
R15-2012-23-1024-WTL
48VDC
R15-2012-23-1048-WTL
110VDC
R15-2012-23-1110-WTL
12VAC
R15-2012-23-5012-WTL
24VAC
R15-2012-23-5024-WTL
48VAC
R15-2012-23-5048-WTL
110VAC
R15-2012-23-5110-WTL
3 C/O
10A
Yes
Yes
240VAC
R15-2012-23-5240-WTL
12VDC
R15-2013-23-1012-WTL
24VDC
R15-2013-23-1024-WTL
48VDC
R15-2013-23-1048-WTL
110VDC
R15-2013-23-1110-WTL
12VAC
R15-2013-23-5012-WTL
24VAC
R15-2013-23-5024-WTL
48VAC
R15-2013-23-5048-WTL
110VAC
R15-2013-23-5110-WTL
240VAC
R15-2013-23-5240-WTL
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
8 Pin DIN Rail Base
2 Pole Relays
PZ8
11 Pin DIN Rail Base
3 Pole Relays
PZ11
2 Contact Version (PZ8)
3 Contact Version (PZ11)
1-24
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C8
HN Series Order Codes Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Diode
Coil Type
Code
1 C/O
10A
Yes
No
24VAC
AHN11124
110VAC
AHN111X1
240VAC
AHN111Y2
12VDC
AHN12112
24VDC
AHN12124
2 C/O
5A
Yes
48VDC
AHN12148
Yes
12VDC
AHN12312
24VDC
AHN12324
No
24VAC
AHN21124
110VAC
AHN211X1
240VAC
AHN211Y2
12VDC
AHN22112
Yes
24VDC
AHN22124
12VDC
AHN22312
24VDC
AHN22324
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
DIN Rail Base
1 Pole Relays
AHNA11P
2 Pole Relays
AHNA21P
HN1
HN2
1-25
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
HJ Series Order Codes Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Test Button
Coil Type
Code
2 C/O
7A
Yes
No
24VAC
HJ2-L-AC24V
120VAC
HJ2-L-AC120V
240VAC
HJ2-L-AC240V
4 C/O
2 C/O
4 C/O
5A
7A
5A
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
24VDC
HJ2-L-DC24V
24VAC
HJ4-L-AC24V
120VAC
HJ4-L-AC120V
240VAC
HJ4-L-AC240V
24VDC
HJ4-L-DC24V
24VAC
HJ2-L-T-AC24V
120VAC
HJ2-L-T-AC120V
240VAC
HJ2-L-T-AC240V
24VDC
HJ2-L-T-DC24V
24VAC
HJ4-L-T-AC24V
120VAC
HJ4-L-T-AC120V
240VAC
HJ4-L-T-AC240V
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
DIN Rail Base
2 Pole Relays
HJ2-SFD-S
4 Pole Relays
HJ4-SFD-S
HJ2
HJ4
1-26
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C8
HL Series Order Codes Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Coil Type
Code
2 C/O
10A
Yes
24VAC
HL2-L-AC24V
120VAC
HL2-L-AC120V
240VAC
HL2-L-AC240V
24VDC
HL2-L-DC24V
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
DIN Rail Base
2 Pole Relays
AHKA21P
HL
1-27
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.1. Power Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
HE Series Order Codes Contact
Contact Rating
Terminal Type
Coil Type
Code
1 N/O
30A
Spade
24VAC
HE1AN-AC24V
120VAC
HE1AN-AC120V
240VAC
HE1AN-AC240V
Screw
2 N/O
20A
Spade
Screw
24VDC
HE1AN-DC24V
24VAC
HE1AN-S-AC24V
120VAC
HE1AN-S-AC120V
240VAC
HE1AN-S-AC240V
24VDC
HE1AN-S-DC24V
24VAC
HE2AN-AC24V
120VAC
HE2AN-AC120V
240VAC
HE2AN-AC240V
24VDC
HE2AN-DC24V
24VAC
HE2AN-S-AC24V
120VAC
HE2AN-S-AC120V
240VAC
HE2AN-S-AC240V
24VDC
HE2AN-S-DC24V
HE1
HE2
1-28
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.2. Interface Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C13
PIR6W-1P Series 6mm Interface Relays • • •
Standard relays mounted on socket equipped with LED and protection circuit 1 C/O, 6A thermal current, 6mm wide Screw connector terminal socket type
Order Codes - Complete with Relay & Socket
ZG20-1
Contact
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Gold Flashed Contacts
Coil Type
Code
1 C/O
6A
Yes
No
12VDC
PIR6W-1P-12VDC
No
24VAC/DC
PIR6W-1P-24VAC/DC
Yes
24VAC/DC
PIR6W-1P-24VAC/DC-01
No
115VAC/DC
PIR6W-1P-115VAC/DC
No
230VAC/DC
PIR6W-1P-230VAC/DC
Accessories Description
Code
Interconnection Strip - Red
ZG20-1
Interconnection Strip - Black
ZG20-2
Interconnection Strip - Blue
ZG20-3
ZG20-2
ZG20-3
PI6W-1246
Order Codes - Replacement Relays Coil Type
Gold Flashed Contacts
For use with socket
Code
12VDC
No
PI6W-1P-12VDC
RM699BV-3011-85-1012
24VDC
No
PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC
RM699BV-3011-85-1024
24VDC
Yes
PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC
RM699BV-3211-85-1024
24VDC
No
PI6W-1P-115VAC/DC
RM699BV-3011-85-1024
60VDC
No
PI6W-1P-230VAC/DC
RM699BV-3011-85-1060
Operating Voltage
For use with relay
Code
12VDC
RM699BV-3011-85-1012
PI6W-1P-12VDC
24VAC/DC
RM699BV-3011-85-1024
PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC
24VAC/DC
RM699BV-3211-85-1024
PI6W-1P-24VAC/DC
115VAC/DC
RM699BV-3011-85-1024
PI6W-1P-115VAC/DC
230VAC/DC
RM699BV-3011-85-1060
PI6W-1P-230VAC/DC
Order Codes - Replacement Sockets
1-29
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.3. Solid State Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
AQ-A Series Order Codes Load Current
Control Voltage
Load Voltage
LED Indication
Varistor
Zero Cross Switching
Code
15A
4-32VDC
75-250VAC
Yes
Yes
Yes
AQA211VL AQA411VL
25A
AQA611VL
40A 15A
4-32VDC
75-250VAC
Yes
Yes
No
AQA621VL
40A 30A
AQA221VL AQA421VL
25A 4-32VDC
100VDC
Yes
N/A
N/A
AQAD551DL
Accessories Description
Code
Standard Heat Sink (15A)
AQP-HS-J10A
Standard Heat Sink (25A)
AQP- HS-30/40A
Standard Heat Sink (40A)
AQP-HS-J25A
Slim Heat Sink (DIN Rail Mount)
AQP-HS-SJ20A
DIN Rail Mounting Plate
AQP-DPJ
Terminal Cover
AQA801
AQP-HS-J10A
AQP-HS-J25A
1-30
AQP-HS-30/40A
AQP-HS-SJ20A
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.4. Monitoring Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C13
MR-EU1W1P
Single Phase Voltage Monitoring Relay • • • •
Voltage monitoring for 1-phase mains Multifunction monitoring relay Minimum value supervision with the hysteresis mode Supply voltage = measuring voltage
Order Code Relay Type
Phases Monitored
Parameters Monitored
Output
Code
Voltage
1
Under voltage monitoring Voltage monitoring between MIN & MAX values
1 C/O 5A
MR-EU1W1P
Functions
UNDER - Under voltage monitoring
LED U - Supply Voltage LED LED MAX - Max Voltage LED LED MIN - Min Voltage LED
MR-EU3W1P
WIN - Voltage monitoring in window function between MIN & MAX values
- Output Relay
Max - Max Voltage Min - Min Voltage
Three Phase Voltage Monitoring Relay • • • • •
Voltage monitoring for 3-phase mains Monitoring of phase sequence and phase failure Monitoring of asymmetry Connection of neutral wire optional Supply voltage = measuring voltage
Order Code Relay Type
Phases Monitored
Parameters Monitored
Output
Code
Voltage
3
Phase Sequence Phase Failure Asymmetry
1 C/O 5A
MR-EU3M1P
Functions
Phase sequence monitoring
Phase failure monitoring
Asymmetry monitoring
LED U - Supply Voltage LED
- Output Relay
Asym. - Asymmetry
1-31
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.4. Monitoring Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C13
MR-EI1W1P
Single Phase Current Monitoring Relay • • • •
AC current monitoring in 1-phase mains Multifunction monitoring relays Hysteresis mode and the possibility of setting the tripping delay Supply voltage 230 V AC
Order Code Relay Type
Phases Monitored
Parameters Monitored
Output
Code
Current
1
Over current monitoring Under current monitoring Current monitoring between MIN and MAX values
1 C/O 5A
MR-EI1W1P
Functions
OVER, OVER+LATCH - Over current monitoring, over current monitoring with fault latch
WIN, WIN+LATCH - Current monitoring in window function between MIN and MAX values, current monitoring in window function between MIN and MAX values with fault latch
UNDER, UNDER+LATCH - Under current monitoring, under current monitoring with fault latch
LED U - Supply Voltage LED LED MAX - Max Current LED LED MIN - Min Current LED Latch - Latched Output
- Output Relay
Max - Max Current Min - Min Current
1-32
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C13
MT-TUA / MT-TUB Series • • •
Multifunction Time Relay (10 Time Functions; 8 Time Ranges) 12-240V AC/DC input DIN rail mount
Order Codes Description
Timing Functions
Contact Type
Contact Rating
Code
Multifunction DIN Rail Timer
E, Wu, Bp, Bi, T, R, Ws, Wa, Esa, B
1 C/O
10A
MT-TUA-17S-11-9240
E, Wu, Bp, Bi, Ra, Esf, Wi, Wst, Est, Esp
1 C/O
10A
MT-TUB-17S-11-9240
Functions MT-TUA
E - ON delay.
Bi - Symmetrical cyclical operation pulse first.
Ws - Single shot for the set interval triggered by closing of the control contact S.
Wu - ON for the set interval.
T - Generation of the 0,5 s pulse after the interval T.
Wa - ON for the set interval triggered with the control contact S.
Bp - Symmetrical cyclical operation pause first.
R - OFF delay with the control contact S.
B - Cyclical operation controlled with closing of the control contact S.
Ra - OFF delay with the control contact S, without extension of the interval T.
Esf - ON delay with the control contact S without the interval T extension.
Esa - ON and OFF delay with the control contact S.
Est - ON delay with closing of the control contact, with the interval T extended.
Esp - ON delay - one cycle, with the control contact S.
Note: U - supply voltage; R - output state of the relay; S - control contact state; T - measured time; t - time axis Wst - ON for the set interval by closing the control contact S, with extension of the interval T - extension of the time of switching on the output relay R.
Wi - ON for the set interval controlled by closing of the control contact S, with the function of switching off the output relay R prior to the lapse of the interval T.
1-33
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C13
PM4H-A/S/M Series Order Codes Operation Mode
Contact
Time Ranges
IP Rating
Terminal type
Operating Voltage
Code
• Pulse ON-delay • Pulse Flicker • Pulse ON-flicker • Differential ON/OFFdelay • Signal OFF-delay • Pulse One-shot • Pulse One-cycle
2 C/O
16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)
IP50
11 Pin
24VAC/DC
PM4HA-H-24V
12VDC
PM4HA-H-DC12V
240VAC
PM4HA-H-AC240V
Screw
240VAC
PM4HA-H-AC240VS
IP65
11 Pin
240VAC
PM4HA-H-AC240VW
Power ON-delay
2 C/O
IP50
8 Pin
24VAC/DC
PM4HS-H-24V
Screw
24VAC/DC
PM4HS-H-24VS
8 Pin
12VDC
PM4HS-H-DC12V
12VDC
PM4HS-H-DC12VS
240VAC
PM4HS-H-AC240V
Screw
240VAC
PM4HS-H-AC240VS
IP65
8 Pin
240VAC
PM4HS-H-AC240VW
IP50
8 Pin
24VAC/DC
PM4HM-H-24V
12VDC
PM4HM-H-DC12V
240VAC
PM4HM-H-AC240V
240VAC
PM4HM-H-AC240VW
(With instantaneous contact) • Power ON-delay • Power Flicker • Power ON-flicker • Power One-shot • Power One-cycle
2 C/O
16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)
16 Selectable Ranges (1s to 500h)
IP65
8 Pin
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail
8 Pin Timers
AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K
8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination 11 Pin Socket - DIN Rail
11 Pin Timers
AT8-DF11K AT8-R11K
11 Pin Socket – Rear Termination Panel Mounting Frame
All Models
AT8-DA4
Rubber Gasket
IP65 Models
ATC18002
Screw Terminal Type
Pin Type
1-34
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.5. Analog Multi-Function Timers
1
PM4H-A Pulse ON-Delay
Pulse Flicker
Pulse ON-Flicker
Differential ON/OFF-Delay (1)
Signal OFF-Delay
Pulse One-Shot
Differential ON/OFF-Delay (2)
Pulse One-Cycle
PM4H-S Power ON-Delay
PM4H-M
Power ON-Delay
Note: All other timing functions for PM4H-M as per PM4H-A.
1-35
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L3
CUB5T Series • • • • • • • • • • •
LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting 11.7 mm High Digits 7-Digit Bi-Directional Timing Capability 6-Digit Cycle Counting Capability Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) Optional Setpoint Card available (Single Relay) Optional USB Programming Card available Selectable Timer Ranges and Operating Modes Elapsed Timer and Preset Timer Functionality Display Colour Change Capability at Preset Output IP65 Front Bezel
Order Codes Display
Signal Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
9-28VDC
CUB5TR00
Red/Green Backlight
CUB5TB00
Accessories Description
Code
Single Setpoint Relay Output Card
CUB5RLY0
Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card
CUB5SNK0
RS485 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM1
RS232 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM2
USB Programming Option Card
CUB5USB0
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
C48T Series
• • • •
Single or Dual Preset 2 Line, 6 Digit LCD Display 12 Timer Range Modes IP65 Front Bezel
Order Codes Display
Signal Input Type
Outputs
Power Source
Code
Reflective
No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC
1 x Relay 1 x NPN
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48TS013
85 to 250VAC
C48TS003
No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC
1 x Relay 1 x NPN
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48TS113
85 to 250VAC
C48TS103
No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC
2 x Relay
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48TD012
85 to 250VAC
C48TD002
No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN Max. 30VDC
2 x Relay
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48TD112
85 to 250VAC
C48TD102
Red / Green Backlight Reflective Red / Green Backlight
Accessories
1-36
Description
Code
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC11A00
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC11B00
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code L3
PAXCK Series - Preset Timer / Real Time Clock • • • • • • • • • •
6 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display Elapsed Timer w/Preset Capability Real-Time Clock Capability 4 Separate Displays - Timer, Counter, Real-Time Clock, and Date Cycle Counting Capability Programmable Function Keys/User inputs Optional Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs Optional Communications and Bus Capabilities PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Front Bezel
Order Codes Display
Signal Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXCK000
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXCK010
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit for PAX
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
1-37
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.6. Digital Multi-Function Timers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
LT4H Series Order Codes Operation Mode
Contact
Time Ranges
IP Rating
Terminal type
Operating Voltage
Code
Power ON delay Power ON delay Signal ON delay Signal OFF delay Pulse One-shot Pulse ON-delay Signal Flicker Totalizing ON-delay
2 C/O
9.999s 99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99 min 59 s 999.9min 99h 59min 999.9
IP66
8 Pin
24VAC/DC
LT4HL8-AC24V
12-24VDC
LT4HL8-DC24V
100-240VAC
LT4HL8-AC240V
9.999s 99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99 min 59 s 999.9min 99h 59min 999.9
IP66
24VAC
LT4H-AC24V
12-24VDC
LT4H-DC24V
100-240VAC
LT4H-AC240V
24VAC
LT4H8-AC24V
12-24VDC
LT4H8-DC24V
100-240VAC
LT4H8-AC240V
Screw
12-24VDC
LT4H-DC24VS
99.99s 999.9s 9999s 99min 59s 999.9min 99h 59min 999.9h 9999h
IP66
11 Pin
24VAC
LT4HW-AC24V
12-24VDC
LT4HW-DC24V
100-240VAC
LT4HW-AC240V
24VAC
LT4HW8-AC24V
12-24VDC
LT4HW8-DC24V
100-240VAC
LT4HW8-AC240V
Power ON delay Power 2 C/O ON delay Signal ON delay Signal OFF delay Pulse One-shot Pulse ON-delay Signal Flicker Totalizing ON-delay
Pulse input: Delayed one shot OFFstart flicker ON-start flicker Integrating input: Delayed one shot OFF-start flicker ON-start flicker
2 C/O
11 Pin
8 Pin
8 Pin
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail
8 Pin Timers
AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K
8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination 11 Pin Socket - DIN Rail
11 Pin Timers
Panel Mounting Frame
1-38
AT8-DF11K AT8-R11K
11 Pin Socket – Rear Termination All Models
AT8-DA4
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.7. Star Delta Start Timers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
1
Discount Code C13
MT-TSD Series • • •
Star-Delta start-up with independently controlled times T1 and T2 AC/DC input voltages DIN-Rail Mount
Order Codes Description
Contact Type
Contact Rating
Code
Star Delta Start Timer
2 x 1 C/O
10A
MT-TSD-17S-11-9240
Functions
SD - Star-Delta start-up.
PM4H-SD/SDM Series Order Codes Operation Mode
Contact
Time Ranges
IP Rating
Terminal type
Operating Voltage
Code
Star Delta Timer
1 N/O Star 1 N/O Delta
0.2 sec to 100 sec
IP50
8 Pin
240VAC
PM4HSD-S-AC240V
1 N/O Star 1 N/O Delta 1 Instantaneous
0.2 sec to 100 sec
IP50
8 Pin
24VAC
PM4HSD-S-AC24V
240VAC
PM4HSDM-S-AC240V
24VAC
PM4HSDM-S-AC24V
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail
8 Pin Timers
AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K
8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination Panel Mounting Frame
All Models
AT8-DA4
1-39
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.8. Power Off Delay Timers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
PM4H-F8/F8R Series Order Codes Operation Mode
Contact
Time Ranges
IP Rating
Terminal type
Operating Voltage
Code
Power OFF Delay (without reset)
2 C/O
1sec to 10sec
IP50
8 Pin
12VDC
PM4HF8-S-DC12V
24VDC
PM4HF8-S-DC24V
120VAC
PM4HF8-S-AC120V
240VAC
PM4HF8-S-AC240V
24VAC
PM4HF8-S-AC24V
12VDC
PM4HF8-M-DC12V
24VDC
PM4HF8-M-DC24V
120VAC
PM4HF8-M-AC120V
240VAC
PM4HF8-M-AC240V
1min to 10min
Power OFF Delay (with Instantaneous reset)
1 C/O
1sec to 10sec
1min to 10min
IP50
IP50
IP50
8 Pin
8 Pin
8 Pin
24VAC
PM4HF8-M-AC24V
24VDC
PM4HF8R-S-DC24V
120VAC
PM4HF8R-S-AC120V
240VAC
PM4HF8R-S-AC240V
24VAC
PM4HF8R-S-AC24V
12VDC
PM4HF8R-M-DC12V
24VDC
PM4HF8R-M-DC24V
120VAC
PM4HF8R-M-AC120V
240VAC
PM4HF8R-M-AC240V
24VAC
PM4HF8R-M-AC24V
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail
8 Pin Timers
AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K
8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination Panel Mounting Frame
All Models
AT8-DA4
Screw Terminal Type
PM4H-F8 - without reset
Pin Type
1-40
PM4H-F8 - with reset
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.9. Cyclic Twin Timers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C8
PM4H-W Series Order Codes Operation Mode
Contact
Time Ranges
IP Rating
Terminal type
Operating Voltage
Code
Cyclic Twin Timer
2 N/O
16 Selectable Ranges 1 sec to 500h
IP50
8 Pin
12VDC
PM4HW-H-DC12V
8 Pin
24VAC/DC
PM4HW-H-24V
8 Pin
240VAC
PM4HW-H-AC240V
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
8 Pin Socket - DIN Rail
8 Pin Timers
AT8-DF8K AT8-R8K
8 Pin Socket – Rear Termination Panel Mounting Frame
AT8-DA4
All Models
Screw Terminal Type
Pin Type
Timing chart
1-41
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.10. Time / Clock Switch
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
ATB72 Series • • • • •
Widely used in Swimming Pool Chlorinator units 240V AC Supply 15 minute switching resolution 200 Hour power failure compensation model available 15A resistive load switching capacity
Order Codes Description
Code
Time Switch 72x72 Flush Mount 240VAC
ATB71918
Time Switch 72x72 Flush Mount 240VAC Quartz Backup
ATB75017
TB55/56 Series • • • • •
240V AC supply 15 minute switching resolution 300 Hour power failure compensation model available 16A resistive load switching capacity SPDT contact configuration
Order Codes Type
Description
Code
Daily Time Switch
230VAC, No Backup - DIN-Rail Mounted
TB5590185N
240VAC, 300hr Backup
TB5560187N
230VAC, No Backup, DIN-Rail Mounted
TB5640185N
240VAC, Backup 300hr, DIN-Rail Mounted
TB5630187N
Weekly Time Switch
1-42
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.11. Hour Run Meters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code L3
CUB7T Series • • • • • • • •
8 Digit, 9 mm LCD Low Voltage Input Model (28 VDC max) - CUB7TC Isolated High Voltage Input (50-250 VDC/VAC) - CUB7TV 9 Programmable Timer Ranges Reflective, Yellow/Green or Red LED Backlighting Internal Lithium Battery Provides up to 7 Years of Typical Uninterrupted Operation Standard Wire Connections or Optional Plug-in Terminal Block IP65 Front Bezel
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Time Ranges
Power Source
Code
Green Backlight
No Voltage / Contact Closure or up to 28VDC
0.001sec 0.01sec 0.1sec 1sec 0.1min
1min 0.01hr 0.1hr 1hr
9 – 28VDC
CUB7TCG0
Battery
CUB7TCS0
0.001sec 0.01sec 0.1sec 1sec 0.1min
1min 0.01hr 0.1hr 1hr
9 – 28VDC
CUB7TVG0
Red Backlight Reflective Green Backlight
50 - 250V AC/DC
Red Backlight Reflective
CUB7TCR0
CUB7TVR0 Battery
CUB7TVS0
Accessories Type
Description
Used With
Code
Plug-in Terminal Block
3 Position Terminal Block
CUB7CCS0
TB100003
4 Position Terminal Block
CUB7CCG0 CUB7CCR0 CUB7CVS0
TB100004
5 Position Terminal Block
CUB7CVG0 CUB7CVR0
TB100005
Enclosure
CUB7 Enclosure
ENC13000
Base Mount
CUB7 Base Mount
BMK80000
CUB5T Series • • • • • • • • • • •
LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting 11.7 mm High Digits 7-Digit Bi-Directional Timing Capability 6-Digit Cycle Counting Capability Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) Optional Setpoint Card available Optional USB Programming Card available Selectable Timer Ranges and Operating Modes Elapsed Timer and Preset Timer Functionality Display Colour Change Capability at Preset Output IP65 Front Bezel
Order Codes Display
Signal Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
9-28VDC
CUB5TR00
Red/Green Backlight
CUB5TB00
Accessories Description
Code
Single Setpoint Relay Output Card
CUB5RLY0
Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card
CUB5SNK0
RS485 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM1
RS232 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM2
USB Programming Option Card
CUB5USB0
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
1-43
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.11. Hour Run Meters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
LH2H Series • • • •
8.7 mm Digit Height Select by switch between two time ranges in a single meter. Screw Terminals IP66 Protection
Order Codes Terminal type
Operation Mode
Code
Non Voltage Input Type
0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable
LH2H-F-DHK
0 to 999h59m59s or 9999h59.9m Selectable
LH2H-F-HMK
0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable
LH2H-F-DHK-DL
0 to 999h59m59s or 9999h59.9m Selectable
LH2H-F-HMK-DL
0 to 999999.9h or 3999d23.9h Selectable
LH2H-F-DHK-FV
0 to 999h59m59s or 9999h59.9m Selectable
LH2H-F-HMK-FV
Voltage Input Type (4.5 to 30VDC)
Free Voltage Input Type (24 to 240VAC/DC)
1-44
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.11. Hour Run Meters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C8
TH14/24 Series • • • • •
High-performance compact synchronous motor Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency Flat terminals for easy wiring Rotary indicator (Clockwise, one rotation per 2 minutes). Up to 99,999.9 hours
Order Codes Type
Operating Voltage
Code (Black Front Panel)
Code (Silver Front Panel)
Single Time Hour Measurement (without reset button)
24VAC
TH144
TH144S
48VAC
TH145
TH145S
110VAC
TH146
TH146S
240VAC
TH149
TH149S
24VAC
TH244
TH244S
48VAC
TH245
TH245S
110VAC
TH246
TH246S
240VAC
TH249
TH249S
Single Time Hour Measurement (with reset button)
TH40 Series • • • • •
In a single hour meter, the upper display shows measurement specified per period and the lower display shows the accumulated measured time. High-performance compact synchronous motor Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency. A lever is used to select 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Flat terminals for easy wiring Rotary indicator (Clockwise, one rotation per 2 minutes)
Order Codes Type Duel Indication Hour Measurement
Operating Voltage
Code (Black Front Panel)
Code (Silver Front Panel)
24VAC
TH404
TH404S
48VAC
TH405
TH405S
110VAC
TH406
TH406S
240VAC
TH409
TH409S
1-45
1
1. Relays & Timers 1.11. Hour Run Meters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
TH50 Series • • • • • •
Measurement in units of minutes Reset button. The minutes meter can be reset to zero for repeated measurement. High-performance compact synchronous motor Common for 50/60 Hz power frequency. A lever is used to select 50 Hz or 60 Hz. Flat terminals for easy wiring Rotary indicator (Clockwise, one rotation per 2 seconds)
Order Codes Type
Operating Voltage
Code (Black Front Panel)
Code (Silver Front Panel)
Minutes Run Meter
24VAC
TH504
TH504S
48VAC
TH505
TH505S
110VAC
TH506
TH506S
240VAC
TH509
TH509S
TH63/64 Series • • • • • •
Compact to save panel space Reset button (TH64 series) Wide-ranging measurement display (TH63 series) Flat terminals for easy wiring High-performance synchronous motor with 50/60 Hz selector Rotary indicator (Counterclockwise, one rotation is 72 seconds)
Order Codes Type
Operating Voltage
Code
Half Size Hour Run Meter (without reset button)
24VAC
TH634
48VAC
TH635
110VAC
TH636
240VAC
TH639
24VAC
TH644
48VAC
TH645
110VAC
TH646
240VAC
TH649
Half Size Hour Run Meter (with reset button)
1-46
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
1.11. Hour Run Meters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
1
Discount Code C8
TH70 Series • • •
Driven on DC power High-performance compact synchronous motor with accurate quartz oscillator • The quartz oscillator helps keep the monthly error shorter than 15 seconds (for 720 hours). • The accurately turning motor is employed to provide for longer period of measurement. Rotary indicator (Clockwise, one rotation per 2 minutes)
Order Codes Type
Operating Voltage
Code (Black Front Panel)
Code (Silver Front Panel)
DC Powered Hour Run Meter
12VDC
TH703
TH703S
24VDC
TH704
TH704S
TH8DC Series • •
IP66 Waterproof construction Includes operation light (LED).
Order Codes Type
Operating Voltage
Code
Water Proof DC Powered Hour Run Meter
12VDC
TH833C
24VDC
TH834C
1-47
2. Position Sensors Section Guide Overview
Section 2
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.1. Micro
2.1.1.1. AM1 Series
2
2-48
Discount Code C5
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Position Sensors 2. Position Sensors 2-48 2.1. Limit Switches 2-50 2.1.1. Micro 2-50 2.1.2. Compact 2-51 2.1.3. Medium Duty 2-53 2.1.4. Heavy Duty 2-56 2.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty 2-58 2.2. Pull-Wire Switches 2-59 2.3. Belt Alignment Switches 2-62 2.4. Slack Wire Switches 2-63 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors 2-64 2.5.1. Classification of Sensors 2-64 2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors 2-66 2.5.2.1. Cylindrical 2-66 2.5.2.2. Compact 2-67 2.5.2.3. Standard 2-69 2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2-70 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical 2-70 2.5.3.2. Miniature 2-71 2.5.3.3. Compact 2-72 2.5.3.4. Standard 2-74 2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2-75 2.5.4.1. Cylindrical 2-75 2.5.4.2. Miniature 2-76 2.5.4.3. Compact 2-76 2.5.4.4. Standard 2-77 2.5.4.5. Slot Sensors 2-77 2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2-78 2.5.5.1. Economical 2-78 2.5.5.2. Advanced 2-78 2.5.5.3. Fibre Selections 2-79 2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors 2-80 2.5.7. Laser Sensors 2-81 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2-82 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2-92 2.7.1. Cylindrical 2-92 2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire 2-92 2.7.1.2. DC 4-Wire 2-98 2.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire 2-99 2.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire 2-99 2.7.1.5. DC 2-Wire 2-100 2.7.2. Rectangular 2-101 2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire 2-101 2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire 2-103 2.7.2.3. DC 2-Wire 2-105 2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire 2-107 2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches 2-108 2.9. Ultrasonic Sensors 2-110 2.10. Rotary Encoders 2-111
2.10.1. Technical Notes 2-111 2.10.2. Output Circuits 2-112 2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2-113 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft 2-113 2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft 2-117 2.10.3.3. Special Purpose 2-119 2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2-120 2.10.4.1. Standard Shaft 2-120 2.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft 2-121 2.10.5. Accessories 2-122 2.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders 2-123 2.11. Resolvers 2-124
2-49
2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.1. Micro
2
Discount Code C8
AM1 Series Order Codes Type
Actuator
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Standard
Pin Plunger
Contacts : SPDT Rating : 10A / 250VAC
IP40 Hardened Plastic Screw Terminals
AM1300KF
Flexible Leaf Flexible Roller Leaf
Reversed Action Oil Tight One-Way
49.2mm
AM1301KF AM1303KF
Over Travel Plunger
AM1305KF
Plunger
AM1306KF
Panel Mount Plunger
AM1307KF
Rigid Lever
AM1701KF
Rigid Roller Lever
AM1703KF
Rigid Short Roller Lever
AM1704KF
Panel Mount Roller Plunger
AM130811KF
Panel Mount Cross Roller Plunger
AM130812KF
Rigid Lever
AM1731KF
Short Roller Lever
AM1734KF
Lever
AM1711KF
Rigit Short Roller Lever
AM1714KF
Rigid Roller Lever
AM1743KF
17.5mm
24.1mm
AM5 Series Order Codes Actuator
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Pin Plunger
Contacts : SPST Rating : 16A / 250VAC
IP20 Hardened Plastic Quick connect spade terminals
AM51610C53-A
Short Hinge Lever Hinge Lever
AM51611C53-A AM51612C53-A
Long Hinge Lever
AM51613C53-A
Simulated Roller Lever
AM51614C53-A
Short Roller Lever
AM51615C53-A
Roller Lever
AM51616C53-A
27.8mm
10.3mm
15.9mm
2-50
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.2. Compact
2
Discount Code C5
236 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Plunger
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
Thermoplastic Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90째
ZS 236 -11Z-M20
Roller Plunger Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 14mm) Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 22mm)
ZS 236 -11Z-M20
Snap Action
ZR 236-11Z-M20 Z3K 236-11Z-M20 Z4K 236-11Z-M20
Roller Lever (Thermoplastic Lever)
ZV1H 236-11Z-M20
Roller Lever (Metal Lever)
ZV12H 236-11Z-M20
Adjustable Length Roller Lever
ZV7H 236-11Z-M20
Rod Lever
ZV10H 236-11Z-M20
Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.
ZR 236-11Z-M20
Z3K 236-11Z-M20
Z4K 236-11Z-M20
ZV1H 236-11Z-M20
ZV12H 236-11Z-M20
ZV7H 236-11Z-M20
ZV10H 236-11Z-M20
2-51
2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.2. Compact
2
Discount Code C5
235 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Plunger
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
Metal Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90째
ZS 235 -11Z-M20
Roller Plunger Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 14mm) Angle Roller Lever (Dia. 22mm)
ZS 235-11Z-M20
Snap Action
ZR 235-11Z-M20 Z3K 235-11Z-M20 Z4K 235-11Z-M20
Roller Lever (Thermoplastic Lever)
ZV1H 235-11Z-M20
Roller Lever (Metal Lever)
ZV12H 235-11Z-M20
Adjustable Length Roller Lever
ZV7H 235-11Z-M20
Rod Lever
ZV10H 235-11Z-M20
63,5
20
4,3
8,5
Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.
20
22
30
13,5 30
20
4,3
ZR 235-11Z-M20
Z3K 235-11Z-M20
20
22
13,5
30
30 Z4K 235-11Z-M20
ZV1H 235-11Z-M20
ZV12H 235-11Z-M20 ZV7H 235-11Z-M20
ZV10H 235-11Z-M20
2-52
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.3. Medium Duty
2
Discount Code C5
330 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Plunger
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°
MS 330-11Y-M20
Telescopic Plunger Spring Rod Lever Forked Roller Lever (Latching)
MAF 330-11Y-M20 M3V4D 330-11Y-M20
Basic Switch
MV 330-11Y-M20
Roller Lever
MVH 330-11Y-M20
Adjustable Length Roller Lever
MV7H 330-11Y-M20
Roller Lever
MV8H 330-11Y-M20
Rod Lever
MV10H 330-11Y-M20
30,5
5,3
7,3
66,5 60
76
9,5
MS 330-11Y-M20
M2S 330-11Y-M20
30 40
15
M20 x 1,5 40
M2S 330-11Y-M20
76
MAF 330-11Y-M20
7,3
30,5
30 40
15
M20 x 1,5 40
M3V4D 330-11Y-M20
MVH 330-11Y-M20
25,5 27,5
¤9
25,5 27,5
¤9
MV7H 330-11Y-M20
MV8H 330-11Y-M20
MV10H 330-11Y-M20
2-53
2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.3. Medium Duty
2
Discount Code C5
336 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Plunger
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
Thermoplastic Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°
ZS 336-11Z-M20
Roller Plunger Angle Roller Lever
Snap Action
Roller Lever
ZR 336-11Z-M20 Z3K 336-11Z-M20 Z4VH 336-11Z-M20
Adjustable Length Roller Lever
Z4V7H 336 -11Z-M20
Rod Lever
Z4V10H 336-11Z-M20
Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.
ZS 336-11Z-M20
5,3
4,6
76
45,5
40,6
30,5
7,3
¤5,3
66,5 60
8,5
38 ¤ 20
9,5
¤ 17,2
17
30 40,5
29,5
38
27
5,3
27
27 Z3K 336-11Z-M20
76
ZR 336-11Z-M20
56,3
7,3
30,5
8,5
¤ 20
28
17
30 40,5
15,5
38 ¤9
27
27,5
27
Z4V7H 336 -11Z-M20
Z4VH 336-11Z-M20
27
27
¤6
¤9
27
200
27
15,5
13
27,5
49 9,5
27 27 Z4V10H 336-11Z-M20
2-54
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.3. Medium Duty
2
Discount Code C5
335 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Plunger
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
Metal Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°
ZS 335-11Z-M20
Roller Plunger Angle Roller Lever
Snap Action
Roller Lever
ZR 335-11Z-M20 Z3K 335-11Z-M20 Z4VH 335-11Z-M20
Adjustable Length Roller Lever
Z4V7H 335-11Z-M20
Rod Lever
Z4V10H 335-11Z-M20
Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.
ZS 335-11Z-M20
9,5
5,3
7,3
45,5
40,6
76
66,5 60 ¤5,3
30,5
29,5
17
30 40,5
27
38
5,3
8,5
38
4,6 ¤ 20
¤ 17,2
27
27 Z3K 335-11Z-M20
76
ZR 335-11Z-M20
56,3
7,3
30,5
8,5
¤ 20
28
17
30 40,5
15,5
38 ¤9
27,5
27
27
27 Z4V7H 335 -11Z-M200
Z4VH 335-11Z-M20
27
¤6
¤9
27
200
27
15,5
13
27,5
49 9,5
27 27 Z4V10H 335-11Z-M20
2-55
2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.4. Heavy Duty
2
Discount Code C5
015 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Plunger
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP65 3 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°
MS 015-11Y-M20
Telescopic Plunger Offset Roller Lever Roller Lever
MV7H 015-11Y
Rod Lever
MV10H 015-11Y
ø 10 6
5,5
8,5
10
15,5
5
MV3H 015-11Y
20
5,3
MV8H 015-11Y
Adjustable Length Roller Lever
20
3
11
46
MK 015-11Y-M20
Roller Lever
5
MS 015-11Y-M20
M2S 015-11Y-M20
ø 25
75
33
14,5
55
68
38
5
21
12
25
10,5
M20
56 67
18,5
43
3
6
M2S 015-11Y-M20
5
15,5
5,3
MK 015-11Y-M20
ø 20
ø 36
8,5
8
65
ø 25
28
12
10
18,5
17
43
MV3H 015-11Y
MV8H 015-11Y
35
13
M20
13
25
9
11
5
6
24 9 ø6
30 40
10
13
19 26
200
ø 36 62-122
11
5
6
6,5
13
20
MV7H 015-11Y
2-56
17
31
7 16
MV10H 015-11Y
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.4. Heavy Duty
2
Discount Code C5
441 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Plunger
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90°
MS 441-11Y-M20
Telescopic Plunger Roller Plunger Offset Roller Lever
MS 441-11Y-M20
M2S 441-11Y-M20 MR 441-11Y-M20 MJ 441-11Y-M20
Fork Lever (Latching)
M2C 441-11Y-M20
Roller Lever
ML 441-11Y-M20
Extended Roller Lever
MD 441-11Y-M20
28 8,5
10
6,5
34 75 86 106
46
62
76
75
99
23
13
¤ 25
8
8
9
ø 10
M 20 26 63
MR 441-11Y-M20
M2S 441-11Y-M20
28 8,5
99
13
10
9
90°
6
M 20
31
53
34
15
ø 36
26
20
59
50
63
8
27
29 36
63
ø 10
M2C 441-11Y-M20
26
MJ 441-11Y-M20
ø 10 60°
9
60°
9
60° 100
20
71
ø 14
20
55
ML 441-11Y-M20
8
8
ø 14
26
60°
78-96 35-71
¤ 36
87-105 55-91 6
¤ 36
71
MD 441-11Y-M20
2-57
2. Position Sensors 2.1. Limit Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.5. Extra Heavy Duty
2
Discount Code C5
035 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Roller Lever
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP67 3 x M25 Cable Entry Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90째 Operating Shaft with Ball Bearings
M2L 035-11Z
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
T2L 035-11Z
Slow Action Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.
60째
48-58
60째
36
27,5
8 21 10
88
6,5 10,5
36
142
28
R 55 2 53,5
R8
37 2 M 20 10 61,5
58
250 Series
Order Codes
Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Roller Lever
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP67 2 x M25 Cable Entry
MD 250-11Z
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
TD 250-11Z
Slow Action 2-pole 2N/C Snap Action
MD 250-02Z
2-pole 2N/C
TD 250-02Z
Slow Action 2-pole 4N/C 2 Right / 2 Left Action Snap Action
MD 250-02/02Z
2-pole 4N/C 2 Right / 2 Left Action
TD 250-02/02Z
Slow Action Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.
2-58
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.2. Pull-Wire Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2
Discount Code C5
TQ441 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
One-Sided Up to 25M Wire Length Without Latching
1N/O + 1N/C
Metal Enclosure IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry
TQ 441-01/01Y-UE-M20
TQ 441-01/01Y-UE-R-M20
One-Sided Up to 25M Wire Length Push Button Reset One-Sided Up to 25M Wire Length Key Reset
Metal Enclosure IP54 2 x M20 Cable Entry
TQ 441-01/01UE-RS-M20
Accessories Image
Operation
Code
Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter
1155097SS
Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea)
1192471
Wire clamp (ea)
1203478
Turnbuckle (ea)
1087930
Tension spring (ea)
1186696
Thimble (ea)
1203476
Shackle (ea)
1186490
Pull-Wire Installation Kit Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes Operation
Code
10m Installation Kit
TZQ-10KIT
30m Installation Kit
TZQ-30KIT
2-59
2. Position Sensors 2.2. Pull-Wire Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2
Discount Code C5
TQ700 Series • • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure One-side operation / wire up to 10 m long Release push button Position indicator Large wiring compartment Twisting of towing eye not possible Wire pull and breakage detection One tension force for cable lengths up to 10 m IP67 Rated
Order Codes Operation
Contact Arrangement
Body
Code
One-Sided Up to 10M Wire Length
1N/O + 1N/C
Thermoplastic Enclosure IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry Position Indicator
TQ 700-11
2N/C 2N/O
TQ 700-02 TQ 700-20
77,4 93,75
Accessories
60
2
160
Image
p/M5
40,5 42,2
Code
Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter
1155097SS
Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea)
1192471
Wire clamp (ea)
1203478
Turnbuckle (ea)
1087930
Tension spring (ea)
1186696
Thimble (ea)
1203476
Shackle (ea)
1186490
60
160
77,4 93,75
30 40,5 M20x1,5
17 30,5
Operation
30 40,5 M20x1,5
17 30,5 40,5 42,2 Pull-Wire Installation Kit
Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes
2-60
Operation
Code
10m Installation Kit
TZQ-10KIT
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.2. Pull-Wire Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2
Discount Code C5
TQ900 Series • • • • • • • • • •
Metal enclosure One-side operation / wire up to 50 m long Release push button Position indicator Robust design Large wiring compartment Twisting of towing eye not possible Wire pull and breakage detection 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 IP67 Rated
Order Codes Operation
Contact Arrangement
Body
Code
One-Sided Up to 50M Wire Length
1N/O + 1N/C
Cast Aluminium Enclosure IP67 3 x M20 Cable Entry Position Indicator
TQ 900-11
2N/C 4N/C
48 40
TQ 900-02 TQ 900-04
2N/O + 2N/C
TQ 900-22
1N/O + 3N/C
TQ 900-13
49,5 27 Operation
Code
Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter
1155097SS
Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea)
1192471
Wire clamp (ea)
1203478
Turnbuckle (ea)
1087930
Tension spring (ea)
1186696
Thimble (ea)
1203476
Shackle (ea)
1186490
¤6,5 133,4
220,3 - 236,3
10
12
Image
¤15
Accessories
M20x1,5 69,7
71,5 48 40
49,5
¤6,5 133,4
220,3 - 236,3
¤15
27
71,5
69,7 Pull-Wire Installation Kit
Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes Operation
Code
10m Installation Kit
TZQ-10KIT
20m Installation Kit
TZQ-20KIT
50m Installation Kit
TZQ-50KIT
2-61
2. Position Sensors 2.3. Belt Alignment Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2
Discount Code C5
330 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Adjustable-length rod lever with nylon roller
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP67 1 x M20 Cable Entry
MV10H 330-11Y-M201348
250 Series Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Heavy duty rod lever with 100mm roller
2-pole, 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP67 2 x M25 Cable Entry
M 250-11Z-1224
2-pole, 1N/O + 1N/C Slow Action
2-62
T 250-11Z-1224
4-pole, 2N/O + 2N/C Snap Action
M 250-22Z-1224
4-pole, 2N/O + 2N/C Slow Action
T 250-22Z-1224
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.3. Belt Alignment Switches 2.4. Slack Wire Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.3.
2.4.
2
Discount Code C5
441 Series- Belt Alignment Switch Order Codes Operation
Contact Arrangement
Body
Code
Heavy duty 129mm long rod lever with 50mm roller
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry
M.441-11Y-243
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
T.441-11Y-243
Slow Action Heavy duty 142mm long rod lever with 65mm roller
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
M.441-11Y-966
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
T.441-11Y-966
Slow Action Heavy duty 177mm long rod lever with 100mm roller
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
M.441-11Y-1224
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
T.441-11Y-1224
Slow Action Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.
441 Series - Slack Wire Switch Order Codes Actuator Type
Contact Operation
Body
Code
Heavy duty lever with roller
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C Snap Action
Metal Body IP65 2 x M20 Cable Entry
M 441-11Y-14
2-pole 1N/O + 1N/C
T 441-11Y-14
Slow Action
28 25
56
133,
50
33
5
Positively Driven or Force Guided contacts are mechanically linked to ensure the NC and NO contacts in a contact system can never be simultaneously opened or simultaneously closed, even in the case of contact weld.
M20
75 86 106
34
76
99
10
9
40
8,5
26 63 2-63
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
2.5.1. Classification of Sensors
2 General Information Photoelectric sensor is a generic name for sensors which detect an object by using light. The optical signal transmitted from the emitting part of the sensor is modified by being reflected, transmitted, absorbed, etc., by the sensing object and is then detected by the receiving part of the sensor to generate a corresponding output signal. Further, it can also be a sensor which detects light radiated from the sensing object to generate an output signal. Fibre sensors and laser sensors are also one type of photoelectric sensor. TYPES OF SENSORS Thru-beam type
Retroreflective type
Reflective type
Type
Outline and Features
• • • • •
Long sensing range Precise detection Small object detectable Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque) Resistant to dirt and dust on the lens
The emitter and the receiver are in one enclosure. U-shaped
Thru-beam
General purpose
Detects an object that interrupts the light beam traveling from the emitter to the receiver.
• • • • •
No beam alignment needed Precise detection Small object detectable Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque) Resistant to dirt and dust on the lens
With polarizing filters Transparent object detection
Retroreflective
General purpose
Detects an object that has a reflectivity smaller than the reflector and interrupts the light beam traveling between the sensor and the reflector.
2-64
• • • •
Easy beam alignment Wiring only on one side Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque)
It enables detection of even a specular object by attachment of polarizing filters to the emitting and the receiving parts. • • • • •
Specular object detection Easy beam alignment Wiring only on one side Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects (opaque)
The specially devised optical system enables detection of even a transparent object. • • • • •
Transparent object detection Easy beam alignment Wiring only on one side Space saving compared to thru-beam type sensors Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
2.5.1. Classification of Sensors 2 Type
Outline and Features
Convergent reflective Mark sensing
Adjustable range reflective
Reflective
Narrow-view reflective
Diffuse reflective
Emits a beam onto the object and detects the object by receiving the beam reflected from the object surface. • • • • •
No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side Object with fluctuating position detectable Wide sensing area
The sensing area is narrowed by the optical system. • • • • •
Hardly affected by surroundings More accurate detection compared to diffuse reflective type sensors No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side
Detects an object in the area where the emitting and the receiving envelopes overlap. A spot-beam type sensor detects an object at just the point where these envelopes cross over. • • • • •
Less affected by background and surroundings Precise detection No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side
Emits a spot beam onto an object and senses the difference in the reflected beam angle. • • • • • •
Not affected by shape, colour or material of sensing objects Hardly affected by background and surroundings Small object detectable with high accuracy No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side
Projects a spot-beam on the target colour, and identifies the colour by sensing the amount of reflected beam and the relative ratio among colour components. Or projects a spot-beam on an object, and identifies the colour by the proportion of the amount of light received (contrast), not by the difference in the amount of the reflected beam. • • • • • •
Colour identifiable Hardly affected by background and surroundings Small object detectable with high accuracy No beam alignment needed Space saving Wiring only on one side
Light ON / Dark ON Definition Light received condition
Sensor
Emitter
Sensing object Reflector
Receiver
Sensing object
Sensor
Sensor
Sensing object Sensor
Sensor
Presence detection
Receiver
Dark condition
Receiver
Red beam
Emitter
Light received condition
Reflector
Sensing object (White / Yellow / Orange / Red)
Sensing object (Black / Blue / Green)
Sensing object Sensor
Reflector
Sensing object
Reflector
Sensor
Sensing object
Sensor
Sensor
Green beam
Light intensity Presence detection detection
Emitter
Sensing object
Sensor
Retroreflective
Receiver
Type
Mark sensing
Light intensity Presence detection detection
Thru-beam
Emitter
Dark condition
Reflective
Type
Sensing object (White / Yellow / Orange)
Sensing object (Black / Blue / Green / Red)
2-65
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensors 2.5.2.1. Cylindrical
2
Discount Code C7
CY-100 Series - Cylindrical
Order Codes: Standard Type (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
4m
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CY-192A-Y
Dark On PNP
CY-192B-Y CY-192A-P-Y
Light On
CY-192B-P-Y
Dark On NPN
Light On Dark On
PNP
CY-192A-Z-Y
M12 Plug-in connector
CY-192B-Z-Y CY-192A-P-Z-Y
Light On
CY-192B-P-Z-Y
Dark On 2m
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
Dark On PNP
67
CY-191B-Y* CY-191A-P-Y*
Light On
CY-191B-P-Y*
Dark On NPN
Light On
CY-191A-Z-Y*
M12 Plug-in connector
Dark On PNP
CY-191A-Y*
CY-191B-Z-Y*
Light On
CY-191A-P-Z-Y*
Dark On
CY-191B-P-Z-Y*
Note: * With polarising filters
Order Codes: Side View Type (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
4m
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CY-192VA-Y
Dark On PNP
CY-192VB-Y CY-192VA-P-Y
Light On
CY-192VB-P-Y
Dark On NPN
Light On
M12 Plug-in connector
Dark On PNP
CY-192VA-Z-Y CY-192VB-Z-Y
Light On
CY-192VA-P-Z-Y
Dark On 2m
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
CY-192VB-P-Z-Y IR
Pre-Wired 2m
Dark On PNP
CY-191VB-Y* CY-191VB-P-Y*
Dark On Light On
M12 Plug-in connector
Dark On PNP
CY-191VA-Y* CY-191VA-P-Y*
Light On
NPN
67
CY-191VA-Z-Y* CY-191VB-Z-Y*
Light On
CY-191VA-P-Z-Y*
Dark On
CY-191VB-P-Z-Y*
Note: * With polarising filters
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24C-C2
Elbow
CN-24CL-C2
Straight
CN-24C-C5
Elbow
CN-24CL-C5
5m
2-66
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Stainless Steel
MS-CY1-1
Mounting Bracket – Plastic
MS-CY1-2
Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420)
MS-AJ3
Reflector – 50 x 50mm
RF-420
Reflector – 24 x 21mm
RF-410
Reflective Tape – 22mm x 5m (thickness 0.4mm)
RF-40RL5
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor 2.5.2.1. Cylindrical 2.5.2.2. Compact
2
Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1
GLV18 Series - Cylindrical
Order Codes (Reflector Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
4m
10-30VDC
PNP
Light On Dark On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
GLV18-55/115/120
M12 Connector
GLV18-55/73/120
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable
2m
Straight
V1-G-2M-PVC
Elbow
V1-W-2M-PVC
Straight
V1-G-5M-PVC
Elbow
V1-W-5M-PVC
5m Reflector
C110-2
CX-400 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
3m with Polarising Filters
12-24VDC
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Red LED
PreWired//2m
67
CX-491
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Red LED
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
IR LED
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
IR LED
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
IR LED
PNP NPN PNP
5m Long Sensing Range
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN
PreWired//2m
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN
PreWired//2m
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN
PreWired//2m
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN
PreWired//2m M8 Plug-in connector
PNP
CX-493 CX-493-P CX-493-Z CX-493-P-Z
67
CX-481 CX-481-P CX-481-Z CX-481-P-Z
67
CX-483* CX-483-P*
M8 Plug-in connector
PNP 0.1m - 2m Transparent Object Sensing
CX-491-P-Z 67
M8 Plug-in connector
PNP 50mm – 1m Transparent Object Sensing
CX-491-Z
M8 Plug-in connector
PNP 50 – 500mm Transparent Object Sensing
CX-491-P
M8 Plug-in connector
CX-483-Z* CX-483-P-Z* 67
CX-482 CX-482-P CX-482-Z CX-482-P-Z
Note: * For transparent object sensing Mounting Bracket not included, Reflector included
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M8 Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24A-C2
Elbow
CN-24AL-C2
Straight
CN-24A-C5
Elbow
CN-24AL-C5
5m
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical
MS-CX-1
Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount
MS-CX-3
2-67
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor 2.5.2.2. Compact
2
Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1
NX5 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
100mm - 5m*
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1CO
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1CO
100mm - 7m
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
Light On
Red
66
NX5-PRVM5A
IR
66
NX5-PRVM5B
Dark On Light On
NX5-RM7A NX5-RM7B
Dark On
Note: * With polarising filter Reflector included
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical
MS-NX5-1
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Horizontal
MS-NX5-2
Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount
MS-NX5-3
ML7 Series - Compact Order Codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
2.5m
10-30VDC
PNP
Dark On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
ML7-55/59/103/115
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-MLV12-HWK
Reflector
H60
MLV12 Series - Compact Order Codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
5m
10-30VDC
PNP
Light On Dark On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
MLV12-54/76b/115/128
Accessories
2-68
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-ML7-01
Reflector
C110-2
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.2. Retro-Reflective Sensor 2.5.2.3. Standard
2
Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1
VF Series - Standard
Order Codes (Reflector & Mounting bracket included) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
100mm - 5m
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1NO
IR
66
VF-RM5-3
200mm - 3m
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1NO
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Red
66
VF-PRM3-3**
VF-RM5T-3*
Note: * In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions ** With Polarising Filters
RL39 Series - Standard Order Codes (Reflector & Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source Connector
IP Rating
Code
20m
10-30VDC
Relay
Light On Dark On
IR
67
RLK39-55-Z/31/35/40a/116
Pre-Wired 2m
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-RL39
Reflector
H60
2-69
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical
2
Discount Code C7
CY-100 Series - Cylindrical
Order Codes: Standard Type (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
100mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CY-121A
Dark On PNP
CY-121B CY-121A-P
Light On
CY-121B-P
Dark On NPN
Light On Dark On
PNP
CY-121A-Z
M12 Plug-in connector
CY-121B-Z CY-121A-P-Z
Light On
CY-121B-P-Z
Dark On 600mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
Dark On PNP
67
CY-122B* CY-122A-P*
Light On
CY-122B-P*
Dark On NPN
Light On
CY-122A-Z*
M12 Plug-in connector
Dark On PNP
CY-122A*
CY-122B-Z*
Light On
CY-122A-P-Z*
Dark On
CY-122B-P-Z*
Order Codes: Side View Type (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
100mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CY-121VA
Dark On PNP
CY-121VB CY-121VA-P
Light On
CY-121VB-P
Dark On NPN
Light On
M12 Plug-in connector
Dark On PNP
CY-121VA-Z CY-121VB-Z
Light On
CY-121VA-P-Z
Dark On 600mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
CY-121VB-P-Z IR
Pre-Wired 2m
Dark On PNP
CY-122VB* CY-122VB-P*
Dark On Light On
M12 Plug-in connector
Dark On PNP
CY-122VA* CY-122VA-P*
Light On
NPN
67
CY-122VA-Z* CY-122VB-Z*
Light On
CY-122VA-P-Z*
Dark On
CY-122VB-P-Z*
Note: * With sensitivity adjuster
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24C-C2
Elbow
CN-24CL-C2
Straight
CN-24C-C5
Elbow
CN-24CL-C5
5m
2-70
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Stainless Steel
MS-CY1-1
Mounting Bracket – Plastic
MS-CY1-2
Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420)
MS-AJ3
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.1. Cylindrical 2.5.3.2. Miniature
2
Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1
GLV18 Series - Cylindrical
Order Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
450mm
10-30VDC
PNP
Light On Dark On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
GLV18-8-450/115/120
M12 Connector
GLV18-8-450/73/120
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable
2m
Straight
V1-G-2M-PVC
Elbow
V1-W-2M-PVC
Straight
V1-G-5M-PVC
Elbow
V1-W-5M-PVC
5m
EX-10 Series - Miniature Order Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
2 – 25mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
Red LED
65
EX-14A
Red LED
65
Dark On 2 – 25mm
12-24VDC
PNP
Light On
EX-14B
Dark On
EX-14A-PN EX-14B-PN
EX-30 Series (Metal Body) - Miniature
Order Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
50mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
Red LED
67
EX-32A
NPN
Dark On
EX-32B
PNP
Light On
EX-32A-PN
PNP
Dark On
EX-32B-PN
2-71
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.3. Compact
2
Discount Code C7
CX 400 Series - Compact
Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
800mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CX-422
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Red LED
Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF
Red LED
Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF
Red LED
Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF
Red LED
Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF
Red LED
PNP NPN PNP 70 – 300mm Narrow View Type
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN PNP
2 – 50mm// Adjustable range
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN PNP
20 – 300mm Adjustable range type
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN PNP
15 – 100mm Adjustable range type
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN
CX-422-Z CX-422-P-Z
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CX-423 CX-423-P
M8 Plug-in connector
PNP 2 – 50mm Adjustable range / small spot type
CX-422-P
M8 Plug-in connector
CX-423-Z CX-423-P-Z
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CX-441 CX-441-P
M8 Plug-in connector
CX-441-Z CX-441-P-Z
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CX-443 CX-443-P
M8 Plug-in connector
CX-443-Z CX-443-P-Z
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CX-442 CX-442-P CX-442-Z
M8 Plug-in connector
CX-442-P-Z
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CX-444 CX-444-P
M8 Plug-in connector
CX-444-Z CX-444-P-Z
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M8 Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24A-C2
Elbow
CN-24AL-C2
Straight
CN-24A-C5
Elbow
CN-24AL-C5
5m
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical
MS-CX2-1
Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount
MS-CX-3
NX5 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
700mm
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1CO
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
Light On
IR
66
NX5-D700A
Dark On
NX5-D700B
Accessories
2-72
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical
MS-NX5-1
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Horizontal
MS-NX5-2
Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount
MS-NX5-3
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.3. Compact
2
Discount Code C1
ML7 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
200mm
10-30VDC
PNP
Dark On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
ML7-8-200/25/103/115
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-ML7-01
MLV12 Series - Compact Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
250mm
10-30VDC
PNP
Light On Dark On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/115/128
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-MLV12-HWK
2-73
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.3. Diffuse-Reflective Sensors 2.5.3.4. Standard
2
Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1
EQ 30 Series - Standard Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source Connector
IP Rating
Code
200mm – 2m
10-30VDC
NPN
Selectable
IR
67
EQ-34
Pre-Wired 2m
PNP NPN PNP (2) NPN
EQ-34-PN
M12 Plug-in connector
EQ-34-J
Pre-Wired 2m
EQ-34W
EQ-34-PN-J
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24-C2
Elbow
CN-24L-C2
Straight
CN-24-C5
Elbow
CN-24L-C5
5m
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Back Angled
MS-EQ3-1
Mounting Bracket – Foot Angled
MS-EQ3-2
EQ-500 Series - Standard Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
100mm – 2.5m
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1NO
Selectable Either Detection-ON or DetectionOFF
IR
67
EQ-501 EQ-501T*
* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay functions
VF Series - Standard Order Codes (Bracket included) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
500mm
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1NO
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
IR
66
VF-D500-3
1m
VF-D500T-3* VF-D1000-3 VF-D1000T-3*
* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions
RL39 Series - Standard Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source Connector
2m
10-30VDC
Relay
Light On (NC) IR Dark On (NO)
Pre-Wired 2m
IP Rating
Code
67
RLK39-8-2000-Z/31/40a/116
Accessories
2-74
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-RL39
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2.5.4.1. Cylindrical
2
Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1
CY-100 Series - Cylindrical
Order Codes: Standard Type (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
15m
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CY-111A
Dark On PNP
CY-111B CY-111A-P
Light On
CY-111B-P
Dark On 15m
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
M12 Plug-in connector
Dark On PNP
67
CY-111A-Z CY-111B-Z
Light On
CY-111A-P-Z
Dark On
CY-111B-P-Z
Order Codes: Side View Type (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
15m
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CY-111VA
Dark On PNP
CY-111VB CY-111VA-P
Light On
CY-111VB-P
Dark On 15m
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
IR
M12 Plug-in connector
Dark On PNP
67
CY-111VA-Z CY-111VB-Z
Light On
CY-111VA-P-Z
Dark On
CY-111VB-P-Z
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24C-C2
Elbow
CN-24CL-C2
Straight
CN-24C-C5
Elbow
CN-24CL-C5
5m
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Stainless Steel
MS-CY1-1
Mounting Bracket – Plastic
MS-CY1-2
Universal Mounting Stand – Adjust the height of sensor and reflector (RF-420)
MS-AJ3
GLV18 Series - Cylindrical
Order Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
20m
10-30VDC
PNP
Light On Dark On
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
GD18/GV18/115/120
M12 Connector
GD18/GV18/73/120
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable
2m
Straight
V1-G-2M-PVC
Elbow
V1-W-2M-PVC
Straight
V1-G-5M-PVC
Elbow
V1-W-5M-PVC
5m
2-75
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2.5.4.2. Miniature
2
2.5.4.3. Compact
Discount Code C7
EX-10 Series - Miniature Order Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
150mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Red LED
67
EX-15
500mm
EX-17
EX-30 Series (Metal Body) - Miniature
Order Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
500mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Light On
Red LED
67
EX-31A
NPN
Dark On
EX-31B
PNP
Light On
EX-31A-PN
PNP
Dark On
EX-31B-PN
CX 400 Series - Compact
Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
10m
12-24VDC
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Red
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CX-411
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
IR
PNP NPN PNP 30m
12-24VDC
NPN PNP NPN
CX-411-P
M8 Plug-in connector
CX-411-Z CX-411-P-Z
Pre-Wired 2m
67
CX-413-P
M8 Plug-in connector
PNP
CX-413 CX-413-Z CX-413-P-Z
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M8 Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24A-C2
Elbow
CN-24AL-C2
Straight
CN-24A-C5
Elbow
CN-24AL-C5
5m
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical
MS-CX2-1
Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount
MS-CX-3
NX5 Series - Compact Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
10m
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1CO
Light On
Red
66
NX5-M10RA
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1CO
Light On
IR
66
30m
NX5-M10RB
Dark On Dark On
NX5-M30A NX5-M30B
Accessories
2-76
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Vertical
MS-NX5-1
Mounting Bracket – Surface Mount Horizontal
MS-NX5-2
Mounting Bracket – Wall Mount
MS-NX5-3
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.4. Thru-Beam Sensors 2.5.4.4. Standard 2.5.4.5. Slot Sensors
2
Discount Code C7 P+F Discount Code C1
ML7 Series - Compact Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
3.5m
10-30VDC
PNP
Dark On (NO)
IR
PreWired//2m
67
M7/MV7/59/76A/103/115
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-ML7-01
MLV12 Series - Compact Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source Connector
IP Rating
Code
16m
10-30VDC
PNP
Light On (NC) Dark On (NO)
IR
67
M12/MV12-F1/76b/82b/115/128
Pre-Wired 2m
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-MLV12-HWK
VF Series - Standard Order Codes (Brackets included) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
10m
12-240VDC 24-240VAC
Relay 1NO
Selectable
IR
66
VF-M10-3 VF-M10T-3*
* In-built timer 0.1 to 5 seconds (variable) with On Delay, Off Delay, One Shot Functions
RL39 Series - Standard Order Codes (Brackets Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
2m
10-30VDC
Relay
Light On (NC) Dark On (NO)
IR
Pre-Wired 2m
67
RLK39-8-2000-Z/31/40a/116
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting Bracket
OMH-RL39
Slot Sensors Order Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
IP Rating
Code
10mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
IR
62
RT-610-10
20mm
50mm
12-24VDC
12-24VDC
NPN
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Red
RT-610-10R
Green IR
RT-610-10G 66
RT-610-20
Red
RT-610-20R
Green
RT-610-20G
IR
RT-610-50
2-77
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2.5.5.1. Economical
2
2.5.5.2. Advanced
Discount Code C7
FX-100 Series - Economical Order Codes
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Thru-beam 300mm 12-24VDC Diffuse Reflective 120mm
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connection
Code
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Red LED
Pre-Wired 2m
FX-101-CC2
PNP
FX-101P-CC2
* Typical value only that changes with different fibre sensors. See following page.
FX-500 Series - Advancedw
Order Codes (Connection Cable Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connection Code
Thru-beam 3600mm Diffuse Reflective 1400mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Selectable
Red LED
Plug-in cable*
PNP
FX-501 FX-501P
2 x NPN
FX-502
2 x PNP
FX-502P
2 x PNP, 4 to 20mA
FX-505-C2
2 x NPN, 4 to 20mA
FX-505P-C2
For applicable fibres see following page.
FX-500 Series Connection Cables Type
Description
Used with Amplifier type
Code
Main cable (3-core)
2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier
FX-501(P)
CN-73-C2
Main cable (4-core)
2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier
FX-502(P)
CN-74-C2
Sub cable (1-core)
2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier
FX-501(P)
CN-71-C2
Sub cable (2-core)
2m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier
FX-502(P)
CN-72-C2
5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier
CN-73-C5
5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier
CN-74-C5
5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier
CN-71-C5
5m Quick Connect Cable for Amplifier
2-78
Max. 25 Îźs response time
A different accuracy!
FX-500 with its ultra high response time improves productivity.
FX-500 with its accurate detection catches fractional difference in light intensity, fulfilling high precision and low-hysteresis applications.
CN-72-C5
Analog output cable type Edge tracking of film or sheet. Drifting path can be tracked as the light intensity changes.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.5. Fibre-Optic Sensors 2.5.5.3. Fibre Selections
2
Discount Code C7
Fibre Optic Sensors for FX-100 & FX-500 Series Thru-Beam (Pair) Fibres Type
Sensing Distance
Fibre Cable Length
IP Rating
Code
2m
67
FT-31
FX-100
FX-500
Threaded M3
130mm
1350mm
Threaded M4
300mm
3600mm
FT-42
Threaded M4 Elbow
270mm
3600mm
FT-R40
Heat Resistant Threaded M4 (350DegC)
170mm
1200mm
Threaded M14
14000mm
19600mm
FT-H35-M2 10m
FT-140
Accessories Description
Code
Lens to increase sensing distance by approx.. 5 times ( Set of 2)
FX-LE1
Diffuse Reflective Fibres Type
Sensing Distance
Fibre Cable Length
IP Rating
Code
2m
67
FD-31
FX-100
FX-500
Threaded M3
35mm
515mm
Threaded M4
70mm
650mm
FD-42G
Threaded M6
120mm
1400mm
FD-61
Threaded M6 Elbow
110mm
1100mm
FD-R60
Heat Resistant Threaded M4 (350DegC)
75mm
720mm
FD-H35-M2
Accessories Description
Code
Fine Spot Lens (0.4mm at 7mm distance from focal point) For use with FD-42G Fibre
FX-MR2
2-79
2. Position Sensors 2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.6. Colour Mark Sensors
2
Discount Code C7
LX 100 Series The ultimate mark sensor
The LX-100 series of digital colour mark sensors utilises 3 LED elements (Red, Green, and Blue) offering high precision sensing of any colour marking. A four digit digital display allows for user-friendly setting and monitoring of sensor settings. Six easy-to-see indicators surround the main display allowing quick and easy confirmation of the operating mode. Also, the threshold value can be conveniently checked at the touch of a button. One-level, two-level and fully automatic teaching methods are available with an option of external teaching if the sensor is not easily accessible. The LX-100 series have two detection modes: •
Mark Mode The sensor automatically selects the most effective LED colour for the application that is presented. With a fast response time of 45 microseconds, this mode is best suited for high speed manufacturing lines.
•
Colour Mode For high precision colour mark detection, all three LEDs are utilised to distinguish between colours that are difficult with conventional single LED sensors. The built-in 12-bit A/D converter enables high precision 1/4000 resolution judgments.
Order Codes (Bracket Sold Seperately) Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
10mm
12-24VDC
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
Code
NPN
Selectable
Pre-Wired 2m
67
LX-101
PNP NPN PNP
LX-101-P
M12 Plug-in connector
LX-101-Z LX-101-P-Z
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24B-C2
Elbow
CN-24BL-C2
Straight
CN-24B-C5
Elbow
CN-24BL-C5
5m
2-80
Description
Code
Mounting Bracket – Straight Type
MS-LX-1
Mounting Bracket – Elbow Type
MS-LX-2
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.5. Photo Electric Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.5.7. Laser Sensors
2
Discount Code C7
LS Series User-friendly high precision laser sensing
The LS Series has a separated amplifier with the option of 3 different types of sensor heads. They are approximately the same size as typical photoelectric sensors and the mounting method is identical as well. Industry Standard Mounting
The mounting for all 3 sensor heads is 25.4mm, the same industry standard as the CX-400 Series. Hence, existing mounting brackets can be used even when replacing general purpose sensors with laser sensors. Easy Setting Dual Display
Equipped with 2 large 4-digit digital displays. While checking the current light-receiving amount (red display), the optimal threshold value (green display) can be set easily. Display range up to 9999
The display’s wide range of up to 9999 enables extremely sensitive adjustments. The result is a more stable sensing that ensures that even the smallest variation on a transparent object can be detected. Order Codes Sensing Method Retro-reflective
Sensing Range
Output
0.2 – 30m
Spot reflective
-
Light Source
Code
Laser class 2
LS-H92
0.1 – 7m
LS-H91
30 – 1000mm
LS-H21
Line reflective
LS-H22
Amplifier
-
NPN
-
LS-401-C2
PNP
LS-401P-C2
EX-L200 Series
The all new EX-L200 Series delivers high precision performance in an incredibly small form factor. This self contained laser sensor combines long range detection with a minimum sensing object of a mere 0.3mm for applications that require high accuracy and optimal mounting flexibility. Thru-Beam Type Ordering Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
1m Minute Object Detection Type 3m Long Sensing Type
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Laser class 1
Pre-Wired 2m
67
EX-L211
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Laser class 1
Pre-Wired 2m
67
PNP 12-24VDC
NPN PNP
EX-L211-P EX-L212 EX-L212-P
Diffuse Reflective Type Ordering Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
45-300mm
12-24VDC
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Laser class 1
Pre-Wired 2m
67
EX-L221
PNP
EX-L221-P
Retro-Reflective Type Ordering Codes Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Switching Mode
Light Source
Connector
IP Rating
Code
4m
12-24VDC
NPN
Selectable Either Light-ON or Dark-ON
Laser class 1
Pre-Wired 2m
67
EX-L291
PNP
EX-L291-P
Accessories Description
Code
Sensor mounting bracket
MS-EXL2-1
Polarising filter
PF-EXL2
Reflector
RF-210
Reflector mounting bracket
MS-RF21-1
2-81
2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 CY-100 Series Sensor
2-82
Sensor Table
2 m cable length type (mm in)
M12 plug-in connector type (mm in)
a
b
a
b
Standard type CY-111/121/192
46
28
60
28
Standard type CY-191
48
28
62
28
Side view type CY-111V/121V/191V/192V
62
28
76
28
Standard type CY-122
62
44
76
44
Side view type CY-122V
78
44
92
44
Mounting Bracket MS-CY1-1
Mounting Bracket MS-CY1-2
Reflector RF-410
Reflector RF-420
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 EX 10 Series EX-15, EX-17
EX-14A, EX-14B
EX 30 Series EX-31, EX-31-PN
EX-32, EX-32-PN
2-83
2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 CX 400 Series
CX-49, CX-48, CX-42
CX-49-Z, CX-48-Z, CX-42-Z
CX-44
CX-44-Z
EQ 30 Series EQ-34, EQ-34-PN
2-84
EQ-34W
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 EQ 30 Series
EQ 500 Series
EQ-34-J, EQ-34-PN-J
EQ-501(T)
VF Series
VF-M10, VF-RM5, VF-D500, VF-D1000
VF-PRM3
2-85
2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 NX5 Series NX5-M10RA, NX5-M10RB, NX5-M30A, NX5-M30B
NX5-D700A, NX5-D700B
NX5-PRVM5A, NX5-PRVM5B, NX5-RM7A, NX5-RM7B NX5-D700A, NX5-D700B
FX 100 Series FX-101, FX-101P
FX 500 Series FX-501(P)
2-86
FX-505(P)-C2
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 Fibres FT-31
FT-42
FT-R40
FT-H35-M2
FT-140
2-87
2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 Fibres FD-31
FD-42G
FD-61
FD-R60
FD-H35-M2
2-88
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 LX 100 Series LX-101, LX-101-P
LX-101-Z, LX-101-P-Z
RT-610 Series RT-610-10 - 10mm sensing range type
RT-610-20 - 20mm sensing range type
RT-610-50 - 50mm sensing range type
2-89
2. Position Sensors 2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 LS Series
LS-H91, LS-H92
LS-H22
LS-H21
LS-401-C2, LS-401P-C2
EX-L200 Series EX-L212(-P), EX-L211(P)
2-90
EX-L291(-P), EX-L221(-P)
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.6. Photo Electric Sensors Dimensions 2 GLV18 Series
ML7 Series
MLV12 Series
RL39 Series
2-91
2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire
2
Discount Code C7
GX-M Series Order Codes Body Type M8 Shielded
Maximum Sensing Distance 1.5mm
Supply Voltage
Output
Output Function
Connector
IP Rating
Code
12-24VDC
NPN
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
GX-M8A
NC PNP
GX-M8B GX-M8A-P
NO NC
M8 Shielded
1.5mm
12-24VDC
NPN
NO
M12 Plug
67
NC PNP 2mm
12-24VDC
NPN
NO NC
PNP
GX-M8A-P-Z GX-M8B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m
67
NO
GX-M12A-P GX-M12B-P M12 Plug
67
NC PNP 7mm
12-24VDC
NPN
NO NC
PNP
GX-M12A-P-Z GX-M12B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m
68
NO
GX-MK12A-P GX-MK12B-P M12 Plug
67
NC PNP 5mm
12-24VDC
NPN
NO NC
PNP
GX-MK12A-P-Z GX-MK12B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m
68
NO
GX-M18A-P GX-M18B-P M12 Plug
67
NC PNP 12mm
12-24VDC
NPN
NO NC
PNP
GX-M18A-P-Z GX-M18B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m
68
PNP
NO
GX-MK18A-P GX-MK18B-P M12 Plug
67
10mm
12-24VDC
NPN
GX-MK18B-Z
NO
GX-MK18A-P-Z
NO NC
PNP
GX-MK18B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m
68
NO
GX-M30A-P GX-M30B-P M12 Plug
67
NC PNP 22mm
12-24VDC
NPN
NO NC
PNP
GX-M30A-P-Z GX-M30B-P-Z Pre-Wired 2m
68
NO NC
PNP
NO NC
2-92
GX-MK30A GX-MK30B GX-MK30A-P
NO NC
NPN
GX-M30A-Z GX-M30B-Z
NO NC
M30 NonShielded
GX-M30A GX-M30B
NO NC
NPN
GX-MK18A-Z
NC NC M30 Shielded
GX-MK18A GX-MK18B
NO NC
NPN
GX-M18A-Z GX-M18B-Z
NO NC
M18 NonShielded
GX-M18A GX-M18B
NO NC
NPN
GX-MK12A-Z GX-MK12B-Z
NO NC
M18 Shielded
GX-MK12A GX-MK12B
NO NC
NPN
GX-M12A-Z GX-M12B-Z
NO NC
M12 NonShielded
GX-M12A GX-M12B
NO NC
NPN
GX-M8A-Z GX-M8B-Z
NO NC
M12 Shielded
GX-M8B-P
GX-MK30B-P M12 Plug
67
GX-MK30A-Z GX-MK30B-Z GX-MK30A-P-Z GX-MK30B-P-Z
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire
2
Discount Code C7
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Mating Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24C-C2
Elbow
CN-24CL-C2
Straight
CN-24C-C5
Elbow
CN-24CL-C5
5m
2-93
2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire
2
Discount Code C5
IFL Series Order Codes Body Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
M8 Shielded
2mm
10-30VDC
Output
Output Function
Connector
IP Rating
Code
NPN
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 2-8M-10N
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 2-12-10N
M12 Plug
67
IFL 2-12-10STN
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 4-12-10N
M12 Plug
67
IFL 4-12-10STN
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 5-18-10N
M12 Plug
67
IFL 5-18-10STN
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 8-18-10N
M12 Plug
67
IFL 8-18-10STN
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 10-30L-10TN
M12 Plug
67
IFL 10-30M-10ST1P
NO or NC
Re-Wireable
67
IFL 10-30L-10/01N
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 15-30L-10TN
M12 Plug
67
IFL 15-30M-10ST1P
Re-Wireable
67
IFL 15-30L-10/01N
PNP M12 Shielded
IFL 2-8M-10N
2mm
10-30VDC
NPN PNP NPN
IFL 2-8M-10P IFL 2-12-10P IFL 2-12-10STP
PNP IFL 8-18-10P
M12 NonShielded
4mm
10-30VDC
NPN
NO
PNP NPN
IFL 4-12-10P IFL 4-12-10STP
PNP M18 Shielded
5mm
10-30VDC
NPN
NO
PNP NPN
IFL 2-12-10P
IFL 5-18-10P IFL 5-18-10STP
PNP M18 NonShielded
8mm
10-30VDC
NPN
NO
PNP NPN
IFL 8-18-10P IFL 8-18-10STP
PNP
IFL 15-30L-10TP M30 Shielded
10mm
10-30VDC
NPN
NO
PNP PNP 10-60VDC
NPN
IFL 10-30L-10TP
IFL 10-30L-10/01P
PNP M30 NonShielded
15mm
10-30VDC
NPN PNP PNP
10-60VDC
NPN
NO or NC
IFL 15-30L-10TP
IFL 15-30L-10/01P
PNP
Accessories Description
Type
Length
Code
M12 Mating Cable
Straight (PUR)
2m
A-K4P-M12-S-G-2M-BK-2-X-A-1
5m
A-K4P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-2-X-A-1
10m
A-K4P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-2-X-A-1
2m
A-K4P-M12-S-W-2M-BK-2-X-A-1
5m
A-K4P-M12-S-W-5M-BK-2-X-A-1
10m
A-K4P-M12-S-W-10M-BK-2-X-A-1
Straight
-
S-K4P-M12-S-G-X-X-X-X-A
Elbow
-
S-K4P-M12-S-W-X-X-X-X-A-1
Elbow (PUR)
Field Wireable M12 Connector
2-94
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire
2
IFL 2-8M-10*
IFL 2-12-10*
IFL 2-12-10ST*
IFL 4-12-10*
IFL 4-12-10ST*
IFL 5-18-10*
IFL 5-18-10ST*
IFL 8-18-10*
IFL 8-18-10ST*
IFL 10-30L-10T*
IFL 10-30M-10-ST1P
IFL 10-30L-10/01*
IFL 15-30L-10T*
IFL 15-30M-10ST1P*
IFL 15-30L-10/01*
2-95
2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire
2
Discount Code C1
NB Series Order Codes Body Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Output Function
M8 Shielded
2mm
10-30VDC
PNP
Connector
IP Rating
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
NPN M8 NonShielded
2mm
M12 Shielded
2mm
10-30VDC
PNP NPN
10-30VDC
PNP NPN PNP
M12 NonShielded
4mm
10-30VDC
PNP
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
NPN PNP
M18 Shielded
5mm
10-30VDC
PNP
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
NPN PNP M18 NonShielded
8mm
10-30VDC
PNP
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
NPN PNP
M30 Shielded
10mm
10-30VDC
PNP
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
NPN PNP 15mm
10-30VDC
PNP
NBB2-12GM50-E0-V1 67
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
NPN PNP
M12 Connector
NPN
NBN4-12GM50-E2 NBN4-12GM50-E0 NBN4-12GM50-E2-V1 NBN4-12GM50-E0-V1
67
NBB5-18GM50-E2 NBB5-18GM50-E0 NBB5-18GM50-E2-V1 NBB5-18GM50-E0-V1
67
NBN8-18GM50-E2 NBN8-18GM50-E0 NBN8-18GM50-E2-V1 NBN8-18GM50-E0-V1
67
NBB10-30GM50-E2 NBB10-30GM50-E0
M12 Connector
NPN M30 NonShielded
NBB2-12GM50-E2-V1
M12 Connector
NPN
NBB2-12GM50-E2 NBB2-12GM50-E0
M12 Connector
NPN
NBN2-8GM50-E2 NBN2-8GM50-E0
M12 Connector
NPN
NBB2-8GM50-E2 NBB2-8GM50-E0
M12 Connector
NPN
Code
NBB10-30GM50-E2-V1 NBB10-30GM50-E0-V1 67
NBN15-30GM50-E2 NBN15-30GM50-E0 NBN15-30GM50-E2-V1 NBN15-30GM50-E0-V1
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Mating Cable
2m
Straight
V1-G-2M-PVC
Elbow
V1-W-2M-PVC
Straight
V1-G-5M-PVC
Elbow
V1-W-5M-PVC
5m
2-96
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.1. DC 3-Wire
2
NBB2-8GM50-E2
NBN2-8GM50-E2
NBB2-12GM50-E2
NBB2-12GM50-E2-V1
NBN4-12GM50-E2
NBN4-12GM50-E2-V1
NBB5-18GM50-E2
NBB5-18GM50-E2-V1
NBN8-18GM50-E2
NBN8-18GM50-E2-V1
NBB10-30GM50-E2
NBB10-30GM50-E2-V1
NBN15-30GM50-E2
NBN15-30GM50-E2-V1
2-97
2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.2. DC 4-Wire
2
Discount Code C5
IFL Series Order Codes Body Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Output Function
Connector
IP Rating
Code
M18 Shielded
2mm
10-60VDC
NPN
NO/NC
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 5-18L-11N
M12 Plug
67
Pre-Wired 2m
67
M12 Plug
67
NO/NC
Pre-Wired 2m
67
NO/NC
Pre-Wired 2m
67
PNP NPN
IFL 8-18L-11P
IFL 5-18L-11P
PNP M18 NonShielded
8mm
10-60VDC
NPN
IFL 5-18L-11STP NO/NC
PNP NPN 10mm
10-60VDC
NPN
IFL 15-30L-11TP
15mm
10-60VDC
NPN PNP
IFL 10-30L-11TN IFL 10-30L-11TP IFL 15-30L-11TN IFL 15-30L-11TP
Accessories Description
Type
Length
Code
M12 Mating Cable
Straight (PUR)
2m
A-K4P-M12-S-G-2M-BK-2-X-A-1
5m
A-K4P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-2-X-A-1
10m
A-K4P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-2-X-A-1
2m
A-K4P-M12-S-W-2M-BK-2-X-A-1
5m
A-K4P-M12-S-W-5M-BK-2-X-A-1
Elbow (PUR)
Field Wireable M12 Connector
2-98
IFL 8-18L-11STN IFL 8-18L-11STP
PNP M30 NonShielded
IFL 8-18L-11N IFL 8-18L-11P
PNP M30 Shielded
IFL 5-18L-11STN
10m
A-K4P-M12-S-W-10M-BK-2-X-A-1
Straight
-
S-K4P-M12-S-G-X-X-X-X-A
Elbow
-
S-K4P-M12-S-W-X-X-X-X-A-1
IFL 5-18L-11*
IFL 5-18L-11ST*
IFL 8-18L-11*
IFL 8-18L-11ST*
IFL 10-30L-11T*
IFL 15-30L-11T*
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.3. AC 2-Wire 2.7.1.4. AC/DC 2-Wire
2
Discount Code C5
IFL Series - AC 2-Wire Type Order Codes Body Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output Function
Connector
IP Rating
Code
M12 Shielded
2mm
15-250VAC
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 2-12-10
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 4-12-10
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 5-18-10
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 8-18-10
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 10-30-10T
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 15-30-10T
Output Function
Connector
IP Rating
Code
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
IFL 5-18-10A
NC IFL 8-18-10
M12 NonShielded
4mm
15-250VAC
M18 Shielded
5mm
15-250VAC
M18 NonShielded
8mm
15-250VAC
M30 Shielded
10mm
15-250VAC
M30 NonShielded
15mm
15-250VAC
NO NC NO NC
IFL 2-12-10
NO NC NO NC
IFL 15-30-10
NO NC
IFL 2-12-01 IFL 4-12-01 IFL 5-18-01 IFL 8-18-01 IFL 10-30-01T IFL 15-30-01T
IFL Series - AC/DC 2-Wire Type Order Codes Body Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
M18 Shielded
5mm
10-250V AC/DC
NC
IFL 5-18-01A
IFL 2-12-**
IFL 4-12-**
IFL 5-18-**
IFL 8-18-**
IFL 10-30-***
IFL 15-30-***
2-99
2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.1. Cylindrical
2.7.1.5. DC 2-Wire
2
Discount Code C7
GX-M Series Order Codes Body Type
Maximum Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output Function
Connector
IP Rating
Code
M8 Shielded
1.5mm
12-24VDC
NO
Pre-Wired 2m
67
GX-M8A-U
NC 2.5mm
GX-M8B-U GX-ML8A-U
NO NC
1.5mm
NO NC
2.5mm
GX-ML8B-U M12 (Pigtailed Type)
67
GX-M8B-U-J
NO
GX-ML8A-U-J
NC M12 Shielded
2mm
12-24VDC
NO NC
4mm
GX-ML8B-U-J Pre-Wired 2m
68
GX-M12B-U
NC NO
4mm
GX-ML12B-U M12 Plug
67
5mm
12-24VDC
GX-M12B-U-Z
NO
GX-ML12A-U-Z
NO NC
8mm
NO
5mm
NO
GX-ML12B-U-Z Pre-Wired 2m
68
GX-M18B-U GX-ML18B-U
M12 Plug
67
10mm
12-24VDC
GX-M18B-U-Z
NO
GX-ML18A-U-Z
NO NC
15mm
GX-M18A-U-Z
NC NC M30 Shielded
GX-M18A-U GX-ML18A-U
NC
8mm
GX-M12A-U-Z
NC NC M18 Shielded
GX-M12A-U GX-ML12A-U
NO
2mm
GX-M8A-U-J
GX-ML18B-U-Z Pre-Wired 2m
68
GX-M30A-U GX-M30B-U GX-ML30A-U
NO NC
GX-ML30B-U
10mm
NO
M12 Plug
67
GX-M30A-U-Z
NC
GX-M30B-U-Z
15mm
NO
GX-ML30A-U-Z
NC
GX-ML30B-U-Z
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Mating Cable
2m
Straight
CN-24C-C2
Elbow
CN-24CL-C2
Straight
CN-24C-C5
Elbow
CN-24CL-C5
5m
2-100
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.2. Rectangular
2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire
2
Discount Code C7
GX Series Order Codes Sensing Type Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output
Output Function
Connector
IP Rating
Code
Front Sensing
12-24VDC
NPN
NO
Pre-Wired 1m
68
GX-F8A
2.5mm
NC Top Sensing
GX-F8B
NO
GX-H8A
NC Front Sensing
2.5mm
12-24VDC
PNP
NO NC
Top Sensing
GX-H8B Pre-Wired 1m
68
GX-F8B-P
NO
GX-H8A-P
NC Front Sensing
4mm
12-24VDC
NPN
NO NC
Top Sensing
GX-H8B-P Pre-Wire 1m
68
4mm
12-24VDC
PNP
NO NC
Top Sensing
GX-F12A-C5 GX-F12B-C5
NO
GX-H12A-C5
NC Front Sensing
GX-F8A-P
GX-H12B-C5 Pre-Wired 1m
68
GX-F12A-P-C5 GX-F12B-P-C5
NO
GX-H12A-P-C5
NC
GX-H12B-P-C5
Accessories Description
Code
Mounting bracket for GX-8 Type
MS-GXL8-4
GX-F8
2-101
2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors 2.7.2. Rectangular
2.7.2.1. DC 3-Wire
2
GX Series Dimensions GX-H8
GX-F12
GX-H12
2-102
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.2. Rectangular
2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire
2
Discount Code C5
IFL Series Order Codes Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output Function
Connection
IP Rating
Code
Shielded
15mm
10-60VDC
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
Cable 2m
67
IFL 15-333E-11N
PNP NO/NC 4-Wire Un-Shielded
20mm
10-60VDC
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
IFL 15-333E-11P
Cable 2m
67
PNP NO/NC 4-Wire 50mm
10-60VDC
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire PNP NO/NC 4-Wire
IFL 15-333E-11*
IFL 20-333E-11N
IFL 20-333E-11P
Terminal Compartment
67
IFL 50-385-11N-M20
IFL 50-385-11P-M20
IFL 20-333E-11*
IFL 50-385-11*-M20
2-103
2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.2. Rectangular
2.7.2.2. DC 4-Wire
2
NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40
Discount Code C1
VariKont Series Order Codes Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output Function
Connection
IP Rating
Code
Shielded
15mm
10-30VDC
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
Terminal Compartment
67
NBB15-U1-A0
20mm NCN50
Non-Shielded
30mm
10-30VDC
40mm
50mm
NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40
2-104
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
NBB15-U1-A2
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
NBB20-U1-A0
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
NBB20-U1-A2
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
Terminal Compartment
67
NBN30-U1-A0
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
NBN30-U1-A2
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
NBN40-U1-A0
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
NBN40-U1-A2
NPN NO/NC 4-Wire
NCN50-FP-A2-P1
NCN50
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.2. Rectangular
2.7.2.3. DC 2-Wire NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40
2
Discount Code C1
VariKont Series Order Codes Type Shielded
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output Function
Connector
IP Rating
Code
15mm
10-30VDC
NO/NC
Terminal Compartment
67
NBB15-U1-Z2
10-30VDC
NO/NC
Terminal Compartment
67
20mm Non-Shielded
30mm 40mm
NBB20-U1-Z2 NBN30-U1-Z2 NBN40-U1-Z2
50mm NCN50
NCN50-FP-Z2-P1
NBB15, NBB20, NBN30
NCN50
NBN40
2-105
2. Position Sensors 2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.2. Rectangular 2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire
2
Discount Code C5
IFL Series Order Codes Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output Function
Connection
IP Rating
Code
Shielded
15mm
15-250VAC
NO or NC
Terminal Compartment
65
IFL 15-333-10/01
Un-Shielded
20mm
15-250VAC
NO or NC
Terminal Compartment
65
IFL 20-333-10/01
50mm
15-250VAC
NO or NC
Terminal Compartment
67
IFL 50-385-10/01
IFL 15-333-10/01
IFL 20-333-10/01
IFL 50-385-10/01
2-106
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.7. Inductive Proximity Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.7.2. Rectangular 2.7.2.4. AC 2-Wire
NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40
2
Discount Code C1
VariKont Series Order Codes Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Output Function
Connection
IP Rating
Code
Shielded
15mm
10-30VDC
NO/NC
Terminal Compartment
67
NJ15+U1+W
20mm
10-30VDC
NO/NC
Terminal Compartment
67
NJ20+U1+W
Non-Shielded
30mm
NJ30+U1+W
40mm
NJ40+U1+W
50mm
NCN50-FP-W-P1
NCN50 NBB15, NBB20, NBN30 & NBN40
NCN50
2-107
2. Position Sensors 2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2
Discount Code C5
Magnetic Reed Switches Ordering Steps: • • • •
Select sensing distance Select matching magnet Select switch & magnet part numbers Add price of switch & magnet
Sensing Distances (mm)
Code BN 20-10Z BN 20-01Z 15
20-45 20-45
15
BN 20-20Z
15
BN 20-02Z BN 20-11Z BN 20-RZ 5
10
15
15
10-35 10-35
15
BN 20-2RZ
15
BN 20-11RZ 6
20
20
5-20
BN 310-10Z BN 310-01Z BN 310-RZ
15
20
25
25
15-45 15-45
25
25
BN 65-RZ
15
20-55
BN 20
BN 310
BP 31N
BP 34
20
BE 20
BP 31S
BP 31N
BP 31
BP 22NS
15
BP 21S
BP 21N
25
BP 20S
25
BP 20N
15-45 15-45
BP 20
25
BP 15
25
BP 12N BP 12S
20
BN 310
2-108
20
15
BP 11N BP 11S
BP 10
5
BN 65-10Z/V
Actuator Magnet Part Number
BN 310
BP 31S
BN 20 BP 20N
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.8. Magnetic Reed Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2
Discount Code C5
Micro Magnetic Reed Switches Sensing Distances (mm)
0-14
0-14
BN 80-01Z
BP 31N
4-30
BP 31
BP 20N
3-28
BP 20
5-27 BP 12N
BP 11S
BP 11N
BP 10
BP 8
4-23
BN 80-10Z
BN 85-R
BP 34
2-10
12-24
BP 20S
2-9
12-24
BP 31S
8-14
BP 15
0-5
6-12
BP 12S
3-8
Code
Actuator Magnet Part Number
BN 80
Actuators – Magnetic Switches BP 10
BP 11
2 x BP 11
BP 12
BP 12 N S
BP 15
BP 20 BP 20 N/S
BP 22
2-109
2. Position Sensors 2.9. Ultrasonic Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2
Discount Code C1
UC Series Order Codes Type
Sensing Distance
Supply Voltage
Connector
IP Rating
Code
30-50mm
2 x PNP (NO/NC)
M12 Connector
M30
IP65
UC500-30GM-E6R2-V15
80-2000mm
UC2000-30GM-E6R2-V15
200-4000mm
UC4000-30GM-E6R2-V15
350-6000mm 30-500mm
UC6000-30GM-E6R2-V15 4 to 20mA
UC500-30GM-IUR2-V15
80-2000mm
UC2000-30GM-IUR2-V15
200-4000mm
UC4000-30GM-IUR2-V15
350-6000mm 0-300mm 100-2000mm
UC6000-30GM-IUR2-V15 2 x Relay 4 to 20mA
Rectangular
UC300-F43-2KIR2-V17 UC2000-F43-2KIR2-V17
Accessories Description
Length
Type
Code
M12 Cable for M30 Type
2m
Straight
V15-G-2M-PVC
Elbow
V15-W-2M-PVC
Straight
V15-G-5M-PVC
Elbow
V15-W-5M-PVC
Straight
V17-G-2M-PUR
Elbow
V17-W-2M-PUR
Straight
V17-G-5M-PUR
Elbow
V17-W-5M-PUR
5m M12 Cable for Rectangular Type
2m 5m
2-110
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.10. Rotary Encoders 2.10.1. Technical Notes
2 Technical Notes An encoder is a device (transducer) that is used to convert rotary or linear motion into useful information. The primary parameters determined are speed, rate, velocity, distance, position, or direction. A typical application will use one or more of these parameters as feedback to the controller in a motion control system. There are two types of encoders : Incremental An incremental encoder accurately records changes in position, but does not power up with a fixed relation between encoder state and physical position. Devices controlled by incremental encoders may have to “go home� to a fixed reference point to initialize the position measurement. An incremental encoder provides an A and a B pulse output that provide no usable count information in their own right. Rather, the counting is done in the external electronics. The point where the counting begins depends on the counter in the external electronics and not on the position of the encoder. To provide useful position information, the encoder position must be referenced to the device to which it is attached, generally using an index pulse. The distinguishing feature of the incremental encoder is that it reports an incremental change in position of the encoder to the counting electronics Absolute An absolute encoder maintains position information when power is removed from the system. The position of the encoder is available immediately on applying power. The relationship between the encoder value and the physical position of the controlled machinery is set at assembly; the system does not need to return to a calibration point to maintain position accuracy. Typical Applications Motor feedback is the most common way that rotary encoders are used. In this type of application, an encoder is either mounted directly to the motor, or indirectly using a measuring wheel or chain-and-sprocket arrangement. The parameter of interest is primarily the speed of the motor. Web tensioning is an application in which the encoder is not usually mounted to the drive motor, but to one of the tensioning arm rollers. Any unevenness in the speed of this roller indicates that proper web tension is not being maintained and must be adjusted. The rotating speed of the tensioning roller is fed back to the controller, which then adjusts the drive motor so that web material is kept at an even tension. Cut-to-Length is a very practical application of an encoder combined with simple mathematics. If, for example, a system were to be designed with a roller that is exactly one foot in circumference, the roller would feed one foot of material for every revolution of the roller. An encoder mounted to the roller would reflect this situation and could tell a controller how much material had been fed through the roller. The resolution of the encoder would also directly reflect the accuracy of the cut. Lifts are just one example where encoders can perform a dual role. They can determine the position of the elevator through a mathematical calculation similar to the above, and they can determine the speed of travel of the lift. Registration Mark Timing uses encoders to determine the position of a unit relative to a known point, and then to determine the unit’s speed relative to that mark. Radar antenna rotation is a good example of this type of application. In Backstop Gauging the encoder is used to make sure that the unit, typically a machine tool, does not exceed a current position or direction of travel. Very often, this is combined with a determination of the speed of travel of the table, tool head, or similar component. Filling applications is just one example where Table Positioning is critical since the item being filled must arrive at filling tube at the same time the fluid control is turned on. Conveying is another common industry where encoders are widely used. They may be attached to the motor, to intermediate axle shafts, or to both. Encoders are an especially effective feedback device where the positioning and/ or speed of multi-element conveying systems must be carefully coordinated. Spooling (sometimes referred to as Level Wind) is another application where encoders can prove invaluable. Not only is it necessary that the speed of the supply and take-up reels be kept in proper relation to each other, but the amount of material being spooled must also often be tracked. Electronics is just one industry that widely uses encoders in Pick and Place applications. Here many of the capabilities of encoders (rate, position, speed, velocity) can often be found combined in a single system.
2-111
2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders 2.10.2. Output Circuits
2 HV Line Driver The Universal HV Line Driver will function as an RS422 driver, a TTL driver, or an HTL driver. In single ended mode (i.e. without the complement signals), it will function as a current sink driver (NPN), a current source driver (PNP), or as a Push-Pull driver. The driver will operate throughout a wide voltage range, from 4.75V through 28V, and has internal over-current protection. Each leg of each channel is also protected by a Schottky Diode. All screens should be terminated to P.E. (building protective earth) at each end.
Waveform Timing These output waveform timing diagrams illustrate the relationship of output A, B, and index. Quadrature separation (right) is typically 90 electrical degrees with a tolerance of 10%, giving minimum edge separation of 72 Output A leads B for clockwise rotation of the encoder shaft. for NPN output A, B, and Z will not be present. For some types the marker pulse can be gated Z A, Z B, Z A B. Note:
These Signal configurations were obtained from a clockwise turning shaft (viewed from the shaft end) with the oscilloscope triggering on the negative edge of Output A with scope channel 1, and Output B or Output Z on scope channel 2
2-112
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft
2
Discount Code L6
716 Series – Cube Type, Solid Shaft ø3/8”, IP20 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
6 Pin MS Side Connector
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
Single Ended Shaft
100
716RS60100HVSW
360
716RS60360HVSW
500
716RS60500HVSW
1000
716RS61000HVSW
1600
716RS61600HVSW
100
716RD60100HVSW
360
716RD60360HVSW
500
716RD60500HVSW
1000
716RD61000HVSW
1600
716RD61600HVSW
Single Ended Shaft
Double Ended Shaft
Note: Other variations available on request 716 Housing with 3/8” Shaft
15S Series – Low Profile, ø38 Body, Solid Shaft ø6, IP50 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver -NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
Servo Flange
100
15S60M10100NCHVV1G2STIP50
360
15S60M10360NCHVV1G2STIP50
500
15S60M10500NCHVV1G2STIP50
1000
15S60M11000NCHVV1G2STIP50
Note: Other variations available on request Servo Flange
Model 15S Standard Servo Mount
2-113
2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft
2
Discount Code L6
755RG Series – Compact, ø38 Body, Solid Shaft ø6, IP50 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
Servo Flange
100
755RG161RG0100RHVG2ST
360
755RG161RG0360RHVG2ST
500
755RG161RG0500RHVG2ST
1000
755RG161RG1000RHVG2ST
2500
755RG261RG2500RHVG2ST
100
755RG161MA0100RHVG2ST
360
755RG161MA0360RHVG2ST
500
755RG161MA0500RHVG2ST
1000
755RG161MA1000RHVG2ST
2500
755RG261MA2500RHVG2ST
Square Flange Square Flange
Note: Other variations available on request Model 755RG Servo Mount (RG)
Model 755RG Mounting Flange Option (MA)
Servo Flange
702 Series – Ultra Rugged, ø50.8 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
7 Pin MS Side Connector
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
Square Flange
100
702110FF0100RHV1SYSTIP65
360
702110FF0360RHV1SYSTIP65
500
702110FF0500RHV1SYSTIP65
1000
702110FF1000RHV1SYSTIP65
2500
702210FF2500RHV1SYSTIP65
5000
702310FF5000RHV1SYSTIP65
100
702110F1S0100RHV1SYSTIP65
360
702110F1S0360RHV1SYSTIP65
500
702110F1S0500RHV1SYSTIP65
1000
702110F1S1000RHV1SYSTIP65
2500
702210F1S2500RHV1SYSTIP65
5000
702310F1S5000RHV1SYSTIP65
Servo Flange
Square Flange
Note: Other variations available on request Model 702 Flange Mount (F)
Model 702 Servo Mount
Servo Flange
2-114
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft
2
Discount Code L6
725 Series – Heavy Duty, ø63.5 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
7 Pin MS Side Connector
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
Square Flange
100
725110FF10100RHV1SYSTIP65
360
725110FF10360RHV1SYSTIP65
500
725110FF10500RHV1SYSTIP65
1000
725110FF11000RHV1SYSTIP65
2500
725210FF12500RHV1SYSTIP65
5000
725310FF15000RHV1SYSTIP65
100
725110FS10100RHV1SYSTIP65
360
725110FS10360RHV1SYSTIP65
500
725110FS10500RHV1SYSTIP65
1000
725110FS11000RHV1SYSTIP65
2500
725210FS12500RHV1SYSTIP65
5000
725310FS15000RHV1SYSTIP65
Servo Flange
Square Flange
Note: Other variations available on request Model 725 Flange Mount (F1)
Model 725 2.5” Servo Mount (F1)
Servo Flange
758 Series – Heavy Duty Aluminium, ø58 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Side Gland + 2m Cable
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
Servo Clamp Spigot Style
100
758110F200100RHVSG2STIP65
360
758110F200360RHVSG2STIP65
500
758110F200500RHVSG2STIP65
1000
758110F201000RHVSG2STIP65
2500
758210F202500RHVSG2STIP65
5000
758310F205000RHVSG2STIP65
10000
758310F2010000RHVSG2STIP65
Servo Clamp Spigot Style
Servo Flange Style
Servo Flange Style 100
758110F260100RHVSG2STIP65
360
758110F260360RHVSG2STIP65
500
758110F260500RHVSG2STIP65
1000
758110F261000RHVSG2STIP65
2500
758210F262500RHVSG2STIP65
5000
758310F265000RHVSG2STIP65
10000
758310F2610000RHVSG2STIP65
Note: Other variations available on request Model 758 Clamping Flange 20 Type
Model 758 Synchro Flange 26 Type
2-115
2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.1. Solid Shaft
2
Discount Code L6
858 Series – Heavy Duty Stainless Steel ø58 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Side Gland + 2m Cable
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
Servo Clamp Spigot Style
100
858110F200100RHVSG2STIP65
360
858110F200360RHVSG2STIP65
500
858110F200500RHVSG2STIP65
1000
858110F201000RHVSG2STIP65
2500
858210F202500RHVSG2STIP65
5000
858310F205000RHVSG2STIP65
10000
858310F2010000RHVSG2STIP65
Servo Clamp Spigot Style
Servo Flange Style 100
858110F260100RHVSG2STIP65
360
858110F260360RHVSG2STIP65
500
858110F260500RHVSG2STIP65
1000
858110F261000RHVSG2STIP65
2500
858210F262500RHVSG2STIP65
5000
858310F265000RHVSG2STIP65
10000
858310F2610000RHVSG2STIP65
Servo Flange Style Note: Other variations available on request Model 858 Clamping Flange 20 Type
Model 858 Synchro Flange 26 Type
745 Series – Extra Heavy Duty ø90 Body, Solid Shaft ø12, IP64 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
10 Pin MS Side Connector
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
Servo Clamp Spigot Style
100
745112KS0100RHV1SXSTIP64
360
745112KS0360RHV1SXSTIP64
500
745112KS0500RHV1SXSTIP64
1000
745112KS1000RHV1SXSTIP64
2500
745112KS2500RHV1SXSTIP64
5000
745112KS5000RHV1SXSTIP64
10000
745112KS10000RHV1SXSTIP64
Servo Clamp Spigot Style
Note: Other variations available on request Model 745 Heavy Duty 90mm
2-116
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft
2
Discount Code L6
15T Series - Low Profile, ø38 Body, Thru-Bore,IP50 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Bore ø
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
5-24VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
6mm
100
15T04SF0100NCHVV1G2STIP50
360
15T04SF0360NCHVV1G2STIP50
500
15T04SF0500NCHVV1G2STIP50
1000
15T04SF1000NCHVV1G2STIP50
100
15T05SF0100NCHVV1G2STIP50
360
15T05SF0360NCHVV1G2STIP50
500
15T05SF0500NCHVV1G2STIP50
1000
15T05SF1000NCHVV1G2STIP50
10mm
Note: Other variations available on request Model 15T/H (46mm) Slotted Flex Mount (SF)
755HS Series – Compact ø38 Body, Blind Bore, IP50 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Bore ø
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
6mm
100
755HS104FF0100RHVG2ST
360
755HS104FF0360RHVG2ST
500
755HS104FF0500RHVG2ST
1000
755HS104FF1000RHVG2ST
100
755HS102FF0100RHVG2ST
360
755HS102FF0360RHVG2ST
500
755HS102FF0500RHVG2ST
1000
755HS102FF1000RHVG2ST
3/8”
Note: Other variations available on request Model 755HS Flex Mount (FF)
2-117
2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.2. Hollow Shaft
2
Discount Code L6
760 Series – Heavy Duty ø63.5 Body, Thru-Bore, IP64 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Bore ø
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
10 Pin MS Side Connector
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
10mm
100
760N1T05FB0100NCHVSXSTIP64
360
760N1T05FB0360NCHVSXSTIP64
500
760N1T05FB0500NCHVSXSTIP64
1000
760N1T05FB1000NCHVSXSTIP64
2500
760N2T05FB2500NCHVSXSTIP64
100
760N1T14FB0100NCHVSXSTIP64
360
760N1T14FB0360NCHVSXSTIP64
500
760N1T14FB0500NCHVSXSTIP64
1000
760N1T14FB1000NCHVSXSTIP64
2500
760N2T14FB2500NCHVSXSTIP64
14mm
Note: Other variations available on request Model 760 with PG9 Pinch Gland
776 Series – Slim Profile, Thru-Bore, IP50 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Bore ø
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
4.75 – 28VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
35mm
100
776135BA0100RHVG2ST
256
776135BA0256RHVG2ST
512
776135BA0512RHVG2ST
1000
776135BA1000RHVG2ST
100
77612CBA0100RHVG2ST
256
77612CBA0256RHVG2ST
512
77612CBA0512RHVG2ST
1000
77612CBA1000RHVG2ST
1.5”
Note: Other variations available on request Model 776 with Gland
2-118
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.3. Incremental Encoders 2.10.3.3. Special Purpose
2
Discount Code L6
TR1 Series – Integrated Encoder & Single Measuring Wheel, IP64 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Wheel Type & Circumference
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
5-24VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
200mm Urethane
360
TR1E2R60360V1HVG2STIP64
500
TR1E2R60500V1HVG2STIP64
1000
TR1E2R61000V1HVG2STIP64
2500
TR1E2R62500V1HVG2STIP64
360
TR12KR60360V1HVG2STIP64
500
TR12KR60500V1HVG2STIP64
1000
TR12KR61000V1HVG2STIP64
2500
TR12KR62500V1HVG2STIP64
200mm Knurled Aluminium
Note: Other variations available on request Model TR1 - Tru-Trac
Tru-Trac 3 – Heavy Duty Integrated Encoder & Dual Measuring Wheels, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Wheel Type & Circumference
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
5-24VDC
HV Line Driver NPN,PNP,TTL, RS422,RS485, HTL (A, ͞A, B, ̅B, Z, ͞Z)
300mm Urethane
360
TR3R3B0360V1HVG2STIP66
500
TR3R3B0500V1HVG2STIP66
1000
TR3R3B1000V1HVG2STIP66
2500
TR3R3B2500V1HVG2STIP66
360
TR3K3B0360V1HVG2STIP66
500
TR3K3B0500V1HVG2STIP66
1000
TR3K3B1000V1HVG2STIP66
2500
TR3K3B2500V1HVG2STIP66
300mm Knurled Aluminium
Note: Other variations available on request
Model 758 Clamping Flange 20 Type
2-119
2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2.10.4.1. Standard Shaft
2
Discount Code L6
958 Series – Stainless Steel ø58 Body, Solid Shaft ø6 & ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Shaft Size
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
4.75-24VDC
Binary Clockwise Increasing when viewed from shaft end
Servo Flange
6mm
360 (9 Bit)
958B6FSS260360CWPPSG2STIP65
500 (9 Bit)
958B6FSS260500CWPPSG2STIP65
1000 (10 Bit)
958B6FSS261000CWPPSG2STIP65
4096 (12 bit)
958B6FSS264096CWPPSG2STIP65
360 (9 Bit)
958B6FSS260360CWPPSG2STIP65
500 (9 Bit)
958B6FSS260500CWPPSG2STIP65
1000 (10 Bit)
958B6FSS261000CWPPSG2STIP65
4096 (12 bit)
958B6FSS264096CWPPSG2STIP65
Single Ended Shaft
10mm
Note: Other variations available on request Model 958 Clamping Flange 20 Type (20)
Model 958 Synchro Flange 26 Type (26)
Servo Flange
925 Series - Heavy Duty ø63.5 Body, Solid Shaft ø10, IP65 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Type
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
19 Pin Bayonet Side Connector
4.75-24VDC
Binary Clockwise Increasing when viewed from shaft end
Square Flange
360 (9 Bit)
925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65
500 (9 Bit)
925B10FF10500CWPPS19STIP65
1000 (10 Bit)
925B10FF11000CWPPS19STIP65
4096 (12 bit)
925B10FF14096CWPPS19STIP65
360 (9 Bit)
925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65
500 (9 Bit)
925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65
1000 (10 Bit)
925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65
4096 (12 bit)
925B10FF10360CWPPS19STIP65
Servo Flange
Servo Flange
Note: Other variations available on request Model 925 Flange Mount F1
Model 925 Servo Mount S1
Servo Flange
2-120
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.4. Absolute Encoders 2.10.4.2. Hollow Shaft
2
Discount Code L6
960 Series - Low Profile, ø40 Body, Thru-Bore, IP64 Order Codes Connection Method
Supply Voltage
Output
Wheel Type & Circumference
Pulses Per Revolution (PPR)
Code
Pre-Wired 2m Lead
5-24VDC
Greycode Binary
6mm
256 (8 Bit)
960T04SF0256GPPG2IP64
360 (9 Bit)
960T04SF0360XPPG2IP64*
512 (9 Bit)
960T04SF0512GPPG2IP64
1024 (10Bit)
960T04SF1024GPPG2IP64
256 (8 Bit)
960T05SF0256GPPG2IP64
360 (9 Bit)
960T05SF0360XPPG2IP64*
512 (9 Bit)
960T05SF0512GPPG2IP64
1024 (10Bit)
960T05SF1024GPPG2IP64
10mm
* XS 76 Greycode Output Note: Other variations available on request Model 960
2-121
2. Position Sensors 2.10. Rotary Encoders
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.10.5. Accessories
2
Discount Code L6
Accessories Order Codes - Measuring Wheels Wheel Type
Circumference
Bore Size
Code
Rubber Tyre
200mm
3/8”
MWB2RU200
6mm
MWB2RU2006MM
10mm
MWB2RU20010MM
3/8”
MWB3RU300
6mm
MWB3RU3006MM
10mm
MWB3RU30010MM
3/8”
MWB4RU400
6mm
MWB4RU4006MM
10mm
MWB4RU40010MM
3/8”
MWB5RU500
6mm
MWB5RU5006MM
10mm
MWB5RU50010MM
3/8”
MWB2KN200
6mm
MWB2KN2006MM
10mm
MWB2KN20010MM
3/8”
MWB3KN300
6mm
MWB3KN3006MM
10mm
MWB3KN30010MM
3/8”
MWB4KN400
6mm
MWB4KN4006MM
10mm
MWB4KN40010MM
3/8”
MWB5KN500
6mm
MWB5KN5006MM
10mm
MWB5KN50010MM
300mm
400mm
500mm
Knurled Aluminium
200mm
300mm
400mm
500mm
Order Codes - Flexible Couplings Type
Outside Diameter
Bore Size
Code
Flexible Couplings
20mm
3/8” x 3/8”
CPASS
10mm x 10mm
CPA1010
6mm x 6mm
CPA66
3/8” x 6mm
CPAS6
10mm x 6mm
CPA106
12mm x 12mm
CPA1212
25mm
Order Codes - Connectors Type
Pins
Code
MS Mating Connectors
6
C06
7
C07
10
C10
19
C19
Pins
Code
725, 925, 758-20
M-J
758-26, 958-26
M-C
745
M-4
TR1
TR1
Tru Trac
TR3
Order Codes - Mounting Brackets Type
Mounting Bracket
Note: Other variations available on request
2-122
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.10. Rotary Encoders
2.10.6. Absolute Special Purpose Encoders 2 Absolute Special Purpose Encoders NR25 Single-turn Ethernet/IP
The NR25 series EtherNet/IP encoders are ODVA compliant and compatible with all PLCs/PACs that support EtherNet/IP. They are available in absolute single-turn and multi-turn packages using an IP67 rated 2.5” size industrial housing. These EtherNet/IP absolute rotary encoders provide up to 30 bit total resolution, delivering 16 bit (65536 steps) per revolution and up to an additional 14 bit (16384 revolutions) for multi-turn versions. Key Features • • • • • • • • •
EtherNet/IP interface with PoE (Power over Ethernet). Single-turn Resolution Up To 16 bit (65536 counts) Multi-turn Resolution Up To 30 bit (65536 counts x 16384 revolutions) Programmable resolution, count direction, velocity format, & position preset. Resolver-based durability IP67 Ingress Protection Rating Solid Shaft and Hollow Shaft Versions ODVA Compliant Compatible w/ Allen-Bradley + Schneider PLCs supporting EtherNet/IP
DC25 Single-turn DeviceNet
The DC25 DeviceNet DuraCoder provides the durability of a resolver with the connectivity and versatility of a network. The resolution of this DeviceNet rotary shaft encoder, along with all other programmable parameters, are programmed over the network from RSNetworx for DeviceNet. Other programmable features include zero offset and a programmable limit switch outputs. Package styles include flange or servo with side or end connector. Key Features • • • • • •
DeviceNet ready Programmable output resolution up to 12 bits Powder coated aluminum housing for superior durability IP67 rating All mounting styles Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration
DC25 Analog Output Single-turn
Designed as a replacement for potentiometers, this absolute analog rotary shaft encoder is an industry leader. Typical applications include closed loop process control and angular measurement of valves, dampers and sorters. Available with analog voltage or analog current output. The DC25 can produce the full output signal over 360, 180, 90, or 45 degrees. Available analog voltage outputs include 0-5Vdc, 0-10Vdc, or +/-10Vdc. The analog current output versions are 4 to 20mA or 0 to 20mA. Package styles include flange or servo with side or end connector. Key Features • • • • •
Outlasts potentiometers Available in (20) different output configurations IP67 rating Powder coated aluminum housing for superior durability Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration
DC425 Multi-turn Analog
The DC425 is an absolute analog multi-turn rotary shaft encoder, offering an analog current or analog voltage output over single or multiple turns. Built on a foundation of outstanding durability and value, the DC425 was originally designed for outdoor process control applications. Features like an IP67 rated aluminum housing, 5/8” stainless steel shaft, and resolver-based sensing technology contribute to its fail-safe reliability, making it the perfect choice for hydroelectric, water treatment, or water purification facilities. Key Features • • • •
IP67 rated; superior durability in harsh environments 5/8” stainless steel shaft Aluminum housing Ideal for high-shock applications - withstands mechanical shock & vibration
2-123
2. Position Sensors 2.11. Resolvers 2 All AMCI transducers are designed to operate reliably under severe conditions such as continuous mechanical shock and vibration, extreme temperature variations and exposure to solvent and coolant contaminants. R11 - Size 11 Brushless Resolver Sensors
AMCI manufactures a complete line of size 11 resolvers. These rotary positions sensors have been used in AMCI products and many other demanding applications for years, so their reliability and performance have been proven. These size 11 resolvers are manufactured in a wide range of electrical characteristics for guaranteed interface compatibility. Key Features • • • • • •
Over (20) different types available Optionally sealed to IP67 Harowe and Kearfott direct replacements Best angular accuracy and repeatability Industry leading warranty and support R11X-J series resolvers 100% compatible with entire line of AMCI resolver interface products
HT-20 Brushless Single-turn Resolver Transducer
This industry-standard single resolver transducer has often been imitated yet never duplicated. Standard features include: 5/8” keyed shaft, 1/4” X 20 mounting holes, double-row bearings, sealed housings, mil-spec connector, and an anodized aluminum or stainless housing. This ultra-reliable resolver transducer is used as standard equipment by many OEM’s. Key Features • • • • •
IP67 rated for superior durability - maintenance free Best angular accuracy and repeatability Aluminum or stainless steel housing Ideal for high-shock applications 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products
HT-20-X Multi-turn Geared Resolver Transducer
Standard features include: 5/8” keyed shaft, 1/4” X 20 mounting holes, sealed bearings, sealed housings, mil-spec connector, and an anodized aluminum housing. The wide variety of available ratios for this internally geared unit can be found in the table below.
Key Features • • • • •
Over 28 available gear ratios Best angular accuracy and repeatability Ideal for high-shock applications Sealed bearings and housing 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products
HTT-20 Brushless Multi-turn Resolver Transducers
In response to market demands, AMCI engineered the HTT-20 series of IP64 rated resolver transducers to provide absolute position feedback for up to 1,800 turns with a maximum resolution up to 4,096 counts/turn. The actual number of counts per turn depends on the transducer and the electronics used to decode the position. Key Features • • • • • •
2-124
4 different vernier encoded multi-turn configurations best angular accuracy and repeatability IP64 rated ideal for high-shock applications internally geared housing for reliability 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
2.11. Resolvers 2 HT-20C Single-turn Stainless Steel Resolver Transducer
Reliability was the chief consideration when AMCI designed the HT-20C stainless steel resolver transducer. The HT-20C is uniquely qualified to withstand the world’s harshest environments, including but not limited to steel mills, mining applications, ship loading, and other heavy industry. Key Features • • • • •
304 stainless steel housing & shaft IP67 rated; exceptional durability in harsh environments Ideal for high-shock applications & food grade installations 5/8” stainless steel shaft for superior shaft loading 100% compatible with AMCI’s complete line of resolver interface products
NR25 EtherNet/IP Resolver
The AMCI NR25 series of heavy-duty EtherNet/IP Resolvers are ODVA compliant and compatible with all PLCs/PACs that support EtherNet/IP. The NR25 series networked resolvers are available in absolute single-turn and multi-turn packages using an IP67 rated 2.5” size industrial housing. Key Features • • • • • • • • •
EtherNet/IP interface with PoE (Power over Ethernet). Single-turn Resolution Up To 16 bit (65536 counts) Multi-turn Resolution Up To 30 bit (65536 counts x 16384 revolutions) Programmable resolution, count direction, velocity format, & position preset. Resolver-based durability IP67 Ingress Protection Rating Solid Shaft and Hub Shaft Versions ODVA Compliant Compatible w/ Allen-Bradley + Schneider PLCs supporting EtherNet/IP
2-125
3. Power Supply Systems Section Guide Overview
Section 3
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.1.1. Single Phase
3.1.1.1. Miniature Series
For more Information: See page XXX Discount Code L1
3
3-126
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Power supply Systems 3. Power Supply Systems 3-126 1 & 3 Phase Power Supplies Overview 3-128 Technical Notes 3-129 3.1. Power Supplies 3-130 3.1.1. Single Phase 3-130 3.1.1.1. Miniature Series 3-130 3.1.1.2. Economical Series 3-131 3.1.1.3. Premium Series 3-132 3.1.2. Three Phase 3-133 3.1.2.1. Economical Series 3-133 3.1.2.2. Premium Series 3-134 3.2. Redundancy Modules 3-135 3.3. 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules 3-138 3.4. Buffer Units 3-139 3.5. DC-UPS 3-140 3.6. DC/DC Converters 3-144 3.7. DC/AC Inverters 3-149 3.8. Railway Solutions 3-152 3.8.1. DC/DC Converters 3-152 3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters 3-156 3.9. Custom Made Solutions 3-159 3.10. Transformers 3-160 3.10.1. Control Transformers 3-160 3.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers 3-161 3.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers 3-161
3-127
3. Power Supply Systems 1 & 3 Phase Power Supplies Overview
1-Phase Power Supplies
3
Series Type
Miniature Series
Economical Series
Input Voltage
100-240VAC
100-240VAC
100-240VAC Premium Series
200-240VAC
Output Voltage
Output Current
Part Number
5-5.5VDC
3A
ML15.051
12-15VDC
1.3A
ML15.121
24-28VDC
0.63A
ML15.241
24-28VDC
1.3A
ML30.241
5-5.5VDC
5A
ML30.101
10-12VDC
2.5A
ML30.102
+/-12-15VDC
1.5A
ML30.106
12-15VDC
4.5A
ML60.121
24-28VDC
2.5A
ML60.241
48-56VDC
2.1A
ML100.105 ML120.241
24VDC
5A
24-28VDC
3.3A
CS3.241
24-28VDC
5A
CS5.241
24-28VDC
10A
CS10.241
48-52VDC
5A
CS10.481
24-28VDC
20A
CPS20.241
48-56VDC
10A
CPS20.481
12-15VDC
30A
CPS20.121
24-28VDC
3.4A
QS3.241
24-28VDC
5A
QS5.241
12-15VDC
15A
QS10.121
24-28VDC
10A
QS10.241
28-32VDC
8A
QS10.301
48-56VDC
5A
QS10.481
24-28VDC
20A
QS20.241
36-42VDC
13.3A
QS20.361
48-55VDC
10A
QS20.481
24-28VDC
40A
QS40.244
48-54VDC
20A
QS40.484
Output Voltage
Output Current
Part Number
24-28VDC
5A
CT5.241
Page
3-130
3-131
3-132
3-Phase Power Supplies Series Type
Economical Series
Premium Series
3-128
Input Voltage
380-480VAC
380-480VAC
12-15VDC
8A
CT5.121
24-28VDC
10A
CT10.241
48-56VDC
5A
CT10.481
24-28VDC
20A
QT20.241
36-42VDC
13.3A
QT20.361
48-55VDC
10A
QT20.481
24-28VDC
40A
QT40.241
48-54VDC
20A
QT40.481
Page
3-133
3-134
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Technical Notes
Paralleling to Increase Output Power Paralleling allows flexibility and modularity to many applications. This approach allows readily available solutions using standard stock items without the need of looking for a custom model. Paralleling also allows future expansion without the need of replacing the original unit. Information as to which units can be paralleled for increased power can be found in the selection tables. Guidelines for Paralleling Supplies • •
Only use power supplies in the same family Connect as many units in parallel as needed
A fuse, breaker or redundancy module on the output is only required if more than three units are connected in parallel • • • • •
Adjust the output voltage of each supply to the same level Keep a side clearance between supplies of at least 15mm Do not mount power supplies above each other Use standard mounting orientation Leakage current, EMI, inrush current and harmonics will increase when connecting units in parallel
Series Connection to Increase Output Voltage As with paralleling, a series connection allows flexibility and modularity to many applications. This approach allows readily available solutions using standard stock items without the need of looking for a custom model with a unique output voltage. Many PULS power supplies can be connected in series to increase the output voltage. Please check the data sheet to confirm which units can be put in series. Guidelines for Series Connections • • • • • • • • • •
Only use identical power supplies Connect as many units in series as needed, as long as the output voltage does not exceed 150VDC Voltages with a potential above 60VDC are no longer SELV and can be hazardous. Install suitable protection for accidental contact Grounding of the output is required when the sum of the output voltage is above 60VDC Avoid return voltages such as from decelerating motors or batteries from being applied to the output terminals Keep a side clearance between supplies of at least 15mm Do not mount power supplies above each other Use standard mounting orientation Leakage current, EMI, inrush current and harmonics will increase when connecting units in series
3-129
3
3. Power Supply Systems 3.1. Power Supplies
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.1.1. Single Phase
3.1.1.1. Miniature Series
Discount Code L1
Miniature Series
3
The MiniLine Series covers the low power requirements in the range from 15W to 120W. The units in their rugged plastic housing are highly efficient, compact and are extremely reliable. In addition to the standard 24V power supplies, many other output voltages are available. • • • • •
Excellent Efficiency Spring Clamp or Large Screw Terminals Robust Design Operational Temperature -10 to +70 Deg.C MTBF from 4,000,000 to 7,000,000 Hours
15W
3A
x
x*
12-15VDC
15W
1.3A
x
x*
24-28VDC
15W
0.63A
x
x*
24-28VDC
30W
1.3A
x
x*
24-28VDC
30W
1.3A
x
x*
5.5.5VDC
25W
5A
x
x*
10-12VDC
30W
2.5A
x
x*
+/-12-15VDC
36W
1.5A
x
x*
24-28VDC
50W
2.1A
x
x
12-15VDC
50W
4.2A
x
x*
48-56VDC
50W
1.05A
x
x
12-15VDC
54W
4.5A
x
x*
24-28VDC
60W
2.5A
x
x*
100-120 / 200- 24-28VDC 240VAC 24-28VDC
72W
3A
x
x
x*
100W
4.2A
x
x
X
24-28VDC
100W
4.2A
x
x
x
12-15VDC
90W
7.5A
x
x
x
48-56VDC
100W
2.1A
x
x
x*
24VDC
120W
5A
100-240VAC
x
x*
Code DC OK Signal
5-5.5VDC
Parallel Use
100-240VAC
PFC (EN610003-2)
Output Power Output Current
Spring Clamp Terminals
Output Voltage
Screw Terminals
Input Voltage
Conformal Coated
Order Codes
ML15.051
ML15.121
ML15.241
ML30.241
ML30.100
ML30.101
ML30.102
x
ML30.106
ML50.101
ML50.102
ML50.105
ML60.121
ML60.241
ML70.100
x
ML100.100 ML100.109
ML100.102
ML100.105
ML120.241
*Suitable for use in parallel but it doesn’t current share. One or more units can be permanently over-loaded which shortens the lifetime expectancy and MTBF. ML15.051 ML15.121 ML15.241 ML30.241
3-130
ML30.100 ML30.101 ML30.102 ML30.106
ML50.101 ML50.102 ML50.105 ML70.100
ML60.121 ML60.241
ML100.100 ML100.102 ML100.105 ML100.109
ML120.241
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.1. Power Supplies
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.1.1. Single Phase
3.1.1.2. Economical Series
Discount Code L1
Economical Series For users looking for highly reliable power supplies in a compact housing which are easy to use. Focusing only on the essentials, achieves significant price advantages. • • • • • • • •
Industries Smallest Footprint Robust Metal Housing Efficiency up to 93% 20% Current Reserves Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C Large Screw Terminals MTBF over 2,200,000 Hours IECEx Certification for Hazardous Areas
Order Codes
80W
3.3A
x
24-28VDC
120W
5A
x
24-28VDC
240W
10A
x
24-28VDC
240W
10A
x
48-52VDC
240W
5A
x
24-28VDC
480W
20A
x
x
x
x
x
CPS20.241
48-56VDC
480W
10A
x
x
x
x
x
CPS20.481
12-15VDC
480W
30A
x
x
x
x
x
CPS20.121
100-240VAC
IECEx Cert
24-28VDC
100-120 / 200-240VAC
DC OK Signal
100-240VAC
Conformal Coated
Output Current
Parallel Use
Output Power
PFC
Output Voltage
Screw Terminals
Input Voltage
Code
CS3.241*
x
CS5.241* CS10.241* CS10.242*
x
CS10.481
* Should not be used in parallel in order to increase the output power. However units can be paralleled for building 1+1 redundancy systems. CS3.241
CS5.241
CS10.241 CS10.242 CS10.481
CPS20.121 CPS20.241 CPS20.481
3-131
3
3. Power Supply Systems 3.1. Power Supplies
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.1.1. Single Phase
3.1.1.3. Premium Series
Discount Code L2
Premium Series
3
Suitable when you need state-of-the-art technology and flexibility for demanding tasks. With outstanding efficiencies, 50% Bonus Power and many other features, this series is the “Best in Class”. • • • • • • • • • •
Industries Smallest Footprint 50% Current Reserves Efficiency up to 94% Low Inrush Current Surge DC-OK Relay Contact (Except QS3) Active Power Factor Correction Active Filter against Input Transients Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C MTBF over 2,400,000 hours IECEx Certification for Hazardous Areas
100-240VAC 24-28VDC 24-28VDC
24-28VDC
24-28VDC
12-15VDC
24-28VDC
24-24.5VDC
24-28VDC
24-28VDC
28-32VDC
48-56VDC
24-28VDC
24-28VDC
24-28VDC
36-42VDC
48-55VDC
24-28VDC
200-240VAC 24-28VDC 48-56VDC
QS3.241
3-132
QS5.241 QS5.241-A1 QS5.DNET
80W
120W
120W
91.2W
180W
240W
196W
240W
240W
240W
240W
480W
480W
480W
480W
480W
960W
960W
960W
3A
x
5A
x
5A
x
3.8A
x
15A
x
10A
x
8A
x
10A
x
10A
x
8A
x
5A
x
20A
x
20A
x
20A
x
13A
10A
40A
40A
20A
x
x
x
x
QS10.241 QS10.DNET QS10.481 QS10.241-C1 QS10.121 QS10.241-A1 QS10.301
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
QS20.241 QS20.241-C1 QS20.361 QS20.241-A1 QS20.481
NEC Class 2 DeviceNet x
QS5.241-A1
QS5.DNET
QS10.121
QS10.241
QS10.DNET
QS10.241-C1
QS10.241-A1
QS10.301
QS10.481
QS20.241
x
x
QS5.241
x
x
x
Code
QS3.241
x
x
x
IECEx Cert
x
x
x
DC OK Signal
Conformal Coated
Output Current
Parallel Use
Output Power
PFC (EN610003-2)
Output Voltage
Spring Clamp Terminals
Input Voltage
Screw Terminals
Order Codes
x
QS20.241-C1
QS20.241-A1
QS20.361
QS20.481
QS40.241
QS40.244
QS40.484
QS40.241 QS40.244 QS40.484
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.1. Power Supplies
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.1.2. Three Phase
3.1.2.1. Economical Series
Discount Code L1
Economical Series Industrial three-phase systems present a special challenge when designing power supplies. High energy transients and superimposed harmonics on the input lines require special input filters and protection circuits. Our units are equipped with special active and passive filters. • • • • • • •
Industries Smallest Footprint Efficiency over 95% Screw Terminals Up to 20% Current Reserves Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C MTBF over 2,00,000 hours Very Low AC Inrush
Order Codes Output Current
380-480VAC
24-28VDC
120W
5A
x
x
x*
CT5.241
12-15VDC
96W
8A
x
x
x*
CT5.121
24-28VDC
240W
10A
x
x
x
CT10.241
48-56VDC
240W
5A
x
x
x
CT10.481
DC OK Signal
Code Conformal Coated
Parallel Use
Output Power
PFC (EN610003-2)
Output Voltage
Screw Terminals
Input Voltage
*Suitable for use in parallel but it doesn’t current share. One or more units can be permanently over-loaded which shortens the lifetime expectancy and MTBF. CT5.241 CT5.121
CT10.241 CT10.481
3-133
3
3. Power Supply Systems 3.1. Power Supplies
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.1.2. Three Phase
3.1.2.2. Premium Series
Discount Code L2
Premium Series
3
Suitable when you need state-of-the-art technology and flexibility for demanding tasks. With outstanding efficiencies, 50% Bonus Power and many other features, this series is the “Best in Class”. • • • • • • •
Extremely Compact & Lightweight Efficiency over 95% Screw Terminals Up to 50% Current Reserves Operational Temperatures -25 to +70 Deg.C MTBF over 2,00,000 hours Very Low AC Inrush
PFC (EN610003-2)
100-240VAC
24-28VDC
480W
20A
x
x
x
24-28VDC
480W
20A
x
x
x
36-42VDC
480W
13A
x
x
48-55VDC
480W
10A
x
24-28VDC
960W
40A
48-54VDC
960W
20A
QT20.241 QT20.241-C1 QT20.361 QT20.481
3-134
Code DC OK Signal
Output Current
Conformal Coated
Output Power
Parallel Use
Output Voltage
Screw Terminals
Input Voltage
Spring Clamp Terminals
Order Codes
x
QT20.241
x
QT20.241-C1
x
x
QT20.361
x
x
x
QT20.481
x
x
x
x
QT40.241
x
x
x
x
QT40.481
x
QT40.241 QT40.481
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.2. Redundancy Modules
Types of Redundant Systems The reliability and availability of DC supply voltages can be increased by building redundant systems. To achieve redundancy, one extra power supply must be installed in order to supply the required voltage and current supply in case one unit in the system fails. Each individual standard power supply must be isolated from the others with a diode or redundancy module.
1+1 Redundancy Use of two identical power supplies in parallel to provide continued operation following most failures in a single power supply. The two power supply outputs should be isolated from each other by utilizing diodes or other switching arrangements. For example, two 10A power supplies are needed to achieve a 10A redundant system.
N+1 Redundancy Use of three or more identical power supplies in parallel to provide continued operation following most failures in a single power supply. All power supply outputs should be isolated from each other by utilizing diodes or other switching arrangements. For example,to achieve a 40A redundant system, five 10A power supplies are needed in a N+1 redundant system.
Diode Modules Diode modules only contain decoupling diodes and are the optimal solution to use in redundant systems, when the power supply itself is already equipped with a DC-OK signal contact
Redundancy Modules Redundancy modules contain decoupling diodes as well as a monitoring circuit. LEDs and relay contacts signal when the input voltage of the module is not in range due to a power supply failure. This allows remote monitoring.
Parallel Use of Power Supplies All power supplies, even those which are not specified for parallel use in the product selection tables in this catalogue, can be used to build 1+1 redundancy applications. Please note that this is not valid for N+1 redundancy applications.
3-135
3
3. Power Supply Systems 3.2. Redundancy Modules
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L2
Redundancy + Diode Modules
3
MLY02.100 MLY10.241
3-136
Output Current
Power Supply Size
All Puls Power Supply 12-48VDC Series
12-48VDC
10A
2 x 5A 1 x 10A
20A
2 x 10A
24-48VDC
24-48VDC
24-28VDC
24-28VDC
24-56VDC
24-56VDC
24-28VDC All except QT20, QTD20
12-28VDC
All except QT40
12-28VDC
YR2.DIODE
Code
x x x
x
MLY10.241
x
YR2.DIODE
x
YRM2.DIODE
x
YR40.241
x
YR80.241
40A
2 x 20A 2 x 20A
x
24-28VDC
80A
2 x 40A
x
12-28VDC
40A
2 x 20A
x
1 x 40A
x
YR40.245
2 x 40A
x
YR80.242
12-28VDC
80A
YRM2.DIODE
x
x
IECEx Cert
Output Voltage
Alarm Contacts
Input Voltage
Spring Clamp Terminals
Suitable Power Supplies
Screw Terminals
Order Codes
YR40.241 YR40.242
YR40.482 YR40.242
YR80.241 YR40.245 YR40.482 YR80.242
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.2. Redundancy Modules
1+1 Redundancy up to 10A
3
Requires two 10A power supplies and one YR2.DIODE redundancy module.
N+1 Redundancy up to 30A Requires four 10A power supplies and two YR2.DIODE redundancy modules.
1+1 Redundancy up to 40A Requires two 40A power supplies and one YR80.241 redundancy modules.
3-137
3. Power Supply Systems 3.3. 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
PISA - 24VDC Circuit Protection Modules
3
Just as in real life, when there are bottlenecks you need to allocate priorities. The same applies when supplying electrical loads with current. If the loads require more current than the power supply can provide, for example short circuits, high inrush current surges or overloads, PISA provides the sensitive electronic circuits with the highest priority. Less critical loads that do not react to short voltage interruptions or that could be the cause of the faults on the 24V supply voltage are connected to the outputs of the PISA module. The PISA output currents will be limited when there is a need to ensure a sufficient supply voltage for sensitive loads, which are connected directly to the power supply output. In addition, each of the four PISA outputs is equipped with a redundant electronic current measurement to protect the wires from being overloaded The PISA is a new and innovative concept for current distribution and protection of branch circuits. It features a comprehensive protection package for 24VDC loads which are supplied from one power supply. The PISA module is superior to traditional miniature circuit breakers and also provides better protection than costly electronic fuses. The PISA module can also be used to build NEC Class 2 circuits. PISA is unique - In addition to the over-current protection of the individual outputs, the PISA module also includes monitoring of the 24V supply voltage. This monitor protects against voltage drops of the power supply voltage by actively limiting the current for less critical loads. The protection is conceptually independent of the lengths of wires or the characteristics of the power supply. PISA permits 100% current for your application - With conventional protection designs, the power supply must be oversized to allow for the “extra current” which is needed for a fast trip in case of a fault in the system. Electronic fuses usually require a tripping current, which is 1.5 to 1.8 times higher than the rated current. For miniature circuit breakers, the factor is even higher than those values. If this sizing is not taken into account, shutting down the faulty branch is delayed and a drop of the supply voltage is most likely. The PISA module has clear benefits due to the supply voltage monitoring and safeguard circuit. There is no need for an oversized power supply as 100% of the current can be used for your application. Only a width of 45mm on the DIN-rail is required to supply up to four load branches in comparison to conventional miniature circuit breakers with auxiliary contacts. This is a space saving of 60%.
PISA Details • • • • • •
Input voltage: DC 24V ±25% Input voltage protection level: 21V Variety of fixed output currents Temperature range up to +70°C All 4 output channels will shut down simultaneously Approvals: UL 508, UL 2367, UL 60950-1, IEC/EN 60950-1, NEC Class 2
Order Codes
24-28VDC
3-138
CH3
CH4
2428VDC
Code
NEC Class 2
CH2
DC OK Signal
CH1
Remote On/Off
Output Current per Channel Parallel Capable
Total Output Current
DC Input Voltage
Output Voltage
x
x
x
x
PISA11.401
x
x
x
x
PISA11.402
3A
x
x
x
PISA11.403
4A
x
x
x
PISA11.404
6A
6A
x
x
x
PISA11.406
10A
10A
10A
x
x
x
PISA11.410
3A
3A
6A
6A
x
x
x
PISA11.203206
20A
6A
6A
12A
12A
x
x
x
14.8A
3.7A
3.7A
3.7A
3.7A
x
x
x
4A
1A
1A
1A
1A
8A
2A
2A
2A
2A
12A
3A
3A
3A
16A
4A
4A
4A
20A
6A
6A
20A
10A
18A
PISA11.206212 x
PISA11.CLASS2
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.4. Buffer Units
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L2
Buffer Units Buffer modules work similarly to a DC-UPS system and can bridge short power failures or voltage fluctuations and supply voltage to the DC 24V for a certain period. Double layer capacitors, also known as ultracap, Greencap or supercap are used as the energy source which allows operation at high or low temperatures. Contrary to the required replacement of batteries based on UPS systems, a regular replacement of the capacitors is not necessary. In buffer mode, the output voltage is regulated and the change from normal to buffer mode is without interruptions. All buffer modules are protected against overload behaviour and short-circuit.
Typical wiring scheme of a buffer module UF20.xx1
Multiple units can be used in parallel to increase the buffer current or to extend the buffer time. UC10.241
Buffer module advantages: • • • • • • •
Energy storage with electrolytic capacitors No service needed for the entire life span Stabilised output voltage in buffer mode No dips of the DC voltage during transition from normal to buffer mode Multiple units can be used in parallel to gain a longer buffer time or to increase the buffer current Clear status indication by LED + Signaling “Inhibit“ input to disable buffering
Order Codes UC10.242
Nominal Voltage Voltage in Buffer-mode
Integrated Storage Element
Charging Time
Buffer Time
Input & Output Isolation
Code
24-28VDC
0.2 kWs
18 sec.
310ms at 20A
No
UF20.241
16 min.
typ. 16.5 sec. at 10A Yes typ. 9 sec. at 15A
UC10.241
32 min.
typ. 33 sec. at 10A typ. 18 sec. at 15A
Yes
UC10.242
21 sec.
150ms at 20A
No
UF20.481
22.5VDC
6 kWs 12 kWs 48-56VDC
UC10.241 Front view
UF20
0.2 kWs
UC10.242 Front view
UC10 Side view
UF20
3-139
3
3. Power Supply Systems 3.5. DC-UPS
24VDC UPS - Uninterruptable Power Supply
3
For the installation of a DC-UPS system there are three essential elements: a power supply, a DC-UPS and a battery. The DC-UPS is responsible for monitoring and charging the battery as well as controlling the seamless transition between normal and buffer mode.
The advantages of the PULS DC-UPS are:
UB10.241 DC-UPS controller for use with external batteries
• • • • • •
Compatible with wide range of VRLA batteries (3.9 to 130Ah) 1- battery-concept: each battery is individually charged and monitored which avoids the need for matched batteries Easy “plug-and-play” integration Optimized battery management system for longest battery life 22.5-26V adjustable output voltage in buffer mode for the UB20 Adjustable maximum buffer time to protect the battery
Battery monitoring Thanks to the “1-battery-concept,” defective batteries can be detected much earlier and safer than if two batteries are used in series. Various battery and wiring tests periodically monitor the battery quality and report if the battery becomes defective.
Buffer time limiter extends battery life UBC10.241 DC-UPS with integrated battery
Buffer only as long as you really need to. Each discharge of the battery reduces the number of discharging cycles. Therefore, the DC-UPS is equipped with a buffer time limiter, which prevents the battery from being discharged too much. The limitation can be selected with a rotary switch or be activated through the inhibit input.
Diagnostic and monitoring functions The green LED shows if the DC-UPS is in charging or in buffer mode. The yellow LED helps troubleshooting if something does not work as expected and the red LED reports if an immediate action is required (e.g. missing fuse or wiring error in the battery path). Several relay contacts are available for remote monitoring of the unit. • • •
UB20.241
Ready contact: reports correct input voltage, correct wiring and that the battery is more than about 85% charged. Buffering contact: DC-UPS is in buffer mode Replace Battery contact: reports that the battery needs to be replaced due to an unexpected battery failure or defective wiring in the battery path.
Protection features A comprehensive protection package is built into the DC-UPS to detect reverse polarities, incorrect battery voltage or high temperatures and avoids deep-discharging of the battery. The output is electronically protected against overload and short-circuit.
Typical wiring scheme of a UB10 DC-UPS
Typical wiring scheme of a UB20 DC-UPS
3-140
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.5. DC-UPS
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L2
DC UPS Controllers
3
Output Current
Output Voltage
Battery Sizes
Operational Temp. Signals Range
Code
10A
24VDC (Regulated 22.5V in Buffer Mode)
5Ah
0 to +40DegC
Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery
UBC10.241-N1
12V, 3.9 to 40Ah
-25 to +70Deg.C
Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery
UB10.241
12V, 17 to 130Ah
-25 to +50Deg.C
Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery
UB10.242
5A/10A
24VDC / 12VDC (Regulated 22.5V & 12.0V in Buffer Mode)
12V, 3.9 to 40Ah
-25 to +70Deg.C
Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery
UB10.245
20A
24VDC (Selectable 22.5V/24V/25V/26V in Buffer Mode)
24V, 17 to 130Ah*
-40 to +70Deg.C
Battery Ready, Buffering, Inhibit, Replace Battery
UB20.241*
* 2 x 12VDC Batteries Required
Buffer Time The buffer time depends on the capacity and performance of the batteries as well as the load current. The diagram below shows typical buffer times of the standard battery modules. Typical buffer times Type
Battery / Batteries
Buffer Current 0.5A
1A
3A
5A
7A
10A
15A
20A
UBC10.241
1 x 5Ah
3h 50min
2h
30min
16min
11min
6min
UB10.241/245
1 x 7Ah
5h
2h 30min
40min
21min
13min
7min
1 x 12Ah
10h
4h 30min
1h 15min
36min
24min
14min
1 x 26Ah
28h
13h
3h 30min
1h 45min
48min
42min
24min
16min
1 x 35Ah
35h
17h
4h 30min
2h 30min
1h 20min
1h
34min
24min
1 x 55Ah
58h
29h
8h 10min
4h 30min
3h
1h 45min
1h 15min
45min
1 x 75Ah
70h
40h
13h
6h 10min
4h
2h 45min
1h 45min
1h 10min
1 x 100Ah
100h
55h
16h
9h
6h
4h
2h 20min
1h 40min
1 x 120Ah
>100h
80h
20h
12h
7h 30min
4h 30min
2h 45min
2h
2 x 7Ah
13h
5h 45min
1h 30min
47min
30min
18min
12min
2 x 12Ah
25h
11h
3h 30min
1h 30min
1h
36min
22min
15min
2 x 26Ah
60h
27h
7h 45min
4h
2h 45min
1h 45min
1h
40min
2 x 35Ah
85h
35h
10h
5h 30min
4h
2h 20min
1h 20min
57min
2 x 55Ah
>100h
60h
18h
10h
7h
4h 30min
2h 45min
1h 50min
2 x 75Ah
>100h
80h
25h
15h
9h 45min
6h 15min
4h
2h 45min
2 x 100Ah
>100h
>100h
35h
20h
14h
9h
5h 30min
4h
2 x 120Ah
>100h
>100h
49h
25h
18h
12h
7h 15min
4h 30min
UB10.242
UB20.241
The above times are based on an ambient temperature of 20 degrees Celsius
Batteries Description
Size
Code
12VDC VRLA Battery (1 required for the UB10 Series & 2 required for the UB20 Series)
5Ah
LUZB12.051
7Ah
LUZB12.071
12Ah
LUZB12.121
26Ah
LUZB12.261
35Ah
LUZB12.351
55Ah
LUZB12.551
75Ah
LUZB12.751
100Ah
LUZB12.1001
120Ah
LUZB12.1201
3-141
3. Power Supply Systems 3.5. DC-UPS
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L2
Battery Holders & Accessories
3
UZO12.07
Used with
Description
Code
UB10 Series
12V, 7Ah Battery Module (Battery not included)
UZO12.07
12V, 26Ah Battery Module (Battery not included)
UZO12.26
24V, 7Ah Battery Module (Batteries not included)
UZO24.071
24V, 12Ah Battery Module (Batteries not included)
UZO24.121
Sensor board with PT100 temp. sensor & centre-tap fuse
UZS24.100
UB20 Series
UB10.241 UB10.242 UB10.245
UBC10.241-N1
UB20.241
UZO12.26
UZO24.071
UZO24.121
3-142
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.5. DC-UPS
UB10.241/242 Functional Diagram
3
UB10.245 Functional Diagram
UB20.241 Functional Diagram
3-143
3. Power Supply Systems 3.6. DC/DC Converters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
DC/DC Converters
3
The field of applications for these units is very wide: stabilised control voltages in battery powered applications, in mobile applications such as ships, fork-lifts, trucks, for galvanic isolation to avoid earth (ground) loops or to restore the 24V control voltage at the end of long cable runs to compensate for voltage drops. • • • • •
Compact DIN-Rail Mount Design Efficiency up to 91% Robust Input Filters 20% Current Reserves Operational Temperatures -25 to 70 Deg C.
20% Power Boost
18-32.4VDC
12-15VDC
96W
8-6.4A
x
x
x
CD5.121
18-32.4VDC
23-28VDC
120W
5-4.3A
x
x
x
CD5.241
36-60VDC
23-28VDC
120W
5-4.3A
x
x
x
CD5.242
8.4-16.2VDC
24-28VDC
96W
4-3.4A
x
x
x
14.4-32.4VDC
24VDC
92W
3.8A
x
18-32.4VDC
23-28VDC
120W
5-4.3A
x
x
x
x
CD5.241-S1
110-300VDC
24-28VDC
240W
10-9A
x
x
x
x
QS10.241-D1
100-300VDC
24-28VDC
480W
20-17.1A
x
x
x
CPS20.241-D1
110-300VDC
48-56VDC
240W
5-4.3A
x
x
x
QS10.481-D1
100-300VDC
48-56VDC
480W
10-8.6A
x
x
x
CPS20.481-D1
CD5.241 CD5.242 CD5.243 CD5.241-L1 CD5.241-S1
3-144
QS10.241-D1 QS10.481-D1
x x x
DC OK Signal
Output Current
NEC Class 2
Output Power
Spring Clamp Terminals
Output Voltage
Screw Terminals
Input Voltage
Parallel Capable
Order Codes Code
CD5.243 x
CD5.241-L1
CPS20.241-D1 CPS20.481-D1
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.6. DC/DC Converters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
CRS-60 Series
3
50...60W DC/DC Converters • • • • • • • •
Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Adjustable output voltage Output voltage presence LED Remote Sensing
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Output Current
Code
12VDC (9-15VDC)
5VDC
50W
10A
6731
24VDC (18-30VDC)
48VDC (36-72VDC)
72VDC (50-90VDC)
110VDC (77-144VDC)
12VDC
60W
5A
6732
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6733
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6734
5VDC
50W
10A
6735
12VDC
60W
5A
6736
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6737
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6738
5VDC
50W
10A
6739
12VDC
60W
5A
6740
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6741
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6742
5VDC
50W
10A
6743
12VDC
60W
5A
6744
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6745
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6746
5VDC
50W
10A
6747
12VDC
60W
5A
6748
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6749
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6750
Accessories Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip
NP-9135
3-145
3. Power Supply Systems 3.6. DC/DC Converters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
CRS-120 Series
3
100 to 140W DC/DC Converters • • • • • • • • • • •
Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Standard size Eurocard 3U Adjustable output voltage Input voltage OK LED Output voltage presence LED Remote Inhibit Remote Sensing
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Output Current
Code
12VDC (9-15VDC)
5VDC
100W
20A
6761A-NP9124
24VDC (18-30VDC)
48VDC (36-72VDC)
72VDC (50-90VDC)
110VDC (77-144VDC)
220V (165-275VDC)
12/15VDC
100W
8.3A
6762A-NP9124
24VDC
120W
5A
6763A-NP9124
48VDC
120W
2.5A
6764A-NP9124
5VDC
100W
20A
6765A-NP9124
12/15VDC
120W
10A
6766A-NP9124
24VDC
120W
5A
6767A-NP9124
48VDC
120W
2.5A
6768A-NP9124
5VDC
100W
20A
6769A-NP9124
12/15VDC
120W
10A
6770A-NP9124
24VDC
140W
5.8A
6771A-NP9124
48VDC
140W
2.9A
6772A-NP9124
5VDC
100W
20A
6773A-NP9124
12/15VDC
120W
10A
6774A-NP9124
24VDC
140W
5.8A
6775A-NP9124
48VDC
140W
2.9A
6776A-NP9124
5VDC
100W
20A
6777A-NP9124
12/15VDC
120W
10A
6778A-NP9124
24VDC
140W
5.8A
6779A-NP9124
48VDC
140W
2.9A
6780A-NP9124
5VDC
100W
20A
6781A-NP9124
12/15VDC
120W
10A
6782A-NP9124
24VDC
140W
5.8A
6783A-NP9124
48VDC
140W
2.9A
6784A-NP9124
Accessories
3-146
Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip
NP-9135
19” Front Panel
NP-9155
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.6. DC/DC Converters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
CRS-240 Series
3
180 to 280W DC/DC Converter • • • • • • • • • • •
Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Standard size Eurocard 3U Adjustable output voltage Input voltage OK LED Output voltage presence LED Remote Inhibit Remote Sensing
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Output Current
Code
12VDC (9-15VDC)
5VDC
180W
36A
6351A-NP9125
24VDC (18-30VDC)
48VDC (36-60VDC)
72VDC (50.4-90VDC)
110VDC (77-144VDC)
220V (165-275VDC)
12/15VDC
180W
15A
6352A-NP9125
24VDC
200W
8.3A
6353A-NP9125
48VDC
200W
4.1A
6354A-NP9125
5VDC
180W
36A
6355A-NP9125 6356A-NP9125
12/15VDC
240W
20A
24VDC
240W
10A
6357A-NP9125
48VDC
240W
5A
6358A-NP9125
5VDC
180W
36A
6359A-NP9125
12/15VDC
240W
20A
6360A-NP9125 6361A-NP9125
24VDC
280W
11.6A
48VDC
280W
5.8A
6362A-NP9125
5VDC
180W
36A
6363A-NP9125
12/15VDC
240W
20A
6364A-NP9125
24VDC
280W
11.6A
6365A-NP9125
48VDC
280W
5.8A
6366A-NP9125
5VDC
180W
36A
6367A-NP9125
12/15VDC
240W
20A
6368A-NP9125
24VDC
280W
11.6A
6369A-NP9125
48VDC
280W
5.8A
6370A-NP9125
5VDC
180W
36A
6371A-NP9125 6372A-NP9125
12/15VDC
240W
20A
24VDC
280W
11.6A
6373A-NP9125
48VDC
280W
5.8A
6374A-NP9125
Accessories Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip
NP-9135
19” Front Panel
NP-9155
3-147
3. Power Supply Systems 3.6. DC/DC Converters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
CRS-500 Series
3
500W DC/DC Converters • • • • • • • • • • •
Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 55 Deg.C Operating Temperature High input-output isolation Output Failure Alarm Reverse Input Polarity Protection Input Voltage OK LED Output Voltage OK LED Adjustable Output Voltage Remote Inhibit Remote Sensing
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Output Current
Code
24VDC (14.4-30VDC)
24VDC
500W
20.8A
6455-B
48VDC (28.8-60VDC) 72VDC (43.2-90VDC) 110VDC (66-144VDC)
48VDC
500W
10.4A
6456-B
24VDC
500W
20.8A
6458-B
48VDC
500W
10.4A
6459-B
24VDC
500W
20.8A
6461-B
48VDC
500W
10.4A
6462-B
24VDC
500W
20.8A
6464-B
48VDC
500W
10.4A
6465-B
Accessories
3-148
Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip (2 Required)
NP-9135
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.7. DC/AC Inverters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
OCS-250 Series
3
180 to 220VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • •
Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Fixed Frequency Pulse Width Modulation
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
12V (9.6 to 14.4VDC)
230VAC
180VA
7051A-NP9134
24V (19.2 to 28.8VDC)
200VA
7053A-NP9134
48V (38.4 to 57.6VDC)
220VA
7055A-NP9134
72V (57.6 to 86.4VDC)
220VA
7057A-NP9134
115V (92 to 138VDC)
220VA
7059A-NP9134
Accessories Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip
NP-9135
ODS-750 Series 450 to 750VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • • •
Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Three-phase synchronization Remote Inhibit
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
12VDC
230VAC
450VA
7071
24VDC
750VA
7073
48VDC
750VA
7075
72VDC
750VA
7076
110VDC
750VA
7077
450VA
7081
24VDC
750VA
7083
48VDC
750VA
7085
72VDC
750VA
7086
110VDC
750VA
7087
12VDC
120VAC
Accessories Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip (2 required)
NP-9135
3-149
3. Power Supply Systems 3.7. DC/AC Inverters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
ODS-1500 Series
3
1500VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • • • • • •
Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Three-phase synchronization Remote Inhibit Remote Control via RS232 Alarm via Isolated Relay Contacts Remote Off Opto Coupled
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
12VDC
230VAC
1200VA
7111-B
24VDC
1500VA
7113-B
48VDC
1500VA
7115-B
72VDC
1500VA
7116-B
110VDC
1500VA
7117-B
1200VA
7121-B
24VDC
1500VA
7123-B
48VDC
1500VA
7125-B
72VDC
1500VA
7126-B
110VDC
1500VA
7127-B
12VDC
120VAC
Accessories Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip (2 Required)
NP-9135
ODS-3000 Series Single Phase 3000VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • • • • •
Sine wave output voltage Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz Adjustable output voltage High input-output isolation Remote inhibit Three-phase synchronization Remote control via RS232 Alarm by isolated relay contacts Remote off opto-coupled
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
24VDC
230VAC
2400VA
7153-B
36VDC
3000VA
7154-B
48VDC
3000VA
7155-B
72VDC
3000VA
7156-B
110VDC
3000VA
7157-B
2400VA
7163-B
36VDC
2500VA
7164-B
48VDC
2500VA
7165-B
72VDC
2500VA
7166-B
110VDC
2500VA
7167-B
24VDC
3-150
120VAC
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.7. DC/AC Inverters
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L1
ODX-3000 Series
3
Three Phase 3000VA DC/AC Inverter • • • • • • • • • •
Sine wave output voltage Suitable for motors Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz Adjustable output voltage High input-output isolation Remote inhibit Reverse phase Remote control via RS232 Alarm by isolated relay contacts Remote off opto-coupled
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
24VDC
400VAC
2400VA
7403-B
36VDC
3000VA
7404-B
48VDC
3000VA
7405-B
72VDC
3000VA
7406-B
110VDC
3000VA
7407-B
3-151
3. Power Supply Systems 3.8. Railway Solutions
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.8.1. DC/DC Converters
Discount Code L1
CTS-60 Series
3
50 to 60W Railway DC/DC Converter • • • • • • • • •
Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Adjustable output voltage Output voltage presence LED Remote Sensing
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Output Current
Code
24V (14.4 to 30VDC)
5VDC
50W
10A
6835
48V (28.8 to 60VDC)
72V (43.2 to 90VDC)
110V (66 to 144VDC)
12VDC
60W
5A
6836
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6837
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6838
5VDC
50W
10A
6839
12VDC
60W
5A
6840
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6841
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6842
5VDC
50W
10A
6843
12VDC
60W
5A
6844
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6845
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6846
5VDC
50W
10A
6847
12VDC
60W
5A
6848
24VDC
60W
2.5A
6849
48VDC
60W
1.25A
6850
Accessories
3-152
Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip
NP-9135
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.8. Railway Solutions
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.8.1. DC/DC Converters Discount Code L1
CTS-120 Series
3
100 to 140W DC/DC Converter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • • •
Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Input Voltage OK LED Adjustable output voltage Output voltage presence LED Remote Inhibit Remote Sensing
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Output Current
Code
24V (14.4 to 30VDC)
5VDC
100W
20A
6865D-NP9124
12VDC
120W
10A
6866D-NP9124
24VDC
120W
5A
6867D-NP9124
48VDC
120W
2.5A
6868D-NP9124
5VDC
100W
20A
6869D-NP9124
12VDC
120W
10A
6870D-NP9124
24VDC
140W
5.8A
6871D-NP9124
48VDC
140W
2.9A
6872D-NP9124
5VDC
100W
20A
6873D-NP9124
12VDC
120W
10A
6874D-NP9124
24VDC
140W
5.8A
6875D-NP9124
48VDC
140W
2.9A
6876D-NP9124
5VDC
100W
20A
6877D-NP9124
12VDC
120W
10A
6878D-NP9124
24VDC
140W
5.8A
6879D-NP9124
48VDC
140W
2.9A
6880D-NP9124
48V (28.8 to 60VDC)
72V (43.2 to 90VDC)
110V (66 to 144VDC)
Accessories Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip
NP-9135
19” Front Panel
NP-9155
3-153
3. Power Supply Systems 3.8. Railway Solutions
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.8.1. DC/DC Converters
Discount Code L1
CTS 240 Series
3
180 to 280W DC/DC Converter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • • • •
Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 60 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Standard size Eurocard 3U Adjustable output voltage Remote sensing Input voltage OK LED Output voltage presence LED Remote Inhibit
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Output Current
Code
24V (14.4 to 30VDC)
5VDC
180W
36A
6655D-NP9125
48V (28.8 to 60VDC)
72V (43.2 to 90VDC)
110V (66 to 144VDC)
12VDC
240W
20A
6656D-NP9125
24VDC
240W
10A
6657D-NP9125
48VDC
240W
5A
6658D-NP9125
5VDC
180W
36A
6659D-NP9125
12VDC
240W
20A
6660D-NP9125
24VDC
280W
11.6A
6661D-NP9125
48VDC
280W
5.8A
6662D-NP9125
5VDC
180W
36A
6663D-NP9125
12VDC
240W
20A
6664D-NP9125
24VDC
280W
11.6A
6665D-NP9125
48VDC
280W
5.8A
6671D-NP9125
5VDC
180W
36A
6667D-NP9125
12VDC
240W
20A
6668D-NP9125
24VDC
280W
11.6A
6669D-NP9125
48VDC
280W
5.8A
6670D-NP9125
Accessories
3-154
Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip
NP-9135
19” Front Panel
NP-9155
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.8. Railway Solutions
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.8.1. DC/DC Converters Discount Code L1
CRS-500 Series
3
500W DC/DC Converter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • •
Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Multiple Input / Output Combinations DIN-Rail & Screw Mounted -25 to 55 Deg.C Operating Temperature Switching frequency: 140KHz High input-output isolation Output Failure Alarm Reverse Input Polarity Protection Input Voltage OK LED Output Voltage OK LED
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Output Current
Code
24VDC (14.4-30VDC)
24VDC
500W
20.8A
6455-T
48VDC (28.8-72VDC) 72VDC (43.2-90VDC) 110VDC (66-144VDC)
48VDC
500W
10.4A
6456-T
24VDC
500W
20.8A
6458-T
48VDC
500W
10.4A
6459-T
24VDC
500W
20.8A
6461-T
48VDC
500W
10.4A
6462-T
24VDC
500W
20.8A
6464-T
48VDC
500W
10.4A
6465-T
Accessories Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip (2 Required)
NP-9135
3-155
3. Power Supply Systems 3.8. Railway Solutions
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters
Discount Code L1
ODS-750 Series
3
450 to 750VADC/AC Inverter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • •
Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Three-phase synchronization Remote Inhibit
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
12VDC
230VAC
450VA
7071-T
24VDC
750VA
7073-T
48VDC
750VA
7075-T
72VDC
750VA
7076-T
110VDC
750VA
7077-T
450VA
7081-T
24VDC
750VA
7083-T
48VDC
750VA
7085-T
72VDC
750VA
7086-T
110VDC
750VA
7087-T
12VDC
120VAC
Accessories
3-156
Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip (2 required)
NP-9135
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.8. Railway Solutions
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters
Discount Code L1
ODS-1500 Series
3
1500VA DC/AC Inverter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • • •
Designed for Railway applications according to EN50155 Sine Wave Output Voltage Selectable Output Frequency : 50/60Hz Adjustable Output Voltage Galvanic Isolation High Input / Output Isolation : 3000Vrms Three-phase synchronization Remote Inhibit Remote Control via RS232 Alarm via Isolated Relay Contacts Remote Off Opto Coupled
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
12VDC
230VAC
1200VA
7111-T
24VDC
1500VA
7113-T
48VDC
1500VA
7115-T
72VDC
1500VA
7116-T
110VDC
1500VA
7117-T
1200VA
7121-T
24VDC
1500VA
7123-T
48VDC
1500VA
7125-T
72VDC
1500VA
7126-T
110VDC
1500VA
7127-T
12VDC
120VAC
Accessories Description
Code
DIN-Rail Clip
NP-9135
ODS-3000 Series Single Phase 3000VA DC/AC Inverter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • •
Sine wave output voltage Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz Adjustable output voltage High input-output isolation Remote inhibit Three-phase synchronization Remote control via RS232 Alarm by isolated relay contacts Remote off opto-coupled Optional railway version EN50155
Order Codes Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
24VDC
230VAC
2400VA
7153-T
36VDC
3000VA
7154-T
48VDC
3000VA
7155-T
72VDC
3000VA
7156-T
110VDC
3000VA
7157-T
2400VA
7163-T
36VDC
2500VA
7164-T
48VDC
2500VA
7165-T
72VDC
2500VA
7166-T
110VDC
2500VA
7167-T
24VDC
120VAC
3-157
3. Power Supply Systems 3.8. Railway Solutions
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.8.2. DC/AC Inverters
Discount Code L1
ODX-3000 Series
3
Three Phase 3000VA DC/AC Inverter for the Rail Industry • • • • • • • • • • •
Sine wave output voltage Suitable for motors Selectable output freq.: 50/60Hz Adjustable output voltage High input-output isolation Remote inhibit Reverse phase Remote control via RS232 Alarm by isolated relay contacts Remote off opto-coupled Railway version EN50155
Order Codes
3-158
Input Voltage
Output Voltage
Output Power
Code
24VDC
400VAC
2400VA
7403-T
36VDC
3000VA
7404-T
48VDC
3000VA
7405-T
72VDC
3000VA
7406-T
110VDC
3000VA
7407-T
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.9. Custom Made Solutions
Custom Made Solutions PREMIUM is capable of developing and producing custom models that are aimed at meeting the specific needs of each application, from low cost to rugged, highly reliable equipment that must meet very high quality standards of ISO 9001 for use in mobile service, rail applications, power stations and general industry. To request an offer for a custom product, please contact Control Logic Customer Service.
3-159
3
3. Power Supply Systems 3.10. Transformers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
3.10.1. Control Transformers
Discount Code L15
T Series
3
Order Codes Description Single phase transformer
Secondary (VAC)
Code
240
40
240
24
240
24
T40-240-24
63 100
240
24
160
240
24
250
240
24
400
240
24
630
240
24
800
240
24
B
C
C
E
F
E E
D
D
D
F
A
F
C AA
T20-240-24
24
T63-240-24
T100-240-24 T163-240-24 T250-240-24 T400-240-24 T630-240-24 T800-240-24
Rating
A x B x C (mm)
D (mm)
E (mm)
Kg
40VA
78 x 72 x 95
56
46
1.4
60VA
78 x 72 x 95
56
46
1.5
100VA
87 x 75 x 98
64
62
2.3
160VA
92 x 92 x 110
84
74
2.5
250VA
96 x 100 x 110
84
85
3.4
400VA
120 x 100 x 130
90
85
5.6
630VA
150 x 110 x 155
122
90
8.4
800VA
150 x 130 x 155
122
105
9.5
20VA**
G
G
B
VA Rating
G
B
Primary (VAC)
20
67 x 58 x 65
70
N/A
0.9
** Saddle Mount Bracket
TM Series
Order Codes Description
VA Rating
Single Phase Transformer
Primary (VAC) Multi Tap
Secondary (VAC) Multi Tap
Code TM40-MP-AB
40
240/415
12/24
40
240/415
32/48
40
240/415
120/240
63
240/415
12/24
63
240/415
32/48
63
240/415
120/240
100
240/415
12/24
100
240/415
32/48
100
240/415
120/240
160
240/415
12/24
160
240/415
32/48
160
240/415
120/240
250
240/415
12/24
250
240/415
32/48
250
240/415
120/240
400
240/415
12/24
400
240/415
32/48
400
240/415
120/240
630
240/415
12/24
630
240/415
32/48
630
240/415
120/240
1000
240/415
24/48
1000
240/415
120/240
1600
240/415
24/48
1600
240/415
120/240
TM1600-MP-HM
2500
240/415
24/48
TM1600-MP-BD
2500
240/415
120/240
TM1600-MP-HM
4000
240/415
120/240
TM4000-MP-HM
5000
240/415
120/240
TM5000-MP-HM
6300
240/415
120/240
TM6300-MP-HM
8000
240/415
120/240
TM8000-MP-HM
TM40-MP-CD
TM40-MP-HM TM63-MP-AB TM63-MP-CD
TM63-MP-HM
TM100-MP-AB TM100-MP-CD TM100-MP-HM TM160-MP-AB TM160-MP-CD TM160-MP-HM TM250-MP-AB TM250-MP-CD TM250-MP-HM TM400-MP-AB TM400-MP-CD TM400-MP-HM TM630-MP-AB TM630-MP-CD
TM630-MP-HM
TM1000-MP-BD
TM1000-MP-HM TM1600-MP-BD
Optional Extras: Enclosures (IP22, IP44, IP66); Primary/secondary protection (Fuse/ circuit breaker); Earth screen; Custom voltages
3-160
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
3.10. Transformers
3.10.2. 3 Phase Isolation Transformers 3.10.3. Power & Distribution Transformers 3 Phase Isolation Transformers Three Phase
100VA ~ 1000kVA
Input Voltages
200VAC ~ 3300VAC
Output Voltages
10VAC ~ 3300VAC
3
Frequency 50Hz/60Hz Insulation
Class F (155ËšC) Class H (180ËšC optional)
Enclosure Protection
IP22, IP44, IP66
Enclosure Finishes
Powder Coated or Stainless Steel
Power & Distribution Transformers Cast Resin Dry Type About
The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) is manufactured with 3 dimensional wound core technology containing epoxy resin as the insulation. The transformer windings are enveloped with epoxy resin creating great mechanical strength; higher short circuit withstand capacity providing a robust finish.
Benefits
Higher overload capacity, lower in no-load losses and magnetising current, lower noise level; higher impulse over voltage withstand capability and reduced weight.
Application Suitable for application in high-rise buildings, airports, railway stations, subways, hospitals, power plants, mining environments, shopping complexes and other types of densely populated environments. Availability Rating - 50kVA ~ 3000kVA; System Voltage up to 36kV; Pad Mount, Kiosk Type or Packaged Substation.
Oil Immersed Type About
The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) wound core oil immersed transformer is the latest development in energy-efficient products. The functionality and reliability has been comprehensively type tested. The TDT (Tri Dimensional Transformers) core overcomes the structural and technical defects of traditional stacked cores.
Benefits Substantially lower no-load losses and magnetising current, lower noise level, better impulse over voltage withstand capability and reduced weight Application Suitable for application in industrial/commercial plants, oil & gas, power plants, substations, solar and wind power generation. Availability Rating - 50kVA ~ 3000kVA; System Voltages up to 36kV; Ground Mount, Kiosk Type or Packaged Substation.
3-161
4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview
Section 4
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.1.1. Micro
4.1.1.1. AM1 Series
Discount Code L3
4
4-162
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Digital Displays & Controllers 4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4-162 Selection Guide Overview 4-164 4.1. Counter Displays 4-178 4.1.1. Without Outputs 4-178 4.1.2. With Outputs 4-180 4.2. Rate Displays 4-182 4.2.1. Without Outputs 4-182 4.2.2. With Outputs 4-183 4.3. Counter & Rate Displays 4-184 4.3.1. With Outputs 4-184 4.4. Process Displays 4-187 4.4.1. Without Outputs 4-187 4.4.2. With Outputs 4-189 4.5. PID Controllers 4-193 4.6. DC Current Displays 4-201 4.6.1. Without Outputs 4-201 4.6.2. With Outputs 4-203 4.7. AC Current Displays 4-206 4.7.1. Without Outputs 4-206 4.7.2. With Outputs 4-207 4.8. DC Voltage Displays 4-208 4.8.1. Without Outputs 4-208 4.8.2. With Outputs 4-210 4.9. AC Voltage Displays 4-213 4.9.1. Without Outputs 4-213 4.9.2. With Outputs 4-214 4.10. Temperature Displays 4-215 4.10.1. Without Outputs 4-215 4.10.2. With Outputs 4-216 4.11. Load Cell Displays 4-219 4.11.1. Without Outputs 4-219 4.11.2. With Outputs 4-220 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4-222 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display 4-222 4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits 4-226 4.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee 4-227 4.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays 4-227 4.12.4. Serial Slave Displays 4-228 4.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays 4-228 4.12.6. Timer Displays 4-229 4.12.7. Load Cell Displays 4-229 4.12.8. Universal Input Displays 4-230
4-163
4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview
Counter Displays Series
CUB7
LC2H
CUB4
PAXLC
28mm (H) x 51mm (W)
28mm (H) x 51mm (W)
28mm (H) x 51mm (W)
28mm (H) x 51mm (W)
8 Digit, 9mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
8 Digit, 8.7mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
6 & 8 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
6 Digit, 14mm 8 Digit 10mm Red LED
Uni-Directional
Uni-Directional
Uni-Directional
Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Store
10,000 Counts/Sec
2,000 Counts/Sec
5,000 Counts/Sec
25,000 Counts/Sec
No
No
No
Yes
Front Panel & Remote
Front Panel & Remote
Front Panel & Remote
Front Panel & Remote
Sensor Power
No
No
No
9 to 17.5VDC @ 100mA
Setpoint Capability
No
No
No
No
Communications
No
No
No
No
Power Supply
3V Lithium Battery Backlighting 9-28VDC @ 35mA
3V Lithium Battery Backlighting 24VDC
3V Lithium Battery Backlighting 9-28VDC @ 35mA
115/240VAC or 10 to 16VDC
Page Number
Page 4-178
Page 4-178
Page 4-179
Page 4-179
Product Picture
4
Dimensions Display
Counting Capability
Max. Input Frequency Input Scaling & Decimal Points Reset Capability
4-164
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Selection Guide Overview
Counter Displays Series
C48C
LC4H
PAXC
Product Picture
4
Dimensions
48mm (H) x 48mm (W)
48mm (H) x 48mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
2 x 6 Digit Main Display 7mm Sec. Display 5mm Reflective & Backlight LCD
2 x 4 or 6 Digit Reflective & Backlight LCD
6 Digit , 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch
Addition Subtraction Direction Individuality Phase 5 modes selectable by DIP switch
Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch
12,000 Counts/Sec
5,000 Counts/Sec
34,000 Counts/Sec
Yes
Yes (LC4H-S Only)
Yes
Front Panel & Remote
Front Panel & Remote
Front Panel & Remote
Sensor Power
12VDC @ 100mA
No
12VDC @ 100mA
Sensor Power
12VDC @ 100mA
No
12VDC @ 100mA
Single Relay Dual Relay NPN Transistor
Single or Dual Relay Single or Dual Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Display
Counting Capability
Max. Input Frequency Input Scaling & Decimal Points Reset Capability
Setpoint Capability
Communications
RS485
No
No
Power Supply
85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC
100 to 240VAC 12 to 24VDC 24VAC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC 24VAC
Page Number
Page 4-180
Page 4-180
Page 4-181
4-165
4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview
Rate Displays Series
DT8
PAXLR
PAXR
PAXDR
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
5 Digit, 15mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
6 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable RED LED
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable RED LED
Measurement Format
Selectable Time Base Range 4msec to 32sec
Adjustable Time Interval
Adjustable Time Interval
Dual Independent Input Adjustable Time Interval Ratio (A/B) Difference (A-B) Sum (A+B) % of Total (A/A+B) Draw (A-B/B) Dual Rate
Max. Input Frequency
10,000 Counts/Sec
25,000 Counts/Sec
34,000 Counts/Sec
44,000 Counts/Sec (Single Rate) 19,000 Counts/Sec (Dual Rate)
Product Picture
4
Dimensions Display
Decimal Points
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Sensor Power
No
9 to 17.5VDC @ 100mA
12VDC @ 100mA
12VDC @ 100mA
Setpoint Capability
No
No
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Communications
No
No
No
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
Power Supply
3 Volt Lithium Battery Backlighting 9 to 28VDC @ 35mA
115/240VAC 10 to 16VDC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC 24VAC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC 24VAC
Page Number
Page 4-182
Page 4-182
Page 4-183
Page 4-183
4-166
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Selection Guide Overview
Counter & Rate Displays Series
CUB5
PAXLCR
PAXI
PAX2D
Product Picture
4
Dimensions Display
Counting Capability
Rate Measurement Format
Max. Input Frequency Input Scaling & Decimal Points Reset Capability Sensor Power
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
6 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
6 Digit, 14mm Red LED
6 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight
Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch
Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch
Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch
Uni-Directional Up/Down Inhibit Add/Subtract Add/Add Quadrature Batch
Adjustable Time Interval
Adjustable Time Interval
Adjustable Time Interval
Dual Independent Input Adjustable Time Interval Ratio (A/B) Difference (A-B) Sum (A+B) % of Total (A/A+B) Draw (A-B/B) Dual Rate
20,000 Counts/Sec
20,000 Counts/Sec
34,000 Counts/Sec
34,000 Counts/Sec 50,000 Counts/Sec (Rate Only)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Front Panel & Remote
Front Panel & Remote
Front Panel & Remote
Front Panel & Remote
No
24VDC @ 50mA
12VDC @ 100mA
18VDC @ 60mA
Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor
Dual Relay
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
RS232 or RS485
No
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
Power Supply
9 to 28VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC 24VAC
40 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-184
Page 4-184
Page 4-185
Page 4-186
Setpoint Capability Communications
4-167
4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview
Process Displays Series
CUB4CL / LP
PAXLCL
PAXLPV
DP5P
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
4 Digit, 15mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Red LED
4 to 20mA DC 10 to 50mA DC
4 to 20mA DC 10 to 50mA DC
1 to 5VDC
0/4 to 20mA DC 0 to 10VDC
Setpoint Capability
No
No
No
No
Communications
No
No
No
No
Sensor Power
No
24VDC @ 50mA
24VDC @ 50mA
24VDC @ 50mA
Other Features / Options
No
Engineering Units Overlay
Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Power Supply
9 to 28VDC (CUB4CL) Current Loop Powered (CUBLP)
85 to 250VDC
85 to 250VDC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
Page Number
Page 4-187
Page 4-187
Page 4-188
Page 4-188
Product Picture
4
Dimensions Display
Input Ranges
4-168
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Selection Guide Overview
Process Displays Series
CUB5P
PAXLA
PAXP
PAX2A
PAXDP
Product Picture
4
Dimensions
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
48mm (H) x 96mm (W)
5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
5 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
0 to 10VDC 4 to 20mA DC 10 to 50mA DC
4 to 20mA DC 0 to 10VDC
0/4 to 20mA DC 0 to 10VDC
0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & TC Resistance – Up to 10Kohm
Dual Independent Inputs 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC
Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor
Dual Relay
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
RS232 or RS485
No
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
No
24VDC @ 50mA
24VDC @ 50mA
18VDC @ 50mA
18VDC @ 70mA per channel
User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Indicator
User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator
Math Functions on both signals Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Power Supply
9 to 28VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC
Page Number
Page 4-189
Page 4-189
Page 4-190
Page 4-191
Page 4-192
Display
Input Ranges
Setpoint Capability
Communications
Sensor Power Other Features / Options
4-169
4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview
PID Controllers Series
T16
P16
T48
P48
PAX2C
48mm(H) x 48mm(W)
48mm(H) x 48mm(W)
48mm (H) x 48mm (W)
48mm (H) x 48mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
2 x 4 Digit Main Display 7mm Red Sec. Display 5mm Green LCD
2 x 4 Digit Main Display 7mm Red Sec. Display 5mm Green LCD
2 x 4 Digit Main Display 10mm Red Sec. Display 7mm Green LED
2 x 4 Digit Main Display 10mm Red Sec. Display 7mm Green LED
Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight Bargraph display
Input Ranges
Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD Type 385, 392, 672
0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC
Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD Type 385, 392, 672
0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC
0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & Thermocouple Resistance – Up to 10Kohm
Control Type
ON/Off PID
ON/Off PID
ON/Off PID
ON/Off PID
PID or On/Off
Main Control (Heat/Cool), Cooling Output, Dual Alarms (Relay, SSR Drive)
Main Control (Direct/ Reverse), Secondary Output, Dual Alarms
Main Control (Heat/Cool), Cooling Output, Dual Alarms (Relay, SSR Drive, Triac) Field Replaceable
Main Control (Direct/ Reverse), Secondary Output, Dual Alarms
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
No
No
RS485
RS485
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
Other Features / Options
Analog Output
Analog Output
Heater Current Monitor Analog Output Remote Setpoint
Dual Setpoint Remote Setpoint Analog Output
Analog Output, Up To 16 Alarms with Boolean Logic Functionality
Power Supply
85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC
85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC
85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC
85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC
40 to 250VAC // 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-193
Page 4-194
Page 4-195
Page 4-196
Page 4-197
Product Picture
4
Dimensions Display
Outputs
Communications
4-170
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Selection Guide Overview
PID Controllers Series
KT2
KT4
KT4H
KT7
KT8
KT9
Product Picture
4
Dimensions
24mm(H) x 48mm(W)
48mm(H) x 48mm(W)
48mm(H) x 48mm(W)
22.5mm(H) x 75mm(W)
48mm(H) x 96mm(W)
96mm(H) x 96mm(W)
4 Digit, Main Display
2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 10.2mm Red Sec. Display 8.8mm Green
2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 10.2mm Red Sec. Display 8.8mm Green
2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 7.4mm Red Sec. Display 7.4mm Green
2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 11.2mm Red Sec. Display 11.2mm Green
2 x 4 Digit, Main Display 18mm Red Sec. Display 13.2mm Green
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
Control
PID On/Off
PID On/Off
PID On/Off
PID On/Off
PID On/Off
PID On/Off
Outputs
Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay Alarm Output 2 – Open Collector
Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay
Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay
Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay
Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay
Relay DC Voltage DC Current Alarm Output 1 – Relay
Communications
No
No
RS 485 Modbus RTU Mewtocol
No
No
No
Other Features / Options
Heating/Cooling
Heating/Cooling Heater Burnout Alarm Second Alarm Output
Configuration Software Heating/Cooling Heater Burnout Alarm Second Alarm Output
Heater Burnout Alarm
Heating/Cooling Heater Burnout Alarm Second Alarm Output
Heating/Cooling Heater Burnout Alarm Second Alarm Output
Power Supply
100-240VAC 24V AC
100-240VAC 24V AC
100-240VAC 24V AC
100-240VAC 24V AC
100-240VAC 24V AC
100-240VAC 24V AC
Page Number
Page 4-198
Page 4-198
Page 4-199
Page 4-199
Page 4-200
Page 4-200
Display
Input Ranges
4-171
4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview
Current Displays Series
CUB4I
PAXLID
DP5D
CUB5I
PAXLA
Product Picture
4
Dimensions
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
Display
4 Digit, 15mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
3 ½ Digit, 14mm Red LED
Input Ranges
0 to 199.9uA DC to 199.9mA DC
0 to 199.9uA DC to 199.9A DC
+/-200uA DC to 2A DC
0 to 200uA DC to 200mA DC
0 to 200uA DC to 200mA DC
Setpoint Capability
No
No
No
Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor
Dual Relay
Communications
No
No
No
RS232 RS485
No
Other Features / Options
No
Engineering Units Overlay
Tare, Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Indicator
User Input Min/Max Memory / Engineering Units Overlay
Power Supply
9 to 28VDC
115/240VAC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
9 to 28VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-201
Page 4-201
Page 4-202
Page 4-203
Page 4-203
PAXD
PAXLIA
PAXLIT
PAXH
PAX2A
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight
+/-200uA DC to 2A DC
0 to 199.9uA AC to 199.9A AC
0 to 5A AC
200uA to 5A AC
0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & TC Resistance – Up to 10Kohm
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
No
No
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
No
No
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Engineering Units Overlay
Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator
Power Supply
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
115/240VAC
115/240VAC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-204
Page 4-206
Page 4-206
Page 4-207
Page 4-205
Series Product Picture
Dimensions Display
Input Ranges
Setpoint Capability
Communications
Other Features / Options
4-172
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Selection Guide Overview
Voltage Displays Series
CUB4V
PAXLVD
DP5D
CUB5V
PAXLA
Product Picture
4
Dimensions
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
Display
4 Digit, 15mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
Input Ranges
0 to 199.9mV DC to 199.9V DC
0 to 199.9mV DC to 300V DC
+/-200mV DC to +/- 300V DC
0 to 200mV DC to 200VDC
0 to 200mV DC to 200V DC
Setpoint Capability
No
No
No
Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor
Dual Relay
Communications
No
No
No
RS232 RS485
No
Other Features / Options
No
Engineering Units Overlay
Tare, Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Indicator
User Input Min/Max Memory / Engineering Units Overlay
Power Supply
9 to 28VDC
115/240VAC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
9 to 28VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-208
Page 4-208
Page 4-209
Page 4-210
Page 4-210
PAXD
PAXLVA
PAXLHV
PAXH
PAX2A
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight
+/-200mV DC to +/- 300V DC
0 to 199.9mV AC to 300V AC
0 to 600 VAC
+/-200mV to 300V AC
0/4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Current – Up to 2A DC Voltage - Up to 200VDC Temperature – RTD & Thermocouple Resistance – Up to 10Kohm
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
No
No
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
No
No
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
Analog Output, Tare, Min/Max Memory, Totalizer, Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Engineering Units Overlay
Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator
Power Supply
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
115/240VAC
115/240VAC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-211
Page 4-213
Page 4-213
Page 4-214
Page 4-212
Series Product Picture
Dimensions Display
Input Ranges
Setpoint Capability
Communications
Other Features / Options
4-173
4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview
Temperature Displays Series
CUB5R/T
PAXLR/T
DP5T
PAXLT
PAXT
PAX2A
39mm (H) x 75mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
5 Digit, 12mm Reflective, Green & Red Backlight LCD
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
Top Line 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight
Thermocouple (CUB5TC) T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV RTD (CUB5RT) Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 & Cu427
Thermocouple (PAXLTC) T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV RTD (PAXLRT) Pt385 & Pt392
Thermocouple T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV RTD Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 & Cu427 Direct 10 Ohm, 100 Ohm & mV
Thermocouple T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N & mV RTD Pt385, Pt392, Ni672 & Cu427
Single Relay Dual NPN Transistor
No
No
Dual Relay
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Communications
RS232 or RS485
No
No
No
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
Other Features / Options
User Input Min/Max Memory Engineering Units Indicator
Engineering Units Overlay
Min/Max Memory Totalizer Engineering Units Overlay
User Input Min/Max Memory Custom Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator
Power Supply
9 to 28VDC
115/240VAC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-216
Page 4-215
Page 4-215
Page 4-216
Page 4-217
Page 4-218
Product Picture
4
Dimensions Display
Input Ranges
Setpoint Capability
4-174
Thermocouple Universal Input T,E,J,K,R,S,B,N,C & mV 0/4 - 20mA / 0 - 10VDC Current - Up to 2A DC RTD 2 or 3 Wire 100 Ohm Voltage - Up to 200VDC (ALPHA = .00385, Temperature -RTD & TC Resistance .00391 & .00672 Up to 10Kohm
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Selection Guide Overview
Load Cell Displays Series
PAXLSG
PAXS
PAX2S
Product Picture
4
Dimensions
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
48mm (H) x96mm (W)
4 Digit, 14mm Red LED
5 Digit, 14mm Sunlight Readable Red LED
Top Line - 6 digit, 18 mm with tri-colour backlight (red, green or orange) Bottom Line 9 digit, 8.9 mm with green backlight
Single-ended or Differential Input 0 to 10mV through 1.999A
+/-24mV DC +/-240mV DC
+/-24mV DC +/-240mV DC
Setpoint Capability
No
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Communications
No
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
5VDC @ 60mA 10VDC @ 120mA
5VDC @ 65mA 10VDC @ 125mA
Analog Output Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator
Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Tare Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Overlay
Analog Output Min/Max Memory Totalizer Linearizer & Engineering Units Indicator
Power Supply
115/240VAC
85 to 250VAC 11 to 36VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-219
Page 4-220
Page 4-221
Display
Input Ranges
Sensor Power
Other Features / Options
4-175
4. Digital Displays & Controllers Selection Guide Overview
Large Graphic & LED Displays Series
LDA
LDSS
LD
LDT
LDS
LD2A 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm W) LD4A 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)
LD2SS 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W) LD4SS 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)
LD2 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W) LD4 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)
LD2T 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W) LD4T 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)
LD2SG – 101.6mm(H) x 406.4mm(W) LD4SG – 200mm(H) x 660.4mm(W)
Display
LD2A 5 Digit, 57mm High Red LED LD4A 5 Digit, 101mm High Red LED
LD2SS 6 Digit, 57mm High Red LED LD4SS 6 Digit, 101mm High Red LED
LD2 6 Digit, 57mm High Red LED LD4 6 Digit, 101mm High Red LED
LD2T 6 Digit, 57mm High Red LED LD4T 6 Digit, 101mm High Red LED
5 Digit, 57mm (LD2SG) or 101mm (LD4SG) Red LED
Input Ranges
Process 4 to 20mA 1 to 5VDC 1 to 10VDC DC Voltages 0 to 200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V & 10V DC Currents 0 to 200uA, 2mA, 20mA & 200mA
Serial RS232 or RS485 ASCII Input
Counter Counter & Rate Input
Timer & Cycle Counter Input
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Max. 30VDC
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Max. 30VDC
Load Cell +/- 24 mVDC +/- 240 mVDC
Product Picture
4
Dimensions
Setpoint Capability
Dual Relay Output
No
Dual Relay Output
Single Relay Output
RS485 or RS232
Refer Input Ranges
RS485 or RS232
RS232 or RS485
RS485 or RS232
IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure
IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure
IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure
IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure
IP65 Powder Coated Aluminium Enclosure
Power Supply
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
50 to 250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
Page Number
Page 4-227
Page 4-228
Page 4-228
Page 4-229
Page 4-229
Communications Other Features / Options
4-176
Dual Relay Output
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Selection Guide Overview
Large Graphic & LED Displays Series
LPAX
EPAX
PFM
PTV
Product Picture
4
Dimensions
121mm (H) x 254mm (W)
183mm (H) x 630mm (W)
PFM1608: 660 x 168 x 61 mm PFM2412: 978 x 224 x 86 mm PFM3212: 986 x 277 x 86 mm PFM6412: 998 x 572 x 86 mm
Any TV size selected
Display
5 Digit, 38mm Red LED (Analog Input Models)
5 Digit, 101mm Red LED (Analog Input Models)
LED (Red/Amber/Green)
Connect any size TV (LCD or Plasma) via HDMI
6 Digit, 38mm Red LED (Digital Input Models)
6 Digit, 101mm Red LED (Digital Input Models)
Via a Plug-in Personality Module
Via a Plug-in Personality Module
Analog Inputs Process, Voltage, Current, Temperature & Load Cell
Analog Inputs Process, Voltage, Current, Temperature & Load Cell
Digital Inputs Count, Rate, Counter/Rate, Timer & Real Time Clock
Digital Inputs Count, Rate, Counter/Rate, Timer & Real Time Clock
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Input Ranges
Resolutions: PFM1608: 16H x 80W PFM2412: 24H x 120W PFM3212: 32H x 120W PFM6412: 64H x 120W All inputs are via the Red Lion Data Station Plus or Modular Controller Series
Serial (RS232 & RS485) Ethernet Analog Digital I/O Thermocouple RTD Load Cell
Dual or Quad Relay Quad NPN or PNP Transistor
Programmable
Programmable
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus Ethernet w/ ICM8
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus CAN Ethernet via Data Station Plus or Modular Controller Series
RS232 RS485 Modbus DeviceNet Profibus CAN Ethernet
Optional IP65 Enclosure & Mounting Brackets
Optional IP65 Enclosure & Mounting Brackets
200+ Comms Drivers Data Logging Web Server Email & SMS Alerts Expandable I/O
200+ Comms Drivers Data Logging Web Server Email & SMS Alerts Expandable I/O
Power Supply
85 to 250VAC 18 to 36VDC 24VAC
85 to 250VAC
240VAC
24VDC
Page Number
Page 4-230
Page 4-230
Page 4-227
Page 4-222
Setpoint Capability Communications
Other Features / Options
4-177
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.1. Counter Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.1.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code C8
Discount Code L3
CUB7 - Miniature 8 Digit Counter • • • •
4
8 Digit, 9mm High Digits LCD Display Count Speeds up to 10 KHz Standard Wire Connections or Optional Plug-in Terminal Block IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Counting Capability
Power Supply
Code
Green Backlight
No Voltage / Contact Closure or up to 28VDC
Uni-Directional
9 – 28VDC
CUB7CCG0
Red Backlight
CUB7CCR0
Reflective Green Backlight
50 - 250V AD/DC
Battery
CUB7CCS0
9 – 28VDC
CUB7CVG0 CUB7CVR0
Red Backlight Reflective
Battery
CUB7CVS0
Accessories Type
Description
Used With
Plug-in Terminal Block
3 Position Terminal Block
CUB7CCS0
Code TB100003
4 Position Terminal Block
CUB7CCG0 CUB7CCR0 CUB7CVS0
TB100004
5 Position Terminal Block
CUB7CVG0 CUB7CVR0
TB100005
Enclosure
CUB7 Enclosure
ALL
ENC13000
Base Mount
CUB7 Base Mount
ALL
BMK80000
LC2H - Miniature 8 Digit Counter • • • •
8 Digit, 8.7 mm High Digits LCD Display Counting Speed Switchable between 2 kHz and 30 Hz Screw Terminals IP66 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Counting Capability
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
No Voltage / Contact Closure
Uni-Directional
Battery
LC2H-F-2KK LC2H-F-DL-2KK
4.5 – 30VDC 24 – 240V AC/DC Green/ Red Backlight
4-178
4.5 – 30VDC
LC2H-F-FV-30 9 – 28VDC
LC2H-F-DL-2KK-B
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.1. Counter Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.1.1. Without Outputs Discount Code L3
CUB4 - Miniature 6 & 8 Digit Counter • • • • • •
6 Digit, 12.2 mm LCD (CUB4L) 8 Digit, 11.7 mm LCD (CUB4L8) 3 V Lithium Battery (9 - 28 VDC Required for Backlit Models) Front Panel, Remote Reset 5 KHz Max Input Frequency IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Counting Capability
No. Digits
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
Up to 28VDC
Uni-Directional
6
Battery
CUB4L000
9 – 28VDC
CUB4L010
Yel-Grn Backlight
CUB4L020
Red Backlight Reflective
8
Yel-Grn Backlight
Battery
CUB4L800
9 – 28VDC
CUB4L810
Red Backlight
CUB4L820
Accessories Description
Code
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLC – PAX Lite 6 & 8 Digit Counter • • • • • • • •
6 & 8 Digit Counter 6 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 8 Digit, 10.1 mm Red LED Display Accepts Input Count Rates up to 25 KHz Remote Reset Capability Count Inhibit Function Programmable Scale Factor IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Counting Capability
No. Digits
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
No Voltage Contact Closure PNP or NPN (Max. 30VDC)
Bi Directional Inhibit Store
6
115/240VAC 10 to 16VDC
PAXLC600
8
PAXLC800
Accessories Description
Code
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-179
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.1. Counter Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.1.2. With Outputs
Discount Code C8
Discount Code L3
C48C – Single, Dual & Three Preset Batch Counter • • • •
4
Single, Dual, or Three Preset Version 2 Line, 6 Character LCD Display w/Backlighting Bi-Directional and Quadrature Counting IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
No Voltage Contact Closure PNP NPN (Max. 30VDC)
1 x Relay 1 x NPN
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48CS013
85 to 250VAC
C48CS003
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48CS113
Red / Green Backlight Reflective
2 x Relay
Red / Green Backlight Reflective
2 x Relay 1 x NPN
Red / Green Backlight
85 to 250VAC
C48CS103
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48CD012
85 to 250VAC
C48CD002
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48CD112
85 to 250VAC
C48CD102
18-36VDC / 24VAC
C48CB003
85 to 250VAC
C48CB103
Accessories Description
Code
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC11A00
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC11B00
LC4H – Single & Dual Preset Counter • • • •
2 Colour / 2 Line Preset Counter 4 & 6 Digit Models Panel or Din-Rail Mount Easy operation via “thumbwheel pushbuttons
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Outputs
Style
Power Supply
Code
4 Digit Red / Green Backlight
No Voltage Contact Closure PNP NPN (Max. 30VDC)
1 x Relay
11 Pin
12–24VDC
LC4H-R4-DC24V
100-240VAC
LC4H-R4-AC240V
12–24VDC
LC4H-R4-DC24VS
100-240VAC
LC4H-R4-AC240VS
12–24VDC
LC4H-R6-DC24V
100-240VAC
LC4H-R6-AC240V
12–24VDC
LC4H-R6-DC24VS
100-240VAC
LC4H-R6-AC240VS
24VAC
LC4HW-R6-AC24V
12–24VDC
LC4HW-R6-DC24V
100-240VAC
LC4HW-R6-AC240V
24VAC
LC4HW-R6-AC24VS
12–24VDC
LC4HW-R6-DC24VS
100-240VAC
LC4HW-R6-AC240VS
Screw Terminals
6 Digit Red / Green Backlight
11 Pin Screw Terminals 2 x Relay
11 Pin
Screw Terminals
Accessories
4-180
Description
Code
8 Pin Socket for Din Rail Mounting
AT8-DF11K
8 Pin Socket for Panel Mounting (Rear Connect)
AT8-R11K
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.1. Counter Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.1.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXC – Multi-Function Dual / Quad Preset Counter • • • • •
6 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display Up to 3 Count Displays Programmable Scale Factors Up to Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Plug-in Card) IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXC0020
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXC0030
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Typical application Cut to lengh tape and label roll application A tape and label company needs a method of cutting to length material on a roll to the nearest millimeter. Since the machine moves from roll to roll very quickly, the machine must enter a “reduced speed” mode 5 cm before the cut. Additionally, management would like to know the total number of meters of material ran. When the counter reaches preset 1 value, output 1 will latch sending a slow down signal. When preset 2 value is obtained, a timed output 2 will signal the cutter to cut, the counter will auto reset and output 1 will turn off. For various size rolls, the
PAXC counter can be programmed to allow easy operator access to preset 2 cut value. Preset 1 value (reduce speed) can be programmed to auto track preset 2, by 5 cm less, eliminating the need for the operator to change it. The PAXC counter has another count register (Counter C), which can be programmed to follow the main Counter A. This Counter C can totalize the running number of meters and can be reset with the RST button.
4-181
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.2. Rate Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.2.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
DT8 – Economical Rate Meter • • • • •
4
Adjustable Time Base Tachometer 5 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Lithium Battery - Over 7 years continuous operation Up to 10 KHz Input Frequency IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
Magnetic Pick-up Bi-Polar (50% Duty Cycle) (Max. 28VDC)
Battery
DT800000
9-28VDC
DT800010
Yel-Grn Backlight Red Backlight
DT800020
Accessories Description
Code
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLR – PAX Lite Rate Meter • • • •
6 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display Input Rates up to 25 KHz Programmable Scaling, Update Time + Decimal Points IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
115/240VAC 10 to 16VDC
PAXLR000
Accessories
4-182
Description
Code
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.2. Rate Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.2.2. With Outputs Discount Code L3
PAXR – Multi-Function Dual / Quad Preset Rate Meter • • •
5 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display Up to Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Plug-in Card) IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXR0020
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXR0030
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PAXDR – Intelligent Dual Rate Meter / Totalizer • • • • • • • •
Six Displays - One Each For: Rate A & B; Totalizer A & B; Display C Rate Calculation & Totalizer Calculation Calculations: Sum (A+B), Difference (A-B), Ratio (A/B), % Of Total (A/A+B) Or Draw (A-B/B) 14mm Red LED Sunlight Readable Display Separate Input Scaling For A & B Totalizers Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Retransmitted Analog Output (W/Option Card) Communication and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXDR000
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXDR010
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
4-183
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.3. Counter & Rate Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.3.1. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
CUB5 – Miniature Dual Counter & Rate Meter • • • • • • • • • •
4
Dual Counter or Counter/Rate Indicator 8 Digit, 12 mm LCD Display LCD, Reflective, or User-Selectable Green/Red LED Backlighting Preset Capability with Optional Output Card Optional Serial Communication Modules Optional Setpoint Cards Optional USB Programming Card Change Display Colour at Preset Decimal Points and Scaling IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
9-28VDC
CUB5R000
Red/Green Backlight
CUB5B000
Accessories Description
Code
Single Setpoint Relay Output Card
CUB5RLY0
Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card
CUB5SNK0
RS485 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM1
RS232 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM2
USB Programming Option Card
CUB5USB0
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLCR – Dual Counter & Rate Meter • • • • • •
6 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Programmable Scaling for Count and Rate Bi-directional Counting, Up/down Control Built-in Batch Counting Capability Universally Powered IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
2 x Relay (5A Rated)
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
PAXLCR00
Accessories
4-184
Description
Code
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.3. Counter & Rate Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.3.1. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXI – Intelligent Dual Counter & Rate Meter / Totalizer • • • • • • • • •
6 Digit, 14.2 mm LED Display Dual Count Quad Inputs Rate Indication Up to 3 Count Displays or a Serial Slave Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXI0020
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXI0030
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Typical application Monitoring Motor Speed With Analog Output Application A recent application required monitoring the speed of a motor. The customer, a motor testing facility, needed a device to display the motor’s speed in RPM, as well as provide a 4-20 output to chart the speed over a long period. An alarm was required to keep the operator from inadvertently running the motor too fast. The PAXI0020 was selected to display the rate, the PAXCDL10 optional analog output card used to drive a chart recorder, and the dual alarm relay card for the over speed condition. To sense the motor’s speed, an LMPC0000 was selected to look at a keyway on the turning motor shaft.
4-185
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.3. Counter & Rate Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.3.1. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAX2D – Universal Dual Counter & Dual Rate Meter / Totalizer • • • • • • • • • •
4
Count, Dual Counter with Math Functions Rate, Dual Rate with Math Functions 6 / 9 Digit Dual Line/Tri-Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm Digits 10 Point Rate Scaling for Non-Linear Processes Programmable Units Display Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) Built-in USB Programming Port Enabling Unit Configuration with Crimson Programming Software IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN, PNP Magnetic Pickups Max. 30VDC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
40-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
PAX2D000
Accessories
4-186
Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.4. Process Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.4.1. Without Outputs Discount Code L3
CUB4CL/LP – Current Loop Powered Meter • • • •
Current Loop Meter (CUB4CL) Current Loop Powered Meter (CUB4LP) 4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
4 to 20mA 10 to 50mA
Loop Powered
CUB4LP00
Red Backlight (Backlight intensity varies depending on input signal level) Yel / Grn Backlight
CUB4LP40
9-28VDC
CUB4CL10 CUB4CL20
Red Backlight
Accessories Description
Code
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC (CUB4 Models)
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLCL – PAX Lite Current Loop Meter • • • •
4 Digit, 14 mm LED Display 24 VDC Sensor Excitation Supply IP65 Sealed Front Bezel Optional Custom Units Overlay w/backlight
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
4 to 20mA 10 to 50mA 0 to 50mA 0 to 20mA 0 to 10mA 1 to 5mA
85-250VAC
PAXLCL00
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-187
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.4. Process Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.4.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXLPV – PAX Lite Process Volt Meter • • • • • •
4
4 Digit, 14 mm LED Display 24 VDC Excitation Supply Wide Span & Offset Scaling Range (covers 1 to 5 VDC process input) Selectable Decimal Points IP65 Rated Optional Custom Units Overlay w/backlight
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/-25VDC
85-250VAC
PAXLPV00
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
DP5P – Process Meter • • • • •
5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display 20 mA or 10VDC Input Linear Scaling 9 Digit Totalizer IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC
85-250VAC
DP5P0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
DP5P0010
Accessories
4-188
Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.4. Process Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.4.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
CUB5P – Miniature Intelligent Process Meter • • • • • • • • • •
Three Selectable D.C. Ranges Minimum and Maximum Display Capture LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting Display 12.2 mm High Digits Optional Serial Communication Modules Optional Setpoint Cards available Optional USB Programming Card available Front Panel or Crimson Programmable Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
0/4 to 20mA 0 to 50mA 0 to 10VDC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
9-28VDC
CUB5PR00
Red/Green Backlight
CUB5PB00
Accessories Description
Code
Single Setpoint Relay Output Card
CUB5RLY0
Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card
CUB5SNK0
RS485 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM1
RS232 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM2
USB Programming Option Card
CUB5USB0
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLA – PAX Lite Process Meter with Built-in Outputs • • • • • • •
5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points Programmable User Input Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay IP65 Rated Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight Minimum and Maximum Display Capture
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
4 to 20mA 1 to 5VDC 0 to 10VDC
50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
PAXLA000
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-189
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.4. Process Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.4.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXP – Intelligent Process Meter • • • • • • • •
4
5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXP0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXP0010
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
Typical application Asphalt Manufacturing Amps Monitoring A company that produces various liquids has a need for an indicator that could display, in litres, the amount of liquid solvent in a tank. They also want an output to turn on a pump when the level falls to 250 litres and stops filling at 1900 litres. Because the liquid is corrosive, an ultrasonic level sensor is used. This sensor outputs a 0-20 mA signal based on the top level of the tank. However, because this tank is round and horizontal to the ground, the level signal measured will not be linear to litres of
4-190
liquid in the tank. (There is more volume per cm of depth in the middle of the tank, compared to the top and bottom.) The PAXP0000 Process Input Panel Meter with the PAXCDS10 Dual Relay Setpoint Card is best suited to fit this customer’s needs. With this meter, up to 16 scaling points can be used to greatly reduce the error induced by the shape of the tank. (Without this feature, the error could be as high as 200 litres.)
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.4. Process Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.4.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAX2A – Universal Intelligent Process Meter • • • • • •
Universal Process Inputs 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card)
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)
Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/-2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
PAX2A000
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-191
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.4. Process Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.4.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXDP – Intelligent Dual Process Input Meter • • • • • • • •
4
5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display Dual Process Input 5 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display Accepts 2 x 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC Input Signals Linearization/Square Root Extraction Input Range 9 Digit Totalizer (integrator) with batching IP65 Rated Software available for Meter Configuration
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/- 0/4 to 20mA +/- 0 to 10VDC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXDP000
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXDP010
Accessories
4-192
Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.5. PID Controllers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L3
T16 – Temperature Controller • • • • •
PID Control with Reduced Overshoot Accepts TC and RTD Inputs On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings DC Analog Output (T164xxxx Models) Heat and Optional Cooling Outputs (Alarm Models Only)
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 7mm Red Bottom Line 5mm Green LCD
Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD Type 385, 392, 672
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay
85-250VAC
T1610000
18-36VDC 24VAC
T1610010
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay
85-250VAC
T1611100
18-36VDC 24VAC
T1611110
Main Control 1 x Solid State
85-250VAC
T1620000
18-36VDC 24VAC
T1620010
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay
85-250VAC
T1621100
18-36VDC 24VAC
T1621110
Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC
85-250VAC
T1641100
Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Alarms 2 x Relay
18-36VD 24VAC
T1641110
Accessories Description
Code
Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out
PMK70000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC11A00
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC11B00
4-193
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.5. PID Controllers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L3
P16 – Process Controller • • • •
4
PID Control with Reduced Overshoot Accepts 0 to 10VDC and 0/4 to 20mA Input Signals On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings DC Analog Output (P164xxxx Models)
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 7mm Red Bottom Line 5mm Green LCD
0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay
85-250VAC
P1610000
18-36VDC 24VAC
P1610010
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay
85-250VAC
P1611100
18-36VDC 24VAC
P1611110
Main Control 1 x Solid State
85-250VAC
P1620000
18-36VDC 24VAC
P1620010
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay
85-250VAC
P1621100
18-36VDC 24VAC
P1621110
Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC
85-250VAC
P1641100
Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA / 0 to 10VDC Alarms 2 x Relay
18-36VDC 24VAC
P1641110
Accessories
4-194
Description
Code
Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out
PMK70000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC11A00
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC11B00
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.5. PID Controllers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L3
T48 – Advanced Temperature Controller • • • • • • • • • •
Dual 4 Digit Display, 10 mm Red and 7.6 mm Green LED Relay, SSR Drive, Triac, Analog Outputs PID Control with Reduced Overshoot Accepts TC and RTD Inputs On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings IP65 Rated Heat and Optional Cooling Outputs Selectable manual and automatic control modes Optional RS485, communications Optional remote setpoint input (0/4 to 20mA)
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 10mm Red Bottom Line 7mm Green LED
Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD Type 385, 392, 672
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay
85-250VAC
T4810000
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay Main Control 1 x Solid State Alarms 2 x Relay Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Analog Output Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Remote Setpoint Input Analog Output Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485 Analog Output Main Control 1 x Solid State Alarms 1 x Solid State Other Analog Output Main Control 1 x Solid State Alarms 1 x Solid State Other Remote Setpoint Input RS485 Analog Output Main Control 1 x Solid State Alarms 1 x Solid State Other Remote Setpoint Input RS485
18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC
T4811110
18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC
T4821110
18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC
T4810111
18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC
T4810115
18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC
T4810117
18-36VDC 24VAC
T4820211
18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC
T4820215
18-36VDC 24VAC 85-250VAC
T4820218
T4811100
T4821100
T4810101
T4810105
T4810107
T4820205
T4820208
Accessories Description
Code
Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out
PMK70000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC11A00
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC11B00
4-195
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.5. PID Controllers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L3
P48 – Advanced Process Controller • • • • • • • • • • • •
4
Dual 4 Digit Display, 10 mm Red and 7.6 mm Green LED PID Control with Reduced Overshoot On Demand Auto-Tuning of PID Settings Accepts 0 to 10VDC or 0/4 to 20mA Inputs Optional two Linear DC Outputs Optional Dual Alarm Outputs Optional Remote Setpoint Input IP65 Rated Second Setpoint Setting Selectable manual and automatic control modes Programmable user input for added flexibility Setpoint ramping for process start-up
Order Codes Display
Input Types
2 Line x 4 Digit 0/4 to 20mA Top Line 0 to 10VDC 10mm Red Bottom Line 7mm Green LED
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Analog Output
85-250VAC
P4800001
18-36VDC 24VAC
P4800011
Main Control 1 x Relay
85-250VAC
P4810000
18-36VDC 24VAC
P4810010
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Analog Output
85-250VAC
P4810101
18-36VDC 24VAC
P4810111
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Remote Setpoint Input Analog Output
85-250VAC
P4810105
18-36VDC 24VAC
P4810115
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485 Analog Output
85-250VAC
P4810107
18-36VDC 24VAC
P4810117
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other Analog Output 2nd Analog Output
85-250VAC
P481010A
18-36VDC 24VAC
P481011A
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay
85-250VAC
P4811100
18-36VDC 24VAC
P4811110
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relay Other RS485
85-250VAC
P4811102
18-36VDC 24VAC
P4811112
Accessories
4-196
Description
Code
Panel Mount Adaptor Kit for 48x48mm controllers to fit a 96x96mm existing panel cut-out
PMK70000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC11A00
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC11B00
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.5. PID Controllers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L3
PAX2C – Advanced Universal Process Controller • • • • • • • • PX2C8V00
PID Control With Reduced Overshoot Universal Process, Temperature, Voltage, Current And Resistance Input Programmable Dual Line Display With Units And Bar Graph Four Programmable Universal Annunciators Tri-Colour Display, With 7 Programmable Colour Zones Up To 16 Alarms With Boolean Logic Functionality Built-In USB Programming Port Enabling Unit Configuration With Crimson Programming Software IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Mounting
Code
Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange) Programmable Dual Line Display with Units Indication & Bar Graph
Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm
PID On/Off
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
Horizontal
PX2C8H00
Vertical
PX2C8V00
PX2C8H00
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-197
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.5. PID Controllers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
KT2 – Miniature Temperature / Process Controller • • • •
4
Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step pattern control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
1 Line x 4 Digit 10.2mm Red LED
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relays
100-240VAC
AKT2111200
KT4 – Temperature / Process Controller • • • •
Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step pattern control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 10.2mm Red Bottom Line 8.8mm Green LED
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay
100-240VAC
AKT4111100
Main Control Heat & Cool Solid State Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT4111140
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT4111200
Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT4112100
Main Control 1 x Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT4113100
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay
4-198
24V AC/DC
AKT4211100
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.5. PID Controllers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
KT4H – Advanced Temperature / Process Controller • • • • •
Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step pattern control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function MEWTOCOL, Modbus RTU / ASCII communications IP66 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 10.2mm Red Bottom Line 8.8mm Green LED
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485
100-240VAC
AKT4H111100
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 2 x Relays Other RS485
AKT4H111200
Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485
AKT4H112100
Main Control 1 x Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485
AKT4H113100
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay Other RS485
24V AC/DC
AKT4H211100
KT7 – Din-Rail Mount Temperature / Process Controller • • • • •
Accepts Temperature or Process Signals Din-Rail Mount 9-step pattern control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 7.4mm Red Bottom Line 7.4mm Green LED
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay
100-240VAC
AKT7111100
Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT7112100
Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT7113100
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay
24VAC/DC
AKT7211100
4-199
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.5. PID Controllers
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C8
KT8 – Temperature / Process Controller • • • •
4
Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step Pattern Control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 11.2mm Red Bottom Line 11.2mm Green LED
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, PLII, C(W/Re5-26) RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay
100-240VAC
AKT8111100
Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT8112100
Main Control Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT8113100
KT9 – Temperature / Process Controller • • • •
Accepts Temperature or Process Signals 9-step Pattern Control (ramp function) Auto Tune Function IP66 Rated
Order Codes
4-200
Display
Input Types
Control
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
2 Line x 4 Digit Top Line 11.2mm Red Bottom Line 11.2mm Green LED
Thermocouple K, J, R, S, B, E, T, N, PLII, C(W/Re5-26) RTD Pt100, JPt100 DC Current 0-20mA, 4-20mA DC Voltage 0-1VDC, 0-10VDC, 1-5VDC,0-5VDC
PID On/Off
Main Control 1 x Relay Alarms 1 x Relay
100-240VAC
AKT9111100
Main Control 1 x DC Voltage for SSR Control Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT9112100
Main Control 1 x Analog 4 to 20mA Alarms 1 x Relay
AKT9113100
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.6. DC Current Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.6.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
CUB4I – Miniature DC Current Meter • • • • • •
4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display Reflective, Red or Green w/Backlighting 0-199.9 uA through 199.9 mA DC Input Range IP65 Rated Built-in Scaling Selectable Decimal Points
4
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
0-199.9uA DC 1.999mA DC 19.99mA DC 199.9mA DC
9-28VDC
CUB4I000
Yel / Grn Backlight Red Backlight
CUB4I010 CUB4I020
Accessories Description
Code
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC (CUB4 Models)
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLID – PAX Lite DC Current Meter • • • • • •
Selectable DC current ranges 4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Built-in Scaling Provisions Selectable Decimal Point Location IP65 Rated Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/- 199.9uA DC +/- 1.999mA DC +/- 19.99mA DC +/- 199.9mA DC +/- 1.999 A* DC *Accessory shunts available for higher current ranges
115/240VAC
PAXLID00
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
10 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM010
100 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM100
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit for PAX
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-201
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.6. DC Current Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.6.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
DP5D – DC Current Meter • • • • • •
4
5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display +/-200uA to 2A DC Linear Scaling 9 Digit Totalizer AC & DC Powered Versions IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/-200uA DC +/-2mA DC +/-20mA DC +/-200mA DC +/-2A DC
85-250VAC
DP5D0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
DP5D0010
Accessories
4-202
Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
10 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM010
100 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM100
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit f
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.6. DC Current Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.6.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
CUB5I – Miniature Intelligent DC Current Meter • • • • • • • • • • •
Four Selectable D.C. Ranges Minimum and Maximum Display Capture LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting 12.2 mm High Digits Optional Serial Communication Modules Optional Setpoint Cards available Optional USB Programming Card available Operates from 9 to 28 VDC Power Source Front Panel or Crimson Programmable Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
200uA DC 2mA DC 20mA DC 200mA DC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
9-28VDC
CUB5IR00
Red/Green Backlight
CUB5IB00
Accessories Description
Code
Single Setpoint Relay Output Card
CUB5RLY0
Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card
CUB5SNK0
RS485 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM1
RS232 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM2
USB Programming Option Card
CUB5USB0
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
10 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM010
100 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM100
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLA – PAX Lite DC Current Meter with Built-in Outputs • • • • • • • •
5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points Programmable User Input Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay Universally Powered IP65 Rated Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight Minimum and Maximum Display Capture
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
200uA 2mA 20mA 200mA DC
2x Relay (5A)
50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
PAXLA000
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
10 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM010
100 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM100
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-203
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.6. DC Current Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.6.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXD – Intelligent DC Current Meter • • • • • • • • •
4
5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/-200uA DC +/-2mA DC +/-20mA DC +/-200mA DC +/-2A DC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXD0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXD0010
Accessories
4-204
Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
10 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM010
100 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM100
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.6. DC Current Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.6.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAX2A – Universal Intelligent DC Current Meter • • • • • •
Universal Process Inputs 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card)
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)
Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
PAX2A000
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
10 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM010
100 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM100
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-205
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.7. AC Current Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.7.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXLIA – PAX Lite AC Current Meter • • • • • • • •
4
Selectable AC current ranges 4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Built-in Scaling Provisions Selectable Decimal Point Location Auto Zeroing Circuits Over-Range Indication IP65 Rated Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/- 199.9uA AC +/- 1.999mA AC +/- 19.99mA AC +/- 199.9mA AC +/- 1.999 A AC
115/240VAC
PAXLIA00
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PAXLIT – PAX Lite 5A AC Current Meter • • • • • • •
4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display Selectable Decimal Point Location Built-in Scaling Provisions Auto Zeroing Circuits Over-Range Indication IP65 Rated Optional Custom Units Overlay w/Backlight
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
0-5A AC
115/240VAC
PAXLIT00
Accessories
4-206
Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
50:5 Amp Current Transformer
CT005050
200:5 Amp Current Transformer
CT020050
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.7. AC Current Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.7.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXH – Intelligent AC Current Meter • • • • • • • • •
5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
200uA AC 2mA AC 20mA AC 200mA AC 5A AC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXH0000
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
4-207
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.8. DC Voltage Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.8.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
CUB4V – Miniature DC Volt Meter • • • •
4
4 Digit, 15.2 mm LCD Display IP65 Rated Built-in Scaling Selectable Decimal Points
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
0-199.9mV DC 1.999V DC 19.99V DC 199.9V DC
9-28VDC
CUB4V000
Yel / Grn Backlight Red Backlight
CUB4V010 CUB4V020
Accessories Description
Code
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC (CUB4 Models)
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLVD – PAX Lite DC Volt Meter • • • • • • •
Selectable DC voltage ranges 4 Digit, 14.2 mm LED w/Polarity Built-in Scaling Provisions Selectable Decimal Point Location Auto Zeroing Circuits Over-Range Indication IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/- 1.999 V DC +/- 19.99 V DC +/- 199.9 V DC +/- 300V DC
115/240VAC
PAXLVD00
Accessories
4-208
Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.8. DC Voltage Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.8.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
DP5D – DC Volt Meter • • • • •
5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display Linear Scaling 9 Digit Totalizer AC and DC Powered Versions IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/-200mV DC +/-2V DC +/-20V DC +/-300V DC
85-250VAC
DP5D0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
DP5D0010
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-209
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.8. DC Voltage Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.8.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
CUB5V – Miniature Intelligent DC Volt Meter • • • • • • • • • •
4
Four Selectable D.C. Ranges Minimum and Maximum Display Capture LCD, Reflective or Red/Green LED Backlighting 12.2 mm High Digits Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) Optional Setpoint Cards available (NPN or Relay) Optional USB Programming Card available Front Panel or Crimson Programmable Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
200mV DC 2V DC 20V DC 200V DC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
9-28VDC
CUB5VR00
Red/Green Backlight
CUB5VB00
Accessories Description
Code
Single Setpoint Relay Output Card
CUB5RLY0
Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card
CUB5SNK0
RS485 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM1
RS232 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM2
USB Programming Option Card
CUB5USB0
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLA – PAX Lite DC Volt Meter with Built-in Outputs • • • • • • •
5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points Programmable User Input Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay IP65 Rated Optional Custom Unit Overlay with Backlight Minimum and Maximum Display Capture
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Output
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
200mV DC 2V DC 10V DC 20V DC 200V DC
2x Relay (5A)
50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
PAXLA000
Accessories
4-210
Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.8. DC Voltage Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.8.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXD – Intelligent DC Volt Meter • • • • • • • • •
5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/-200mV DC +/-2V DC +/-20V DC +/-200V DC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXD0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXD0010
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
10 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM010
100 Amp DC Current Shunt
APSCM100
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
4-211
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.8. DC Voltage Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.8.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAX2A – Universal Intelligent DC Volt Meter • • • • • • • •
4
5 Digit, 14mm High Red LED Display Universal Process Inputs 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card) IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)
Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
PAX2A000
Accessories
4-212
Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.9. AC Voltage Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.9.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXLVA – PAX Lite AC Volt Meter • • • • • • •
Selectable AC voltage ranges 4 Digit, 14.2 mm LED w/Polarity Built-in Scaling Provisions Selectable Decimal Point Location Auto Zeroing Circuits Over-Range Indication IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/- 1.999 V AC +/- 19.99 V AC +/- 199.9 V AC +/- 300V AC
115/240VAC
PAXLVA00
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PAXLHV – PAX Lite AC Voltage Monitor • • •
Up to 600 VAC max Auto Zero Circuit IP65 Sealed Front Bezel
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
0 to 600VAC
115/240VAC
PAXLHV00
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-213
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.9. AC Voltage Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.9.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXH – Intelligent AC Current Meter • • • • • • • • •
4
5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display 16 Point Scaling for Non-Linear Processes 9 Digit Totalizer with Batching Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/-200mV AC +/-2V AC +/-20V AC +/-300V AC
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXH0000
Accessories
4-214
Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.10. Temperature Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.10.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXLRT / LTC – PAX Lite Temperature Meter • • • • • •
4 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display Programmable Temperature Offset Programmable Digital Filtering Peak/Valley (HI/LO Reading) Memory IP65 Rated Custom Units Overlay with Backlight
4
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)
85 to 250VAC
PAXLRT00
Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV
PAXLTC00
Accessories Description
Code
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
DP5T – PAX Temperature Meter • • • • • •
5 Digit, 14 mm LED Display Thermocouple & RTD Inputs Linear Scaling 9 Digit Totalizer AC and DC Powered Versions IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Type
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV
85-250VAC
DP5T0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
DP5T0010
Accessories Description
Code
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-215
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.10. Temperature Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.10.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
CUB5RT/TC – Miniature Intelligent Temperature Meter • • • • • • • • •
4
Thermocouple or RTD inputs Programmable Temperature Offset Minimum and Maximum Display Capture 12.2 mm High Digits, LCD, Reflective or Green/Red LED Backlighting Optional Serial Communication Modules (RS-232 or RS-485) Optional Setpoint Cards available (Dual Sink or Relay) Optional USB Programming Card available Display Colour Change Capability at Setpoint Output IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types RTD
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Reflective
3-wire 100 OHM Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392)
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
9-28VDC
CUB5RTR0
Red/Green Backlight Reflective Red/Green Backlight
CUB5RTB0
Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV
CUB5TCR0 CUB5TCB0
Accessories Description
Code
Single Setpoint Relay Output Card
CUB5RLY0
Dual Setpoint NPN Output Card
CUB5SNK0
RS485 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM1
RS232 Serial Communications Card
CUB5COM2
USB Programming Option Card
CUB5USB0
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
Integrated Power Supply, 85 to 250 VAC
MLPS1000
Base Mount Kit
BMK60000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single units
ENC8A000
Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for units with an MLPS1 attached
ENC8B000
PAXLT – PAX Lite Temperature Meter with Built-in Outputs • • • • • • • •
5 Digit, 14.2mm High Red LED Display Backlight Overlays Included (°C and °F) Max and Min Reading Memory Programmable Temperature Offset Dual 5 Amp Form C Relays Universally Powered IP65 Rated Thermocouple and RTD Inputs
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Power Source
Outputs
Code
Red LED
RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N
50-250VAC 21.6 to 250VDC
2 x Relay (5A)
PAXLT000
Accessories
4-216
Description
Code
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.10. Temperature Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.10.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXT – Intelligent Temperature Meter • • • • • • • • • •
5 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display Backlight Overlays Included (°C and °F) Thermocouple & RTD Inputs Time – Temperature Integrator Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV Scale
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXT0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXT0010
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Typical application Monitoring Ceramic Tile Temperature The process for the manufacturing of ceramic tile requires the tile to be maintained at a certain glazing temperature. Presently, the operator views the temperature display to determine if the temperature is within the desired temperature range for the specific project. Defective product would sometimes be produced because the operators were performing other tasks and not watching closely. The solution to this application is the PAXT0000 Thermocouple Panel Meter. By inserting the PAXCDS10 setpoint card, a low alarm setpoint and high alarm setpoint may be configured as warnings.
4-217
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.10. Temperature Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.10.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAX2A – Universal Intelligent Temperature Meter • • • • • • •
4
Universal Process Inputs 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm & 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (W/Serial Option Card Installed) Communications: R232, RS485, DeviceNet and Profibus (W/Option Card) IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)
Process Signals 0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC DC Current +/-250mA, +/-25mA, +/2.5mA, +/-2A DC Voltage +/-250mV, +/-2V, +/-10V, +/-25V, +/-100V, +/-200V Thermocouples T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N, C RTD’s PT100 (.00385, .00392) Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10Kohm
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
PAX2A000
Accessories
4-218
Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.11. Load Cell Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.11.1. Without Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXLSG – PAX Lite Load Cell Meter • • • • • • •
4 Digit, 14.2 mm Red LED Display High Sensitivity, 10mV full scale Built-in Excitation 5 or 10 VDC Selectable Decimal Points Over-Range Indication Custom Units Overlay with Backlight IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
Single-ended or differential input, ±2.0 V max.
85 to 250VAC
PAXLSG00
Accessories Description
Code
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK30
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-219
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.11. Load Cell Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.11.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAXS – Intelligent Load Cell Meter • • • • • • • • •
4
5 Digit, 14 mm Red LED Display 5 or 10 VDC Bridge Excitation Programmable Auto-Zero Tracking Programmable Function Keys / User Inputs Four Setpoint Alarm Outputs (W/Option Card) Communications and Bus Capabilities (W/Option Card) Analog Output Signal (W/Option Card) PC Software Available for Meter Configuration IP65 Rated
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Red LED
+/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
PAXS0000
11-36VDC 24VAC
PAXS0010
Accessories
4-220
Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
Engineering Units Label Kit
PAXLBK10
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.11. Load Cell Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.11.2. With Outputs
Discount Code L3
PAX2S – Universal Intelligent Load Cell Meter • • • • • • • • • •
Load cells, Strain Gage, and Pressure Sensors 6/9 Digit Dual Line/Colour Display with 18mm and 8.9mm digits Variable Contrast and Intensity Display Built-in USB Port for programming Meter Update Rate up to 160/Second Built-in Modbus Communications (With Serial Option Card Installed) Setpoints: Dual and Quad Relay; Quad Sinking and Sourcing Retransmitted Analog Output Communications: RS232, RS485, DeviceNet, and Profibus IP65 Rated
4
Order Codes Display
Input Range
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
Tri-Colour (Red, Green or Orange)
+/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
PAX2S000
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
Analog Output Card
PAXCDL10
Ethernet Communications Gateway
ICM80000
USB Programming Cable Type A-Mini B
CBLUSB01
DIN Rail Mount Adapter Kit
BMK90000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for single unit
ENC5B000
IP65 Plastic Enclosure pre-cut for two units
ENC5C000
4-221
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display
ProducTVity Station Continuous improvement driven by continuous information. The principles of Lean manufacturing are now widely acknowledged as the most effective method for continuous improvement of factory productivity, flow, quality, uptime and waste reduction. Whether Kaizen, Six Sigma, Total Quality Management or another initiative, these operational excellence programs rely heavily on the measurement and display of Key Performance Indicators (KPIs).
4
KPIs are top level metrics that illustrate the utilization of facilities, time, material and personnel for manufacturing and process operations. Linked to target values that indicate gaps between actual and ideal performance, KPIs communicate success or failure of processes or operations, as well as measure the positive or negative effect of changes. To make this data actionable, KPIs are communicated in an understandable and meaningful way to those responsible for it – production floor personnel and their supervisors. In the past, this was done with a chalkboard. Today, large electronic scoreboards can automate communication to the entire plant floor in real time. Studies have shown how measuring and displaying KPIs produce immediate gains in operator performance, if for no other reasons than monitoring awareness, pride or employee competitiveness. In the most efficient manufacturing or process environment, every operator on the plant floor has visual acuity to current production rates and targets in real time. In many cases, a single percent improvement in productivity can cost-justify a production scoreboard in a single day.
Collect and display KPIs on any TV. In just minutes! Red Lion’s ProducTVity Station lets you create your own sophisticated production scoreboard using standard, consumer-grade LCD, LED or plasma TVs you can purchase for less than $500. • • • • • • • •
4-222
Built-in communications drivers and protocol conversion let you interface to most PLCs, drives and other automation equipment Requires no dedicated PCs, SCADA or OPC Server Automatically page between multiple screens of KPI, trends, Andon, messaging and more Powerful programming capabilities with included Crimson software lets you customize solutions to your exact requirements or as needs change Works with any brand or size of modern TV, monitor or projector Easily duplicate information on multiple TVs with common signal splitters Completely internet-ready with built in Web and FTP servers for remote access and control Create the versatile system you want at a fraction of the cost of inflexible industrial scoreboard solutions PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display
ProducTVity Station 4
The ready-to-deploy scoreboard solution that links performance to any TV. ProducTVity Station lets you create your own interactive, real-time productivity scoreboard in minutes, using any consumer model LED/LCD or plasma TV. Save thousands over packaged industrial displays and get unprecedented capabilities, fast and easy connectivity to your machines with unlimited possibilities including: • Complete performance metrics: KPI, Takt, OEE/TEEP • Flow monitoring: line status, calls, maintenance • Andon: events, alerts, downtime timers • Production smoothing: Heijunka, Kanban • Safety: scorecards, messaging, reminders • Communications & Web: messaging, news, break timers • Operator guidance: picking, assembly ...and much more
4-223
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.1. ProducTVity Display
Supported Manufactures
4
ABB Siemens Omron Eaton Fatek Johnson Controls Schneider Unitronics Yaskawa Yokogawa Square D Matsushita / Panasonic MicroMod Automation Mitsubishi Electric Modbus AC Tech Adam Allen Bradley Alpha Gear Alstom Animatics Applied Motion BACnet Baldor Banner Beckhoff ADS Bristol Babcock CAN EZ Automation Festo FlowCom Garmin GPS GE Giddings & Lewis Hardy Instruments HBM Hitachi Intelligent Actuator Ircon Honeywell IDEC IFM IMO Indramat Caterpillar Contrex Control Tecniques Cruisair CTC Danfoss Delta C DeviceNet Dometic Dupline Elmo EMCO Emerson Ethernet IP CAN J1939 KEB Keyence King Klockner Moeller KollMorgen AC Drives Koyo Krohne Lenze LG/LS Maguire MicroMod Automation Mitsubishi Electric Motrona MTS
4-224
ProducTVity Station
Features: Communication, connectivity, conversion and collection, all-in-one. • • • • • • • •
720p DVI output to leverage affordable consumer TVs with no compatibility issues USB and CompactFlash® ports let you track and log data directly to IT-friendly CSV Files Three built-in independent serial ports plus one 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet port capable of communicating 10 protocols simultaneously Built-in protocol conversion with over 200 communications drivers Integrated Ethernet gateway to network-enable serial or fieldbus machines onto a common communications backbone in minutes Expansion port to add additional serial or Ethernet ports, as well as various fieldbuses such as DeviceNet and Profibus Processor with 32-bit floating-point math to calculate complex and time-based metrics Built-in Web and FTP servers provide worldwide access to data logs and status
ProducTVity Station is driven by Red Lion’s powerful programming platform – Crimson. A full version of the Crimson 3.0 software suite is included at no extra charge, including free lifetime support and upgrades. With unprecedented ease to collect, analyze and display KPI and Andon information, Crimson is unlike any other productivity visualization tool: • • • • •
Collect data directly from devices such as PLCs, drives, bar code scanners and more Drag-and-drop data mapping to PLCs, PCs, and SCADA systems; lets a Siemens® PLC to talk to an Allen Bradley® drive in just seconds Built in graphics library featuring over 5,000 of drag-and-drop elements Synchronize with FTP servers and MS SQL Server Mail Manager allows notifications to be sent to one or several defined recipients via text message and e-mail; report or logged data files can be attached to e-mail
Display a host of production metrics, trends, alerts, scheduling, guidance and more.
Warn of line down conditions immediately, to reduce overall downtime.
Create screens that provide KPIs and Andon information at a glance.
Inform personnel of the problem, as well as whose attention is required, to minimize disruptions to production.
Compare each shift’s production against the others to spot potential issues, and to drive a competitive spirit.
Inform operators of current run and upcoming requirements to reduce changeover time.
Calculate advanced KPIs such as OEE to drive continuous improvement initiatives.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.12.1. ProducTVity Display
Discount Code L3
Features and Specifications: POWER: 24 VDC ± 10% 450 mA min. (1 module) 3.4 Amps max. (16 modules + Expansion Card) Must use NEC Class 2 rated power supply. COMMUNICATIONS: USB/PG Port: Adheres to USB 2.0 specification full speed only via Type B connection. USB Host Port: Complies with USB specification Rev 2.0. Hardware over current protected (0.5A max). DVI Port: Digital Visual Interface version 1.3, single link, provides a digital video feed, with a resolution of 1280 horizontal x 720 vertical pixels, progressive scan, adhering to CEA-861-E (720p). DDC support, HDCP is not supported. Colour depth is 32K.
Serial Ports: Serial ports are individually isolated. RS232/PG Port: RS232 port via RJ12 COMMS Ports: RS422/485 port via RJ45, and RS232 port via RJ12 Ethernet Port: 10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX MEMORY: On-board User Memory: 128Mbytes of non-volatile Flash memory. On-board RAM: 64Mbytes. Memory Card: CompactFlash Typ II slot for Type I and Type II cards – 2GB CompactFlash card included.
Order Codes Description
ProducTVity Station Also includes…2GB CompactFlash Card 3M DVI to HDMI Cable HDMI to DVI Adaptor (for DVI to DVI connections)
Code
PTV00000
Option Cards Type
Communications Option Cards for the PTV (1 only per PTV)
Description
Code
CANopen/J1939 Card
XCCN0000
Ethernet Option Card (Adds independent, secondary port)
RS232/485 Card Profibus-DP (Slave) Card DeviceNet (Slave) Card GSM/GPRS Cellular Modem Card
I/O Option Cards for the PTV (16 Max. I/O Cards per PTV)
Eight Inputs, Six Relay Outputs Eight Inputs, Six Solid State Outputs 8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module 8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module c/w 100 Linearizer 8 Channel ±10 V Input Module 8 Channel ±10 V Input Module c/w 100 Linearizer 4 Channel Analog Output Module Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs Single Loop Module, Relay & Analog Outputs Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs
XCENET00 XCRS0000
XCPBDP00 XCDN0000
XCGSM000 CSDIO14R CSDIO14S CSINI800 CSINI8L0
CSINV800 CSINV8L0
CSOUT400 CSPID1R0
CSPID1RA CSPID1S0
Single Loop Module, Solid State & Analog Outputs
CSPID1SA
Single Loop Module, Triac & Analog Outputs
CSPID1TA
Dual Loop Module, Relay Outputs Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs 6 Channel Input, RTD Single Loop, 1 Load Cell Input, Relay & Analog Outputs Single Loop, 1 Load Cell Input, Solid State & Analog Output Single Loop, 2 SG Inputs, Relay & Analog Outputs Single Loop, 2 SG Inputs, Solid State & Analog Outputs 8 Channel Thermocouple Module
CSPID2R0 CSPID2S0 CSPID2T0
CSRTD600
CSSG10RA CSSG10SA
CSSG11RA CSSG11SA CSTC8000
Accessories Description
Code
Communications Cables to Serial 3rd Party Devices (3m)
CBLxxxxx*
USB Programming Cable (3m) DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter 1Gb Compact Flash Card 2Gb Compact Flash Card 5dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card 7dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card
CBLUSB00 DRRJ45T8 DRRJ11T6
G3CF001G G3CF002G
ANT5DB5M ANT7DB5M
* Contact Customer Service
4-225
4
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.1. ProducTVity Displays
4.12.1.1. Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits Ceiling & Wallmount Display Kits Ceiling Mount - 50mm Poles BT7822S Silver Cable management Coverplate included Safety bolt for secure installation Ceiling plate dia: 150mm Ceiling drop: 120mm
4
50mm Dia Extension Pole BT7850-200S - 2 meters Cable Management Safety bolt holes at top & bottom
50mm Accessory Collar BT7052S Collar for use with 50mm poles Includes silver coverplate Quick Release Mounting Adaptor - BT8432S Silver Wall or pole mounting display bracket. Torsion tilt mechanism for +/-15 ̊ tilt Includes locking bar for secure installation Simple hook-on installation with all mounting hardware included
Kit 1 - Wallmount Description
42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display
QTY
1
Code
BDL4245E
Wall Mount Display Bracket
1
BT8432S
HDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60M)
1
ATHD4V40SRS
HDMI high speed cable (1M)
1
DKH101UP
Kit 2 - Single Display Ceiling Mount Description
42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display
2
1
QTY
1
Code
BDL4245E
Ceiling Bracket
1
BT7822S
50mm Diameter 2m extension pole
1
BT7850-20S
50mm collar for pole mounting TV
2
BT7052S
Pole mount Display Bracket
1
BT8432S
HDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60m)
1
ATHD4V40SRS
HDMI high speed cable (1m)
1
DKH101UP
Description
QTY
Code
Ceiling Bracket
1
BT7822S
50mm Diameter 2m extension pole
1
BT7850-20S
50mm collar for pole mounting TV
2
BT7052S
Pole mount Display Bracket
2
BT8432S
HDMI EXT Kit over single CAT5 (60m)
1
ATHD4V40SRS
1x Input / 2x Output HDMI Splitter
1
ATHDV12
HDMI high speed cable (1m)
3
DKH101UP
Kit 3 - Dual Display Ceiling Mount 42” LCD Philips commercial rated Display
1
4-226
2
2
BDL4245E
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays
4.12.2. Plant Floor Marquee 4.12.3. DC Volt/Current/Process Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L3
PFM – Plant Floor Marquee • • • •
Tri-colour Display Provides Instant Notice of Important Information Displays Information from any SX/GT Models of the Data Station and Modular Controller Graphical Design Allows Bargraphs, Custom Symbols and Graphics Four Sizes for a Wide Range of Applications
4
Order Codes Display (LED Tri-Colour Red/Amber/Green) Resolution
Dimensions
Max. Viewing Distance
Power Supply
Code
240VAC
PFM1608B
16H x 80W
660x168x61mm
45m
24H x 120W
978x224x86mm
60m
PFM2412B
Accessories Description
Code
Cable from Data Station Plus or Modular Controller to PFM
CBLPFM00
LDA – Large DC Volt/Current/Process Display • • • • • •
Wide Input Range of Analog Signals 57mm & 101mm High Red LED Digits Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points Dual 5 Amp Form C Relay Aluminium IP65 Case Construction RS232/RS485 Serial Communications
Order Codes Display
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
5 Digit 57mm Red LED
Process 4 to 20mA, 1 to 5VDC, 0 to 10VDC DC Voltages 200mV, 2V, 20V, 200V, 10V DC Currents 200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA
2 x Relay RS232 or RS485
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
LD2A05P0
5 Digit 101mm Red LED
LD4A05P0
4-227
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays 4.12.4. Serial Slave Displays 4.12.5. Counter & Rate Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code L3
LDSS – Large Serial Slave Display • • • • • •
4
57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits Displays up to 6 Digits of Serial ASCII Data Dual Display Buffer Allows Alternating Displays Selectable RS232 or RS485 Serial Interface Connects Directly to Red Lion Products with Serial communications Aluminium IP65 Case Construction
Order Codes Display
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
6 Digit 57mm Red LED
RS485 or RS232 Serial Communications
N/A
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
LD2SS6P0
6 Digit 101mm Red LED
LD4SS6P0
LD – Large Display Counter and Rate Indicator • • • • • • • •
57mm & 101mm High Red LED Digits Available in 4 or 6 Digit Versions Single or Dual Counter with Rate Indicator* Built-in Batch Counting Capability* Programmable Scaling and Decimal Points* Dual 5 AMP Form C Relay* RS232/RS485 Serial Communications* Aluminium IP65 Rated 4X Case Construction *LD2006P0 & LD4006P0 Models Only
Order Codes Display
Input Types
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
4 Digit 57mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)
N/A
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
LD200400
6 Digit 57mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons) 4 Digit 101mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)
LD400400
6 Digit 101mm Red LED (No Front Panel Buttons)
LD400600
6 Digit 101mm Red LED (With Front Panel Buttons) 6 Digit 101mm Red LED (With Front Panel Buttons)
4-228
LD200600
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
2 x Relay RS232 or RS485
LD2006P0
LD4006P0
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.12.6. Timer Displays 4.12.7. Load Cell Displays
Discount Code L3
LDT – Large Display Timer & Cycle Counter • • • • • • • •
57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits 6-Digit Bi-directional Timing Capability 5-Digit Cycle Counting Capability Selectable Timer Ranges and Operating Modes Elapsed Timer and Preset Timer Functionality Serial Communications (Selectable RS232 or RS485) 5 AMP Form C Relay Output Aluminium IP65 Case Construction
4
Order Codes Display
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
6 Digit 57mm Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)
2 x Relay RS232 or RS485
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
LD2T06P0
6 Digit 101mm Red LED
LD4T06P0
LDS – Large Display Load Cell/ Stain Gauge • • • • • •
5 Digit, 57mm or 101mm High Red LED Digits Load Cell or Strain Gauge Input Serial Communications (Selectable RS232 or RS485) Universally Powered 5 AMP Form C Relay Output Aluminium IP65 Case Construction
Order Codes Display
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
6 Digit 57mm Red LED
+/- 24 mV or +/- 240 mV Inputs
2 x Relay RS232 or RS485
50-250VAC 21.6-250VDC
LD2SG5P0
6 Digit 101mm Red LED
LD4SG5P0
4-229
4. Digital Displays & Controllers 4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.12.8. Universal Input Displays
Discount Code L3
LPAX & EPAX – Universal Large Displays • • • • • • • •
4
Large PAX Displays 38 mm High Red LED Display (LPAX) 101 mm High Red LED Display (EPAX) Various Input Modules Available (via Plug-in MPAX Modules) Alarms, Analog Outputs, and Communications Custom Units Label with Backlight for LPAX5 and LPAXDA Analog Units only IP65 Rated Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered Separately
LPAX Order Codes (Display only) Display
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
5 Digit 38mm Red LED
Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered Separately See table below.
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
Based on MPAX Module Selection. (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.
LPAX0500
6 Digit 38mm Red LED
LPAX0600
5 Digit 38mm Red LED
0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC
LPAXDA00
6 Digit 38mm Red LED
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)
LPAXCK00
EPAX Order Codes (Display only) Display
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
5 Digit 101mm Red LED
Input Module (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
Based on MPAX Module Selection. (MPAX units) Ordered Separately. See table below.
EPAX0500
6 Digit 101mm Red LED
EPAX0600
MPAX Order Codes (Input Module for LPAX or EPAX Display) Used With
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
LPAX0500 EPAX0500
DC Voltage 200mV, 2V, 20V, 300V DC Current 200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 2A Resistance 100ohm, 1000ohm, 10kohm
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
MPAXD000
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXD010
0/4 to 20mA 0 to 10VDC
85-250VAC
MPAXP000
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXP010
RTD 3-wire 100 OHM RTD Sensors (ALPHA = 0.00385 or ALPHA =0.00392) Thermocouple T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N or mV Scale
85-250VAC
MPAXT000
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXT010
Load Cell Input +/-24mV or +/-240mV
85-250VAC
MPAXS000
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXS010
AC Voltage 200mV, 2V, 20V, 300V AC Current 200uA, 2mA, 20mA, 200mA, 5A
85-250VAC
MPAXH000
LPAX Dimensions
4-230
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
4.12. Large Graphic & LED Displays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
4.12.8. Universal Input Displays
Discount Code L3
MPAX Order Codes (Input Module for LPAX or EPAX Display) Used With
Input Ranges
Outputs
Power Supply
Code
LPAX0600 EPAX0600
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
Field Upgradable (See option cards below)
85-250VAC
MPAXI020
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXI030
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)
85-250VAC
MPAXC020
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXC030
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
85-250VAC
MPAXR020
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXR030
Dual Rate Input Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP Magnetic Pickups (Max. 30VDC)
85-250VAC
MPAXDR00
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXDR10
LPAXCK00 EPAX0600
Dip-Switch Selectable Switch Contacts NPN PNP (Max. 30VDC)
85-250VAC
MPAXCK00
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXCK10
LPAXDP00 EPAX0500
Two of any below +/- 0/4 to 20mA +/- 0 to 10VDC
85-250VAC
MPAXDP00
11-36VDC/24VAC
MPAXDP10
4
Accessories Description
Code
Dual Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS10
Quad Setpoint Relay Output Card
PAXCDS20
Quad Setpoint NPN Output Card
PAXCDS30
Quad Setpoint PNP Output Card
PAXCDS40
RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC10
Extended RS485 Serial Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC1C
RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ Terminal Block
PAXCDC20
Extended RS232 Serial Communications Card w/ DB9 Connector
PAXCDC2C
DeviceNet Communications Card
PAXCDC30
Modbus Communications Card
PAXCDC40
Extended Modbus Communications Card w/ Dual RJ11 Connector
PAXCDC4C
Profibus-DP Communications Card
PAXCDC50
LPAX IP65 Aluminium Enclosure
ENC90000
LPAX Shroud
SHRLPAX0
LPAX Mounting Brackets
MBLPAX00
EPAX IP65 Aluminium Enclosure with Shroud
EPAXENSH
EPAX Programming Remote with 3m Cable
EPAXPGM0
EPAX Dimensions
4-231
5. Process Sensors Section Guide Overview
Section 5
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
2.1.1. Micro
2.1.1.1. AM1 Series
Discount Code L5
5
5-232
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Process Sensors 5. Process Sensors 5-232 Section Guide Overview 5-234 5.1. Level 5-238 5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5-238 5.1.1.1. Industrial 5-238 5.1.1.2. Precision 5-246 5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5-249 5.1.2.1. Industrial 5-249 5.2. Pressure 5-252 5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5-252 5.2.1.1. Industrial 5-252 5.2.1.2. Precision 5-264 5.2.1.3. OEM 5-268 5.2.2. Plug-on Display 5-269 5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5-270 5.2.3.1. Industrial 5-270 5.2.3.2. Precision 5-273 5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5-274 5.2.4.1. Industrial 5-274 5.2.4.2. Precision 5-276 5.2.4.3. OEM 5-277 5.3. Switches 5-278 5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5-278 5.3.1.1. Industrial 5-278 5.3.1.2. Precision 5-283 5.3.1.3. OEM 5-284
5-233
5. Process Sensors Section Guide Overview
Level A submersible / hydrostatic level sensor is used to measure the pressure created by a liquid. The greater the height of the liquid, the greater the pressure. The sensor needs to be close to the bottom of the tank and either fitted on the outside via a thread or a flange, or entering into the top of the tank and then attached to the bottom.
5
CableSensor
0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 200
•
•
0 ... 0.6 up to 0 ... 100
•
•
•
LMK 358H
•
39.5
0 ... 0.6 up to 0 ... 100
•
•
•
LMP 305
•
19
•
0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250
•
LMP 307
•
27
•
0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250
•
•
•
LMP 307T
•
27
•
0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 250
•
•
•
LMK 306
•
17
•
0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 200
•
LMK 307
•
27
•
0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 250
•
•
•
•
ATEX, SIL, IECEX
5-241
LMK 382
•
39.5
•
0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 100
•
•
•
•
ATEX
5-243
SIL
5-244
Water
Separable
•
39.5
Not separable
35
•
Pressure Range / Level [mH2O]
Aggressive Media
Fuel and Oil
•
LMK 382H
Plastic
LMP 308i
Stainless Steel
Sewage
Preferred areas of use
Stainless Steel Sensor
Housing Material
ø [mm]
Level
Ceramic Sensor
As a hydrostatic sensor needs to be in contact with the product then we need to ensure that the materials are compatible, and any aggressive medium doesn’t eat away at the instrument. Our range of sensors are made from a variety of stainless steel which is usually fine, but for aggressive media such as acids, we can provide sensors made from engineered ceramics that will suit the conditions. Special versions with IECEx hazardous area approvals , integrated temperature sensor, communications such as Modbus RS485, or HART Protocol are all available.
Certificates
Page
Precision
•
•
ATEX, IECEX
5-246
•
ATEX, HART®
5-248
ATEX, HART®
5-247
•
Industry •
5-238 ATEX, SIL, IECEX
5-242
•
LMK 807
•
35
•
0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 100
•
•
•
LMK 809
•
45
•
0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 100
•
•
•
5-240 5-239
5-245
Screw-in Transmitter LMP 331
•
•
0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 400
•
ATEX, SIL, IECEX
5-249
LMK 331
•
•
•
0 ... 4 up to 0 ... 600
•
•
•
•
ATEX, SIL
5-250
LMK 351
•
•
•
0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 200
•
•
•
•
ATEX
5-251
5-234
•
•
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Section Guide Overview
Pressure A comprehensive family of products that include vacuum, gauge, absolute and differential pressure transmitters. Based on different sensor technologies, combined with housing materials such as stainless steel and various plastics, our industrial pressure transmitters are suitable for almost all industrial gasses and fluids. Many different types of mechanical and electrical connections, ensures you will find the correct sensor for nearly any application. Special versions with IECEx hazardous area approvals, integrated temperature sensor, communications such as Modbus RS485, or HART Protocol are all available.
5
Pressure
•
•
•
•
DRD flange
lameproof enclosure, cooling element up to 300°C
Certificates
Flange
0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600
Varivent® (3A-certification)
Inch thread flush
0.1 %
Clamp (3A-certification)
Options / Special Characteristics
Dairy Pipe
Nominal Pressure [bar]
Inch and NPT thraed
Accuracy (fSO) (1)
Ceramic Sensor
Stainless Steel Sensor
Preferred areas of use
•
•
ATEX, HART®
Page
5-264
Precision XMP i
•
XMP ci x|act i
• •
x|act ci
•
0.1 %
0 ... 0.06 up to 0 ... 20
flameproof enclosure
0.1 %
0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 40
hygienic version, cooling element up to 300°C
0.1 %
0 ... 0.06 up to 0 ... 20
hygienic version
•
•
•
ATEX, HART®
5-265
•
•
•
•
•
ATEX, HART®, 3A
5-266
•
•
•
•
•
ATEX, HART®
5-267
ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX
5-252
Industry DMP 343
•
0.35 %
0 ... 0.01 up to 0 ... 1
for non-aggressive gases
•
DMP 331
•
0.35 %
0 ... 0.01 up to 0 ... 1
universal applications
•
DMP 333
•
0.35 %
0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 600
universal applications
•
•
ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX
5-253
ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX
5-254
ATEX, IECEX
5-256
DMP 339
•
0.35 %
0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 600
G 1/2“ flush
DMP 335
•
0.5 %
0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 600
welded version
•
ATEX, UL, IECEX
5-255
DMP 334
•
0.35 %
0 ... 600 up to 0 ... 2.200
adjustability of span and offset
•
ATEX, UL
5-257
•
DMK 351
•
0.35 %
0 ... 0.04 up to 0 ... 20
diaphragm 99.9% Al2O3, pressure port PVDF
•
ATEX
5-260
DMK 331
•
0.5 %
0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600
pressure port PVDF for agressive media
•
ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX
5-259
ATEX, DNV, GL, CCS, IECEX
5-258
ATEX, SIL, UL, 3A, IECEX
5-261
ATEX, SIL, UL, IECEX
5-262
ATEX
5-263
DMP 457
•
0.35 %
0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 600
DMP 331P
•
0.35 %
0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 40
hygienic version, cooling element up to 300°C
•
•
•
DMK 331P
•
0.5 %
0 ... 60 up to 0 ... 400
illing fluid with FDA approval, cooling element up to 300°C
•
DMK 351P
•
0.35 %
0 ... 0.04 up to 0 ... 20
diaphragm 99.9% Al2O3
•
•
0.5 %
0 ... 1 up to 0 ... 400
oil and grease free version
•
•
•
•
•
•
OEM 26.600 G
•
5-268
(1) according to Iec 60770
5-235
5. Process Sensors Section Guide Overview
Switches Pressure switches with up to 4 output contacts and with a digital display. Depending on the application, the universal pressure measuring devices with display and switching contacts can be used as a pressure transmitter, electronic pressure switch or digital pressure gauge. Due to the simple handling as well as the variety of software features , switching points and hysteresis values are easily configurable with added functions such as on-delay, min/max value data storage, display and analogue output signal also scalable. Our comprehensive range is suitable as an intelligent pressure switch for general plant and machine construction and the food processing industry.
5
Page
Clamp
Certificates Dairy Pipe
1/2/4
1/2
Nominal Pressure [bar]
Inch thread flush
Pressure Port
Inch and NPT thraed
Contacts Accuracy (FsO) (1)
Plastic
Housing Material Stainless steel ball housing
Switches
Precision DS 400
•
0.35 %
•
0 ... 100 up to 0 ... 600
•
ATEX
5-280
DS 401
•
0.5 %
•
0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600
•
ATEX
5-281
DS 200
•
0.35 %
•
0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 600
•
ATEX
5-278
DS 201
•
0.5 %
•
0 ... 0.4 up to 0 ... 600
•
ATEX
5-279
DS 400P
0.35 %
•
0 ... 0.1 up to 0 ... 40
DS 217
• •
0.5 %
•
0 ... 6 up to 0 ... 600
•
•
•
•
ATEX, 3A
5-282
5-283
DS 230
•
1.5 %
•
0 ... 2 up to 0 ... 400
•
5-284
(1) according to Iec 60770
5-236
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Section Guide Overview
IECEx Certification : The Way to Safety Compliance in Hazardous Areas Modern day industrial automation has increased the need for electric equipment in hazardous areas. These are places where flammable liquids, vapours, gases or combustible dusts could present a fire or explosion hazard. They are also called “Hazardous Locations” or “Explosive Atmospheres” or Ex Areas. The use of equipment, especially electrical, in these areas is generally highly regulated. It is in the interest of industry and governments to ensure that Ex Areas and the personnel working in them are as safe as possible. The IECEx scheme is the first international certification scheme in the world and certificates issued under this scheme will be accepted by all member countries which include UK, France, Germany, Australia, Canada and USA. Australian Standards are following IEC Standards with Australia being a member country of the IECEx certification scheme.
5
5-237
5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
LMP 305 – Slimline Probe with Stainless Steal Sensor The slimline probe LMP 305 with silicon stainless steel sensor is designed for continuous level measurement in confined space conditions. Permissible media are clean or waste water and thin fluids. A stainless steel sensor with low thermal error, excellent linearity and long term stability, is basis of LMP 305. Nominal pressure from 0 ... 1 mH2O up to 0 ... 250 mH2O Special characteristics Diameter 19 mm for cramped areas Small thermal effect Excellent long term stability & linearity
5
Preferred areas of use are: Water Level measurement in confined space conditions Ground water monitoring Depth or level measurement in wells and open waters Drinking water system Level measurement in container
5-238
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
LMK 306 – Slimline Probe with Ceramic Sensor The slimline probe LMK 306 with ceramic sensor has been especially designed for the continuous level measurement at confined space conditions. Permissible media are clean or slightly contaminated water and thin fluids. Different cable sheath materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 6 mH2O up to 0 ... 200 mH2O Special Characteristics Ceramic Sensor Diameter 17 mm Suitable for hydrostatic level measurement Good linearity & long term stability
5
Preferred areas of use are: Water Level measurement in confined space conditions Ground water monitoring Depth or level measurement in wells Drinking water Level measurement in open tanks
5-239
5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
LMP 307 – Industry Standard Probe with Stainless Steal Sensor The stainless steel probe LMP 307 is designed for continuous level measurement in water and clean or waste fluids. Basic element is a high quality stainless steel sensor with high requirements for exact measurement with excellent long term stability. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 1 mH2O up to 0 ... 250 mH2O Special Characteristics Stainless Steel Sensor Diameter 27 mm Small thermal effect Excellent accuracy & long term stability
5
Preferred areas of use are: Water Drinking water system Ground water level measurement Rain spillway basin Pump and booster stations Level measurement in container
5-240
Sewage Water treatment plants Waste water treatment Water recycling
Fuel / Oil Fuel storage Tank farm
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
LMK 307 – Industry Standard Probe with Ceramic Sensor The level transmitter LMK 307 is designed for continuous level measurement in water or waste water applications. Basic element is a flush mounted ceramic sensor. Suitable for all fluids which are compatible with media wetted materials. Different cable and elastomer materials can be offered according to the customer-specific operating conditions. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 4 mH2O up to 0 ... 250 mH2O Special Characteristics Ceramic Sensor Diameter 27 mm Good linearity & long term stability Preferred areas of use are: Water Drinking water system Ground water monitoring Storm water reservoir
5 Sewage Waste water treatment Water recycling Dumpsite
Fuel / Oil Fuel storage Tank farm Biogas plants
Protection cap removable
5-241
5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
LMP 307T – Stainless Steel Sensor and Temperature Sensor The LMP 307T stainless steel submersible probe is designed for continuous level and temperature measurement in water or clean to lightly-soiled liquids. The advantage: simultaneous recording of level and temperature with separate independent signal amplification. The maintenance and wiring costs are considerably reduced. In addition to classical signal processing of the level, an additional signal circuit independent of the level which converts the temperature signal into a 4 … 20 mA analogue signal in 2-wire technology is provided. Nominal Pressure from 0 … 1mH20 up to 0 … 250mH20
5
Special Characteristics Separate output signals for pressure and temperature ranges Diameter only 27mm Preferred areas of use: Water Filtrated sewage
5-242
Fuel / Oil Tank farm
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
LMK 382 – Probe with Ceramic Sensor for Viscous and Pasty Media The stainless steel probe LMK 382 has been designed for continuous level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity mediums. Basic element is a robust and high overpressure capable capacitive ceramic sensor e.g. for low levels. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 40 cmH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O Special Characteristics Ceramic Sensor Diameter 39.5 mm Especially designed for sewage, viscous and pasty media Preferred areas of use are: Sewage Waste water treatment Water recycling
Fuel / Oil Level monitoring in open tanks with low filling heights Fuel storage Tank farms Biogas plants
5 Aggressive Media Level measurement for most acids
5-243
5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
LMK 807 – Plastic Submersible Probe for Aggressive Media The plastic submersible probe LMK 807 is designed for continuous level measurement for waste water or and different aggressive media. Basic element of the plastic submersible probe is the flush mounted ceramic sensor, which makes cleaning easier when solid parts of the medium deposit on it. Different cable and elastomer materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 4 mH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O
5
Special Characteristics Ceramic Sensor Diameter 35 mm Excellent long term stability Preferred areas of use are: Sewage Waste water treatment Water recycling Dumpsite
5-244
Aggressive Media Level measurement in most of acids
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
LMK 809 – Plastic Submersible Probe for Aggressive Media The plastic submersible probe LMK 809 is designed for continuous level measurement in waste water or in most of aggressive media. Basic element is a capacitive ceramic sensor. Basic element of the plastic probe is the flush mounted ceramic sensor, which makes cleaning easier when solid parts of the medium deposit on it. Different cable and seal materials are available in order to achieve maximum media compatibility. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 0.4 mH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O
5
Special Characteristics Diameter 45 mm Ceramic Sensor with High Chemical Resistance High overpressure resistance Especially for tank level measurement of viscous and aggressive media Diaphragm 99.9 % AI2O3 Housing material PP (Polypropylene) or PVDF Preferred areas of use are: Sewage Waste water treatment Water recycling Dumpsite
Aggressive Media Level measurement in most of acids
5-245
5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.2. Precision
Discount Code L5
LMP 308i – Separable Precision Stainless Steel Probe The separable precision stainless steel probe LMP 308i is designed for continuous fill level and level measurement of water and liquid mediums. The signal processing of sensor signal is done by digital electronics with 16-bit analog digital converter. Consequently it is possible to conduct an active compensation of sensor intrinsic deviations from normal conditions like nonlinearity and thermal error. In order to facilitate stock-keeping and maintenance the transmitter body is plugged to the cable assembly with a connector and can be changed easily. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 4 mH2O up to 0 ... 250 mH2O
5
Special Characteristics Stainless Steel Sensor Diameter 35 mm Cable and sensor section separable Excellent accuracy Communication connector for adjustment of offset, span and damping Preferred areas of use are: Water Ground water level measurement Depth or level measurement in wells and open waters Rain spillway basin Level measurement in container
5-246
Fuel / Oil Level monitoring in open tanks with low filling heights Fuel storage Tank farms Biogas plants
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.2. Precision
Discount Code L5
LMK 358H – Separable Stainless Steel Probe with HART®-Communication The separable stainless steel probe LMK 358H has been designed for level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity media. Basic element is a capacitive ceramic sensor. In order to facilitate stock-keeping and maintenance the transmitter head is plugged to the cable assembly with a connector and can be changed easily. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 cmH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O
5
Special Characteristics Diameter 39.5 mm Cable and sensor section separable HART® communication (setting of offset, span and damping) Permissible temperatures up to 85 °C Ceramic sensor with high chemical resistance Preferred areas of use are : Sewage Water treatment plants Waste water treatment Water recycling Activated return sludge Pump station
Aggressive Media Level measurement for most acids and lyes
5-247
5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.1. Submersible Probes 5.1.1.2. Precision
Discount Code L5
LMK 382H – Stainless Steel Probe with HART®-communication The stainless steel probe LMK 382H has been designed for continuous level measurement in waste water, waste and higher viscosity mediums. Basic element is a robust and high overpressure capable capacitive ceramic sensor e.g. for low levels. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 cmH2O up to 0 ... 100 mH2O Special Characteristics Diameter 39.5 mm Cable and sensor section separable HART® communication (setting of offset, span and damping) Permissible temperatures up to 85 °C Ceramic sensor with high chemical resistance
5
Preferred areas of use are : Sewage Water treatment plants Waste water treatment Water recycling Activated return sludge Pump station
5-248
Aggressive Media Level measurement for most acids and lyes
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5.1.2.1. Industrial
Standard Version
Discount Code L5
LMP 331 – Screw-In Transmitter with Stainless Steel Sensor The screw-in transmitter LMP 331 has been designed for continuous level measurement and is characterized by an excellent performance and a robust construction. The modular construction allows the user the highest possible flexibility in the adaption of LMP 331. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar Special Characteristics Pressure port G 3/4” flush Excellent accuracy Small thermal effect Excellent long term stability
G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with ISO 4400
5
Preferred areas of use are : Plant and Machine Engineering Energy Industry Environmental Engineering (water – sewage – recycling)
SIL + SIL EX Version
G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with ISO 4400
Compact Field Housing Version
5-249
5. Process Sensors 5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5.1.2.1. Industrial
Standard Version
Discount Code L5
LMK 331 – Screw-In Transmitter with Ceramic Sensor The screw-in transmitter LMK 331 has been especially designed for level and process measurement and is suitable for pressure measurement of liquids, oils and gases. Usage in more viscous or polluted media is possible because of the semi-flush pressure sensor. For the usage in aggressive media we recommended the version with PVDF pressure port. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 60 bar Special Characteristics Pressure port G 3/4” flush for pasty media Pressure port PVDF for aggressive media
5
Preferred areas of use are : Plant and Machine Engineering Energy Industry Environmental Engineering (water, sewage, recycling) Medical Technology G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with ISO 4400
SIL + SIL EX Version
G3/4” flush (DIN 3852) with ISO 4400
Compact Field Housing Version
5-250
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.1. Level
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.1.2. Screw-in Transmitter 5.1.2.1. Industrial
Stainless Steel Pressure Port Version
Discount Code L5
LMK 351 – Screw-In Transmitter with Ceramic Sensor The screw-in transmitter LMK 351 has been designed for measuring small system pressure and level measurement in container. The LMK 351 is based on an own-developed capacitive ceramic sensor element. Usage in viscous and pasty media is possible because of the flush mounted sensor. For the usage in aggressive media a pressure port in PVDF and the diaphragm in AI2O3 99.9 % is available. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 40 mbar up to 0 ... 20 bar Product Characteristics Pressure port PVDF-version for aggressive media Pressure port G 1 ½“ for pasty and polluted media
G1 1/2” flush (DIN 3852) stainless steel
5
Preferred areas of use are : Plant and Machine Engineering Environmental Engineering (water – sewage – recycling) Preferred used for: Fuel and Oil Viscous and Pasty Media
PVDF Pressure Port Version
G1 1/2” flush (DIN 3852) PVDF
Compact Field Housing Version
5-251
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMP 343 – Industrial Very Low Pressure Transmitter with a Stainless Steel Sensor The pressure transmitter DMP 343 has been especially designed for the measurement of very low gauge pressure and for vacuum applications. Permissible media are gases, pressurized air and non-aggressive low viscos oils. Nominal pressure: from 0 ... 10 mbar up to 0 ... 1000 mbar Product characteristics Excellent linearity Small thermal effect Excellent long term stability
5
Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Heating and Air Conditioning
Compact Field Housing Version
5-252
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Standard Version
Discount Code L5
DMP 331 – Industrial Low Pressure Transmitter with a Stainless Steel Sensor The pressure transmitter DMP 331 can be used in all industrial areas when the medium is compatible with stainless steel. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar Special Characteristics Perfect thermal behaviour Excellent long term stability
5
Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Environmental Engineering (water - sewage - recycling) Energy Industry
G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400 Accuracy 0.1%; SIL + SIL IS Version
G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400
Compact Field Housing Version
5-253
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Standard Version
Discount Code L5
DMP 333 – Industrial High Pressure Transmitter with a Stainless Steel Sensor The pressure transmitter type DMP 333 has been especially designed for use in hydraulic applications with high static and dynamic pressure. The transmitter is characterised by an excellent long term stability, also under fast changing pressure as well as positive and negative pressure peaks. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Excellent long-term stability, also with high dynamic pressure loads Insensitive to pressure peaks High overpressure capability
5
Preferred areas of use are: Mobile Hydraulics Plant and Machine Engineering Machine tools Hydraulic presses Injection moulding machine Handling equipment Elevated platforms Test benches G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400
Accuracy 0.1%; SIL + SIL IS Version
G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400
Compact Field Housing Version
5-254
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMP 335 – Industrial Welded, Dry Stainless Steel Sensor The industrial pressure transmitter DMP 335 is based on a stainless steel welded pressure sensor without fluid. This characteristic has a special advantage with applications where silicon oil or elastomere seals cannot be used. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 6 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Suitable for oxygen applications Insensitive to pressure peaks High overpressure capability
5
Preferred areas of use are: Medical Technology Plant and Machine Engineering Mobile Hydraulics Refrigeration Oxygen application G1/2� EN 837
Compact Field Housing Version
5-255
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMP 339 – Industrial Pressure Transmitter with G ¼” Flush Diaphragm The industrial pressure transmitter type DMP 339 with flush diaphragm has been especially designed for use in dosing systems. The transmitter is suited for pressure measuring of adhesive, highly viscous oils, colours and pastes, which stringently need the G1/4” flush pressure port. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Mechanical connection: G1/4” flush Suitable for viscous and pasty media
5
Preferred areas of use are: Hydraulics Plant and Machine Engineering
G1/4” flush DIN 3852
Preferred using in: Fuels / Oils Pasty media
Compact Field Housing Version
5-256
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMP 334 – Industrial Pressure Transmitter for very high Pressure The industrial pressure transmitter DMP 334 has been especially designed for use in hydraulic systems up to 2200 bar. The base element of DMP334 is a thin-film sensor that’s welded with the pressure port that meets the high demands of industry. Nominal Pressure Ranges from 0 ... 600 bar up to 0 ... 2200 bar Special Characteristics Extremely robust and excellent long-term stability Pressure sensor welded
5
Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Commercial Vehicles and Mobile Hydraulics
G1/2� EN 8375
Compact Field Housing Version
5-257
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMP 457 – Pressure Transmitter for Shipbuilding and Offshore The pressure transmitter DMP 457 has been especially designed for rough conditions occurring especially in shipbuilding and offshore applications. All gaseous and liquid media, which are compatible with stainless steel 1.4404 (316L) respectively can be used. Sensor element is a piezoresistive stainless steel sensor with high accuracy and excellent long-term stability. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Shipping approvals - GL (Germanischer Lloyd), DNV (Det Norske Veritas) and CCS (China Classification Society)
5
Preferred areas of use are: Shipbuilding and Offshore Boiler Diesel Engines Compressors Drives Pumps
G1/2� DIN 3852
Field Housing Version
5-258
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Standard Version
Discount Code L5
DMK 331 – Industrial Pressure Transmitter with a Ceramic Sensor The industrial pressure transmitter DMK 331 with ceramic sensor has been especially designed for pasty, polluted or aggressive media and for oxygen applications at low pressure range. Nominal Pressure: from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics: Pressure port G 1/2” flush for pasty and polluted media Pressure port G 1/2” open port PVDF for aggressive media Oxygen application
5
Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Energy Industry Medical Technology Environmental Engineering (water - sewage - recycling)
G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400
SIL + SIL EX Version
G1/2” DIN 3852 with ISO 4400 Compact Field Housing Version
5-259
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMK 351 – Industrial Very Low Pressure Transmitter with a Ceramic Sensor The pressure transmitter DMK 351 has been specially designed for applications in plant and machine engineering as well as laboratory techniques and is suitable for measuring small system pressure and filling heights. By using a specially developed capacitive sensor, optionally available as AI2O3 99.9 %, the DMK 351 offers a high overpressure resistance and a high temperature and media resistance. Nominal pressure from 0 ... 40 mbar up to 0 ... 20 bar Product characteristics High media resistance
5
Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Laboratory Applications G1/2� DIN 3852
Preferred used for: Fuel and Oil Water
Compact Field Housing Version
5-260
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Standard Version
Discount Code L5
DMP 331P – Industrial Low Pressure Transmitter with Flush Welded Stainless Steel Diaphragm The pressure transmitter DMP 331P was designed for use in the food and pharmaceutical industry. The compact design with hygienic process connections makes it possible to achieve an outstanding performance in terms of accuracy, temperature behaviour and long term stability. The modular construction concept allows a combination of various process connections with different filling fluids and a cooling element. Several electrical connections complete the profile of DMP 331P. This transmitter fulfils nearly all requirements in hygienic / food and beverage industrial processes. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar
5
Special Characteristics Hygienic process connections CIP / SIP cleaning up to 150 °C Vacuum resistant Preferred areas of use are: Food & Beverage Industry Pharmaceutical Industry
G1/2” flush with ISO 44008
5-261
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMK 331P – Industrial High Pressure Transmitter with Flush Welded Stainless Steel Diaphragm The pressure transmitter DMK 331P is suitable for measuring the pressure of viscous and pasty media, where a totally flush pressure port is required. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 bar up to 0 ... 400 bar Special Characteristics Suited for viscous and pasty media
5
Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Food & Beverage Industry Preferred used for: Viscous and Pasty Media
G1/2� flush with ISO 44008
Compact Field Housing Version
5-262
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMK 351P – Pressure Transmitter for the Process Industry with Ceramic Diaphragm The pressure transmitter DMK 351P has been designed for measuring small system pressure in the food and beverage industry. The DMK 351P is based on a specially developed capacitive ceramic sensor element. It features high over pressure resistance and high resistance against the most aggressive media. Nominal Pressure from 0 … 40 mbar up to 0 … 20 bar Special characteristics Hygienic Version Different process connections (G1 1/2”, diary pipe, clamp, etc. ) High overpressure capability G1/2” EN 837 with field housing
Preferred areas of use are: Food Industry Chemical and petrochemical industry
5
Preferred used for: Paint and Varnish Viscous and Pasty Media
Compact Field Housing Version
5-263
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.2. Precision
Aluminium Case Version
Discount Code L5
XMP i – Process Transmitter with HART®-Communication with a Stainless Steel Sensor The process pressure transmitter XMP i has been especially designed for the process industry and measures vacuum, gauge and absolute pressure ranges of gases, steam, fluids and dust up to 600 bar. Different process connections with an internal or flush welded diaphragm are available and can be combined with a cooling element for media temperatures up to 300°C. The transmitter is equipped with HART®-communication; with a choice between a two chamber aluminium die cast case or a stainless field housing. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar
5
Special characteristics Turn-down 1:10 Two chamber aluminium die cast case or stainless field housing Internal or flush welded diaphragm HART®-communication Preferred areas of use are: Oil and gas industry Chemical and petrochemical industry Energy Industry Heavy Industry
Stainless Steel Field Housing Version
5-264
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.2. Precision
Aluminium Case Version
Discount Code L5
XMP ci – Process Transmitter with HART®-Communication with a Ceramic Sensor The process pressure transmitter XMP ci measures the pressure of gases, steam, dust and fluids. The special-developed capacitive ceramic sensor for this transmitter has a high overpressure capability and excellent media stability. The transmitter is equipped with HART®-communication, the customer can choose between a two chamber aluminium die cast case or a stainless field housing.
Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 60 mbar up to 0... 20 bar
Special characteristics Turn-down 1:10 Two chamber aluminium die cast case or stainless field housing Internal or flush mounted capacitive ceramic sensor HART®-communication
5
Preferred areas of use are: Oil and gas industry Chemical and petrochemical industry Preferred using in: Fuel and Oil Aggressive Media
Stainless Steel Field Housing Version
5-265
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.2. Precision
G1” Cone Version
Discount Code L5
x|act i – Transmitter for Food and Beverage Industry with a Stainless Steel Sensor The precise pressure transmitter x|act i has been especially designed for the food and beverage industry that measures vacuum, gauge and absolute pressure of gases, steams and fluids up to 40 bar. Several process connections e.g. thread or hygienic versions like dairy pipe and clamp with a flush welded diaphragm are available, which can be combined with a cooling element for media temperatures up to 300 °C. The robust stainless steel globe housing has a high ingress protection IP 67 and all characteristics for a residue-free and antibacterial cleaning. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar
5
Special Characteristics Turn-down 1:10 Hygienic version Flush welded diaphragm Several process connections (G1“ cone, Clamp, dairy pipe, etc.) Integrated display and operating module
5-266
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitter 5.2.1.2. Precision
DIN 3852 Version
Discount Code L5
x|act ci – Transmitter for Food and Beverage Industry with a Ceramic Sensor The precise pressure transmitter x|act ci measures the pressure of gases, steam and fluids. The special-developed capacitive ceramic sensor for this transmitter, which can optionally be delivered in pure ceramic, has a high overpressure capability and excellent media stability. Several process connections e.g. inch thread or hygienic versions like dairy pipe or clamp are available. The robust stainless steel globe housing has a high ingress protection IP 67 and all characteristics for a residue-free and antibacterial cleaning. Nominal pressure from 0 ... 60 mbar up to 0... 20 bar
G1 1/2� FLUSH DIN 3852
5
Special characteristics Turn-Down 1:10 Hygienic version Flush mounted, capacitive ceramic sensor Several process connections (inch thread, Clamp, etc.) With integrated display and operating module Diaphragm Al2O3 99.9 % Preferred areas of use are: Food Industry Chemical and petrochemical industry Preferred using in: Viscous and pasty media
5-267
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.1. Pressure Transmitters 5.2.1.3. OEM
ISO 4400 Version
Discount Code L5
26.600 G – Universal OEM Pressure Transmitter Applications Mechanical and plant engineering General industrial applications Characteristics Ceramic sensor Accuracy 0.5 % FSO according to IEC 60770 Nominal pressure ranges from 0 … 1 bar up to 0 … 400 bar Option: oil and grease free version
5
5-268
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.2. Plug-on Display Discount Code L5
ISO 4400 Version
PA 430 – Plug-On Display for Pressure Transmitters Product Characteristics Plug-on display for pressure transmitter with output signal: 4 … 20 mA / 2-wire or 0 … 10 V / 3-wire 4-digit LED display Scalable display Display 330 ° rotatable Connector 300 ° rotatable No external power supply necessary (Loop powered) Optional 1 or 2 programmable contacts
5
5-269
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5.2.3.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMD 331 – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Liquids and Gases with a Stainless Steel Sensor The DMD 331 is a differential pressure transmitter for industrial applications and is based on a piezoresistive stainless steel sensor, which can be pressurized on both sides with fluids or gases compatible with SST 1.4404 and 1.4435. The compact design allows an integration of the DMD 331 in machines and applications with limited space. The DMD 331 calculates the difference between the pressure on the positive and the negative side and converts it into a proportional electrical signal. Differential Pressure from 0 ... 20 mbar up to 0 ... 16 bar
5
Special Characteristics Differential pressure wet / wet Permissible static pressure –one sided- up to 30 times of differential pressure range Compact design Mechanical robust and reliable at dynamic pressures as well as shock and vibration Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Energy Industry
Preferred used for: Water
G1/2� EN 837
5-270
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5.2.3.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DMD 831 – Differential Pressure Transmitter with Display and Contact’s for Fluids and Gases Special Characteristics 2 piezoresistive stainless steel sensors Differential pressure from 0 ... 80 mbar up to 0 ... 70 bar Display and pressure port rotatable
5
G1/2” DIN 3852
5-271
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5.2.3.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DPS 300 – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Gas and Compressed Air The pressure transmitter DPS 300 was devel- oped for the differential pressure measuring for dry, non aggressive gases and compressed air and can be used for several HVAC applications. The DPS 300 is a multi range transmitter with up to three adjustable measuring ranges. The device is equipped with a two-line LC dis- play and can simply parameterised about this. The result, status of the contact and the unit are clear shown on the display. Differential Pressure from 0 ... 1,6 mbar up to 0 ... 1000 mbar
5
Special characteristics
LC-display, two-line Adjustable measuring ranges High overpressure capability Adjustable damping Compact form Preferred applications are: HVAC Medical
Preferred areas of use are: Gas Compressed air
DPS 300 with Display
5-272
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.3. Differential Pressure Transmitters 5.2.3.2. Precision
Discount Code L5
XMD – Differential Pressure Transmitter for Process Industry with HARTŽ-Communication The differential pressure transmitter XMD has been especially designed for the process industry and can be used for level measurement of closed, pressurized tanks, pump or filter controlling, etc. Another attribute is the possibility to switch the output signal from linear to square root extraction by what the flow rate of the medium can be issued. Nominal Pressure from 75 mbar up to 2 bar
5
Special characteristics Static over pressure 130 bar Turn-down 1:10 Two chamber aluminium die cast case HART communication Output signal: linear or square root extraction IS-version Ex ia = intrinsically safe version Preferred areas of use are: Oil and gas industry Chemical and petrochemical industry Energy Industry Food Industry Paper Industry
5-273
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5.2.4.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
BAROLI 02 – Class 0.1 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with a Stainless Steel Sensor The battery-powered digital pressure gauge BAROLI 02 enables a local displaying of values, satisfying the highest demands for accuracy and long-term stability. The pressure gauge may be applied in all media compatible with the stainless steel use; it shows an excellent robustness and a high overpressure protection. The BAROLI 02 display housing is rotatable, thus ensuring an easy reading even under unfavourable mounting conditions. Additional functions are available like changing the unit of measure, displaying min / max values, calibrating of offset and the span, as well as configuring the automatic switching off.
5 G1/2� EN 837
Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar Characteristics Rotatable housing 2-Line Digital Display
5-274
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5.2.4.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
BAROLI 05 – Class 0.25 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with a Ceramic Sensor The battery-powered digital pressure gauge BAROLI 05 has been designed for measuring the pressure (absolute or gauge) of fluids, oils and gases. The display housing is rotatable, thus ensuring an easy reading even under unfavourable mounting conditions. Additional functions are available like changing the unit of measure, displaying min / max values, calibrating the offset and of span, as well as configuring the automatic switching off. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar
5
Characteristics Rotatable housing 2-Line Digital Display G1/2� EN 837
5-275
5. Process Sensors 5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5.2.4.2. Precision
Discount Code L5
DM01 – Class 0.05 Battery Powered Precision Digital Gauge with Stainless Steel Sensor The precision digital gauge DM01 has been designed for extremely high demands in the sector of calibration and test technology. Extraordinary measurement characteristics, easy handling as well as the innovative, modular sensor concept are the heart of our DM01. The user can exchange pressure sensor without tools or parameterization on-site; and continue or re-start the measurement. The graphic LC display with background illumination ensures clear visualization and supports operation the device. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar
5
Special Characteristics Modular sensor concept Data logger incl. software Graphic display Stainless steel housing Ø 100 mm Communication interface USB 2.0 G1/2” EN 837
5-276
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.2. Pressure
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.2.4. Digital Pressure Gauges 5.2.4.3. OEM
Discount Code L5
DM 10 – OEM Class 0.5 Battery Powered Digital Pressure Gauge with Ceramic Sensor The compact low-cost digital pressure gauge DM 10 is battery powered and has an adjustable housing; it is therefore suitable for mobile pressure monitoring. The 4.5-digit LC-display indicates the battery status, the measurement value as well as the unit, this enables a fast and precise reading. It is possible to switch between the most common units (bar, psi, Pa, MPa). Additional functions such as auto zero, min / max values and an automatic switching off complete the DM 10 profile. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 1.6 bar up to 0 ... 250 bar
G1/4� DIN 3852
5
Special characteristics Adjustable housing LC display (4.5-digit 7-segment display) Standard lithium battery CR 2450 (operation period > 1.800 h)
5-277
5. Process Sensors 5.3. Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DS 200 – Electronic Pressure Switch with a Stainless Steel Sensor The DS 200 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display which has been specially designed for numerous applications in various industrial sectors. As standard the DS 200 offers a PNP contact and a rotatable display module with 4-digit LED display. Additionally the DS 200 could be equipped with a up to 4 contacts and an analog output. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar
5
Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Heating and Air Conditioning Environmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)
G1/2� DIN 3852
5-278
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.3. Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DS 201 – Electronic Pressure Switch with a Ceramic Sensor The DS 201 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display and has been specially designed for universal usage in industry applications. The DS 201 is available with flush pressure ports for viscous, pasty and highly contaminated media. As standard the DS 201 offers a PNP contact and a rotatable display module with 4-digit LED display. Additionally the DS 201 could be equipped with a up to 4 contacts and an analog output. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar
5
Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Environmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)
G1/2� DIN 3852
5-279
5. Process Sensors 5.3. Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DS 400 – Stainless Steel Pressure Switch with a Stainless Steel Sensor The DS 400 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and has been specially designed for numerous applications in various industrial sectors. As standard the DS 400 offers a PNP contact and a display module, which is mounted and rotatable in the ball housing. Additionally the DS 400 could be equipped with a second contact and analog output. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module
5 G1/2� DIN 3852 For nominal pressure PN > 400 bar increases the length of devices with IS-vesion by 19 mm and of devices without IS-version by 39 mm
5-280
Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Heating and Air Conditioning Environmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling)
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.3. Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DS 401 – Stainless Steel Pressure Switch with a Ceramic Sensor The DS 401 electronic pressure switch is the successful combination of a intelligent pressure switch and a digital display and has been specially designed for universal usage in industry applications; with flush diaphragm the DS 401 is suitable for the usage in viscous, pasty or highly contaminated media. The rotatable stainless steel housing is suitable for rough conditions and difficult installing conditions, due to it’s robustness. As standard the DS 401 offers a PNP contact and is optionally available with a second, independent contact. Additionally the DS 401 could be equipped with an analog output. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 400 mbar up to 0 ... 600 bar
5
Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module G1/2” DIN 3852
Preferred areas of use are: Plant and Machine Engineering Environmental Engineering (water / sewage / recycling) Hydraulic Oil
5-281
5. Process Sensors 5.3. Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.1. Industrial
Discount Code L5
DS 217 – Pressure Switch with welded Stainless Steel Sensor Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 6 bar up to 0 ... 600 bar Special Characteristics 1 analogue output and up to 2 contacts Display and housing rotatable Suitable for oxygen applications
5
G1/2� EN 837
5-282
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5.3. Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.2. Precision
Discount Code L5
DS 400P – Food & Beverage Electronic Pressure Switch with a Stainless Steel Sensor The electronic pressure switch DS400P is the successful combination of Intelligent pressure switch & digital display that has been developed for the process industry; especially for food and pharmaceutical industries. Nominal Pressure from 0 ... 100 mbar up to 0 ... 40 bar Special Characteristics Indication of measured values on a 4-digit LED display Rotatable and configurable display module Configurable contacts (switch on / switch off points, hysteresis / window mode, switch on / switch off delay) Hygienic version
5
G1/2” fluah only for PN ≤ 40 bar
5-283
5. Process Sensors 5.3. Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
5.3.1. Pressure Switches 5.3.1.3. OEM
Discount Code L5
DS 230 – Electronic OEM Pressure Switch Nominal Pressure from 0 … 2 bar up to 0 … 400 bar Characteristics Display and housing rotatable Up to 2 contact outputs Configurable via display Optional: analogue output
5 G1/4” DIN 3852
5-284
Applications Pneumatics Pumps and hydraulic machines
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
5
5-285
6. Machine safety Section Guide Overview
Section 6
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.1. XXX
6.1.1.1. XXX
Discount Code C6
6
6-286
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
MAchine Safety 6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks 6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type 6.1.2. Non-Contact Type 6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type 6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type 6.2. Safety Relays 6.2.1. Selection Guide 6.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type 6.2.3. 2NC Input Type 6.2.4. Output Expanders 6.2.5. Input Expanders 6.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays 6.2.7. Safety Mat Relays 6.2.8. Stand Still Monitors 6.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer 6.2.10. Muting Relay 6.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays 6.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type 6.3. Safety Light Curtains 6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection 6.3.2. Body Protection 6.3.3. IP69K Version 6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches 6.5. Two Hand Control Stations 6.6. Enabling Switches 6.7. Safety Mats 6.8. Safety Edge Sensors 6.9. Safety Foot Switches 6.10. Safety PLC
6-286 6-288 6-288 6-294 6-301 6-310 6-312 6-312 6-314 6-315 6-318 6-319 6-320 6-321 6-322 6-323 6-323 6-324 6-325 6-326 6-326 6-328 6-329 6-331 6-334 6-335 6-336 6-337 6-338 6-339
6-287
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type
Discount Code C6
AZ 17 Series • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure IP67 Small body 8 actuating planes Multiple coding Double-insulated High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents Not sensitive to dirty conditions by virtue of patented roller system
Order Codes
6
Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
5N Latching Force
2NC
AZ 17-02ZK
1NO + 1NC
AZ 17-11ZK
Description
Code
Straight Actuator
AZ 17/170-B1
Straight Actuator Rubber Mount
AZ 17/170-B1-2245
Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount
AZ 17/170-B5
Flexible Actuator
AZ 17-B6
Long Straight Actuator
AZ 17/170-B11
Long Straight Actuator 90⁰ mount
AZ 17/170-B15
Accessories Image
6-288
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type
Discount Code C6
AZ 16 Series • • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated Large wiring compartment Multiple coding High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents Slotted holes for adjustment, circular holes for location 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 LED version available IP67
Order Codes AZ 16 Series Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Ejection
1NO + 1NC
AZ 16ZVK-M20
1NO + 2NC
AZ 16-12ZVK-M20
2NC
AZ 16-02ZVK-M20
3NC
AZ 16-03ZVK-M20
30N Latching Force
6
1NO + 1NC
EX-AZ 16ZVK-3D*
1NO + 1NC
AZ 16ZVRK-M20
1NO + 2NC
AZ 16-12ZVRK-M20
2NC
AZ 16-02ZVRK-M20
3NC
AZ 16-03ZVRK-M20
* EX-Version Note: Accessories on next page.
AZ 15 Series • • • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated Long life Multiple coding Large wiring compartment High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents Slotted holes for adjustment, circular holes for location Not sensitive to dirty conditions by virtue of patented roller system 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 IP67
Order Codes AZ 15 Series Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Ejection
1NC
AZ 15-ZVK-M20
30N Latching Force
1NC
AZ 15-ZVRK-M20
Note: Accessories on next page.
6-289
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type
Discount Code C6
AZ 15 & AZ 16-Series Accessories Image
6
6-290
Description
Code
Straight Actuator
AZ 15/16-B1
Straight Actuator - Magnetic Latch
AZ 15/16-B1 – 1747
Straight Actuator – Slot Lip-Seal
AZ 15/16-B1 – 2024
Straight Actuator – Ball Latch
AZ 15/16-B1 – 2053
Straight Actuator – Centring Guide
AZ 15/16-B1 – 2177
Straight Actuator – Flexible for small actuating Radii in line with the plane of the actuator
AZ 15/16-B2
Straight Actuator – Flexible Magnetic Latch for small actuating Radii in line with the plane of the actuator
AZ 15/16-B2 – 1747
Straight Actuator - Flexible for small actuating Radii at 90˚ to the plane of the actuator
AZ 15/16-B3
Straight Actuator – Flexible Magnetic Latch for small actuating Radii at 90˚ to the plane of the actuator
AZ 15/16-B3 – 1747
Straight Actuator – Flexible for small actuating Radii in Line with or 90˚ to the plane of the actuator
AZ 15/16-B6
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type
Discount Code C6
AZ 3350 Series • • • • • •
Metal enclosure Heavy Duty Latching handle High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 IP67
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
5N Latching Force
3NC
AZ 3350-03ZK
1NO + 2NC
AZ 3350-12ZUEK
Description
Code
Straight Actuator
AZ 3350-B1
Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount
AZ 3350-B5
Flexible Actuator
AZ 3350-B6
6
Accessories Image
6-291
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type
Discount Code C6
AZ 415 Series • • • • • • • •
Metal enclosure Heavy Duty Spring-loaded actuators High level of contact reliability with low voltages and currents Adjustable ball latch to 400 N 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 2 switches with different actuating functions in one enclosure IP67
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Adjustable Latching Force to 400N
1NO + 1NC 1NO + 1NC
AZ 415-11/11ZPK-M20
2NC 2NC
AZ 415-02/02ZPK-M20
Description
Code
Straight Actuator
AZ/AZM 415-B1
Flexible Actuator In line with actuator
AZ/AZM 415-B2
Flexible Actuator 90º to plane of actuator
AZ/AZM 415-B3
Sliding Actuator w/ Locking Bolt & Ball Latch
AZ/AZM 415-B4PS
6 Accessories Image
6-292
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.1. Mechanical Actuator Type
Discount Code C6
AZ 200 Series • • • • • • • •
Screw connection Thermoplastic enclosure Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally Intelligent diagnosis IP67
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
30N Latching Force
1 Diagnostic O/P + 2 Safety PNP O/P
AZ 200SK-T-1P2P
Description
Code
Straight Actuator Left (Door hinges on left)
AZ/AZM 200-B1-LT
Straight Actuator Right (Door hinges on right)
AZ/AZM 200-B1-RT
Door Handle Actuator Left (Door hinges on left)
AZ/AZM 200-B30-LTAG1
Door Handle Actuator Right (Door hinges on right)
AZ/AZM 200-B30-RTAG1
Door Handle Actuator with Emergency Exit Left (Door hinges on left)
AZ/AZM 200-B30-LTAG1P1
Door Handle Actuator with Emergency Exit Right (Door hinges on right)
AZ/AZM 200-B30-RTAG1P1
6
Accessories Image
6-293
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.2. Non-Contact Type
Discount Code C6
BNS 16 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Suitable for food processing industry Concealed mounting possible IP67 Insensitive to transverse misalignment No mechanical wear 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5
Order Codes
6
Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Axial
1NO + 2NC
BNS 16-12ZV
Rear
BNS 16-12ZU
Front
BNS 16-12ZD
Left
BNS 16-12ZL
Right
BNS 16-12ZR
Left & Right*
BNS 16-12ZLR
*2 Actuators - suitable for double guards
Accessories Image
6-294
Description
Code
Actuator
BPS 16
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.2. Non-Contact Type
Discount Code C6
BNS 33 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure LED version Concealed mounting possible Insensitive to transverse misalignment IP67 No mechanical wear
Order Codes Actuator Type
Output Operation
LED Indication
Code
Non-Contact Coded Magnetic
1NO + 1NC
No
BNS 33-11Z BNS 33-11Z 5M
6
BNS 33-11Z 10M Yes
BNS 33-11ZG BNS 33-11ZG 5M BNS 33-11ZG 10M BNS 33-12ZG
1NO + 2NC
BNS 33-12ZG 5M BNS 33-12ZG 10M 2NC
No
BNS 33-02Z-2187* BNS 33-02Z-2187 5M* BNS 33-02Z-2187 10M*
Yes
BNS 33-02ZG-2187* BNS 33-02ZG-2187 5M*
1NO + 2NC
No
BNS 33-12Z-2187* BNS 33-12Z-2187 5M* BNS 33-12Z-2187 10M*
Yes
BNS 33-12ZG-2187* BNS 33-12ZG-2187 5M* BNS 33-12ZG-2187 10M*
* Independent Channels
Accessories
13
8,5
Image
Code
Actuator Switching distance 5mm ON 15mm OFF
BPS 33
Actuator Switching distance 8mm ON 18mm OFF
BPS 33-2326
Mounting Spacer
Spacer BN 31/ Spacer BN 33
18,5 25
7
3,5
10
ø5
Description
78 88
6-295
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.2. Non-Contact Type
Discount Code C6
BNS 250 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • • •
LED version Thermoplastic enclosure Small body Concealed mounting possible IP67 No mechanical wear Insensitive to transverse misalignment
Order Codes
6
Actuator Type
Output Operation
LED Indication
Code
Non-Contact Coded Magnetic
1NO + 1NC
No
BNS 250-11Z BNS 250-11Z 5M BNS 250-11Z 10M
Yes
BNS 250-11ZG BNS 250-11ZG 5M BNS 250-11ZG 10M
1NO + 2NC
No
BNS 250-12Z BNS 250-12Z 5M BNS 250-12Z 10M BNS 250-12Z-2187* BNS 250-12Z-2187 5M*
Yes
BNS 250-12ZG BNS 250-12ZG 5M BNS 250-12ZG 10M
* Independent Channels
Accessories Image
6-296
Description
Code
Actuator
BPS 250
Mounting Spacer
Spacer BNS 250
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.2. Non-Contact Type
Discount Code C6
BNS 260 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Small body Concealed mounting possible IP67 No mechanical wear Insensitive to transverse misalignment Connector 8 mm, 6-pole, Latching interlocking
Order Codes Actuator Type
Output Operation
LED Indication
Code
Non-Contact Coded Magnetic
2NC Safety, 1NC Signal
No
BNS 260-02/01Z-L 5M
6
BNS 260-02/01Z-R 5M BNS 260-02/01Z-ST-L BNS 260-02/01Z-ST-R Yes
BNS 260-02/01ZG-ST-L BNS 260-02/01ZG-ST-R
L - door hinge on left hand side R - door hinge on right hand side
Accessories Image
Description
Code
Actuator
BPS 260-1
Actuator 90º to sensor plane
BPS 260-2
Mounting Spacer
Spacer BNS 260
Cable
A-K6P-M8-R-G-5M-GY-1-X-A-4
6-297
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.2. Non-Contact Type
Discount Code C6
BNS 303 Series - Coded Magnetic • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure IP67 No mechanical wear Ø M30 Suitable for food processing industry Insensitive to transverse misalignment
Order Codes Actuator Type
Output Operation
LED Indication
Code
Non-Contact Coded Magnetic
1NO + 1NC
No
BNS 303-11Z BNS 303-11Z 5M BNS 303-11Z 10M
6
BNS 303-12Z BNS 303-12Z 5M BNS 303-12Z 10M BNS 303-12Z-2187 5M* Yes
BNS 303-11ZG BNS 303-11ZG 5M BNS 303-11ZG 10M BNS 303-12ZG
1NO + 2NC
BNS 303-12ZG 5M BNS 303-12ZG 10M BNS 303-12ZG-2187* BNS 303-12ZG-2187 5M* * Independent Channels
Accessories Image
Description
Code
Actuator - Thermoplastic
BPS 300
Actuator - Thermoplastic Suitable for Food Processing Industry
BPS 303
Actuator - Stainless Steel
BPS 303 SS
90°
14
ø 4,5
ø2
2
15
30
ø 37
ø 30
14
Ø2
2
15
ø 37
ø 30
13,8
1,5
2
15
6-298
M4
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.2. Non-Contact Type
Discount Code C6
BNS 40S Series - Coded Magnetic
Concealed Mounting
• • • • • •
Stainless steel enclosure Suitable for food processing industry Concealed mounting possible IP69K No mechanical wear Insensitive to transverse misalignment
Order Codes Actuator Type
Output Operation
LED Indication
Code
Non-Contact Coded Magnetic
1NO + 2NC
No
BNS 40S-12Z BNS 40S-12Z 5M
6
BNS 40S-12Z 10M
Standard Mounting
Yes
BNS 40S-12ZG BNS 40S-12ZG 5M BNS 40S-12ZG 10M
No
BNS 40S-12Z-C* BNS 40S-12Z-C 5M* BNS 40S-12Z-C 10M*
Yes
BNS 40S-12ZG-C* BNS 40S-12ZG-C 5M* BNS 40S-12ZG-C 10M*
* Concealed Mounting
Accessories Image
Description
Code
Actuator
BPS 40S-1
Actuator 90⁰ to Sensor
BPS 40S-2
Actuator Concealed Mounting
BPS 40S-1-C
Actuator 90⁰ to Sensor Concealed Mounting
BPS 40S-2-C
6-299
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.2. Non-Contact Type
Discount Code C6
RSS 36 Series - RFID Coded Magnetic • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Electronic contact-free, coded system Misaligned actuation possible 27 mm x 108.2 mm x 35 mm High repeat accuracy of the switching points 2 short-circuit proof PNP safety outputs Integral cross-short, wire-breakage and external voltage monitoring of the safety cables up to the control cabinet
Order Codes Actuator Type
Output Operation
LED Indication
Description
Code
Non-Contact RFID
2 PNP
Yes
Cable
RSS 36-D
Plug-in
RSS 36-D-ST
Latching Magnet
RSS 36-D-R
Plug-in, Latching Magnet
RSS 36-D-R-ST
Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics
RSS 36-SD-ST
Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, Latching Magnet
RSS 36-SD-R-ST
Cable
RSS 36-I1-D
Plug-in
RSS 36-I1-D-ST
Latching Magnet
RSS 36-I1-D-R
Plug-in, Latching Magnet
RSS 36-I1-D-R-ST
Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics,
RSS 36-I1-SD-ST
Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, Latching Magnet
RSS 36-I1-SD-R-ST
Cable
RSS 36-I2-D
Plug-in
RSS 36-I2-D-ST
Latching Magnet
RSS 36-I2-D-R
Plug-in, Latching Magnet,
RSS 36-I2-D-R-ST
Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics,
RSS 36-I2-SD-ST
Plug-in, Serial Diagnostics, Latching Magnet
RSS 36-I2-SD-R-ST
6
Non-Contact RFID Unique Coding
Non-Contact RFID Individual Coding
2 PNP
Yes
2 PNP
Yes
Accessories RSS 36 Image
Description
Code
Actuator
RST 36-1
Actuator with Latching Magnet
RST 36-1-R
Sealing Kit
ACC RSS 36-SK
106.3 91
25 18.5
25
91 78
6-300
M12
22
22
74 78
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
Discount Code C6
AZM 170 Series • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated Compact design 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 IP67 High holding force 1000N Manual release from side Screw connection
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Power to Unlock
1NO + 1NC
AZM 170SK-11ZRK-2197 24VACDC AZM 170SK-11ZRK-2197 230VAC
Power to Lock
2NC
AZM 170SK-02ZRK-2197 24VACDC
1NO + 1NC
AZM 170SK-11ZRKA 24VACDC AZM 170SK-11ZRKA 240VAC
2NC
AZM 170SK-02ZRKA 24VACDC
Description
Code
Straight Actuator
AZ 17/170-B1
Straight Actuator with Rubber Mount
AZ 17/170-B1-2245
Straight Actuator 90⁰ Mount
AZ 17/170-B5
Long Straight Actuator
AZ 17/170-B11
Long Straight Actuator 90⁰ mount
AZ 17/170-B15
Flexible Actuator
AZM 170-B6
Unlock Key M5
TK-M5
Accessories Image
6-301
6
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
Discount Code C6
AZM 161 Series • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated IP67 High holding force 2000N 6 Contacts Large wiring compartment Manual release Cable entries 4 M16 x 1.5
Order Codes
6
Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Power to Unlock
1NO + 2NC (Actuator) 1NO + 2NC (Solenoid)
AZM 161SK-12/12RK 24VACDC AZM 161SK-12/12RK 110/230VAC AZM 161SK-12/12RKA 24VACDC
Power to Lock
AZM 161SK-12/12RKA 110/230VAC
Accessories Image
6-302
Description
Code
Actuator
AZM 161-B1
Actuator Flexible
AZM 161-B6
Actuator with Centring Guide
AZM 161-B1-2177
Actuator Flexible with Centring Guide
AZM 161-B6 -2177
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
Discount Code C6
AZM 190 Series • • • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Interlock with protection against incorrect locking Holding force 1950N IP67 Actuating head can be repositioned by 4 x 90° 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 Manual release Wiring compartment Slim design, particularly suitable for fitting on hinged doors, aluminium profiles and fencing Sealing mechanism to prevent the ingress of dirt
Order Codes
6
Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Power to Unlock
1NC (Actuator) 1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)
AZM 190-11/01RK-M20 24VACDC
1NO (Actuator) 2NC (Solenoid)
AZM 190-02/10RK-M20 24VACDC
1NC (Actuator) 1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)
AZM 190-11/01RKA-M20 24VACDC
Description
Code
Actuator
AZM 190 - B1
Actuator Flexible
AZM 190 - B3/2x15
Power to Lock
AZM 190-02/10RKA-M20 24VACDC
Accessories Image
6-303
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
Discount Code C6
AZM 300 Series • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
6
Suitable for mounting to profile systems Thermoplastic enclosure 3 different directions of actuation Compact design Electronic contact-free, coded system 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Resistant to cleaning agents Suitable for hinged and sliding guards Series-wiring Manual release Connector M12, 8-pole Power to unlock / Power to lock Actuator monitored / Guard locking monitored Diagnostic output / Serial output Protection class IP66, IP67 to IEC/EN 60529, IP69K to DIN 40050-9 Holding force 1000N
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Coding
Diagnostic/Serial Output Code
Power to Lock Guard locking monitored
2 PNP
Universal
Diagnostic
AZM300Z-ST-1P2P-A
Serial
AZM300Z-ST-SD2P-A
Diagnostic
AZM300Z-I2-ST-1P2P-A
Serial
AZM300Z-I2-ST-SD2P-A
Diagnostic
AZM300Z-I1-ST-1P2P-A
Serial
AZM300Z-I1-ST-SD2P-A
Diagnostic
AZM300B-ST-1P2P-A
Serial
AZM300B-ST-SD2P-A
Diagnostic
AZM300B-I2-ST-1P2P-A
Serial
AZM300B-I2-ST-SD2P-A
Diagnostic
AZM300B-I1-ST-1P2P-A
Individual Unique Power to Lock Actuator monitored
2 PNP
Universal Individual Unique
Power to Unlock Guard locking monitored
2 PNP
Universal Individual Unique
Power to Unlock Actuator monitored
2 PNP
Universal Individual Unique
Serial
AZM300B-I1-ST-SD2P-A
Diagnostic
AZM300Z-ST-1P2P
Serial
AZM300Z-ST-SD2P
Diagnostic
AZM300Z-I2-ST-1P2P
Serial
AZM300Z-I2-ST-SD2P
Diagnostic
AZM300Z-I1-ST-1P2P
Serial
AZM300Z-I1-ST-SD2P
Diagnostic
AZM300B-ST-1P2P
Serial
AZM300B-ST-SD2P
Diagnostic
AZM300B-I2-ST-1P2P
Serial
AZM300B-I2-ST-SD2P
Diagnostic
AZM300B-I1-ST-1P2P
Serial
AZM300B-I1-ST-SD2P
Accessories Image
6-304
Description
Code
Actuator
AZ/AZM 300-B1
Mounting Plate
MP-AZ/AZM 300-1
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks 6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
AZM300 Series Components
Mounting Plate
Actuator
Switch
AZM 300
6
AZM 300 Series Wireing
526 1 3748
SD OUT X1 X2 24V GND Y2 Y1 SD IN
SD OUT X1 X2 24V GND Y2 Y1 SD IN
526 1 3748
SD IN Y1 Y2
SD OUT X1 X2
SD IN Y1 Y2
24 VDC GND
Mounting Plate
Actuator
6-305
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
Discount Code C6
AZM 200 Series • • • • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Guard locking monitored Electronic contact-free, coded system Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally Intelligent diagnosis Manual release Holding force 2000N IP65
Order Codes
6
Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Power to Unlock
1 Diagnostic PNP 2 Safety PNP
AZM 200SK-T-1P2PW
Description
Code
Actuator Left
AZ/AZM 200 - B1-LT
Actuator Right
AZ/AZM 200 - B1-RT
Actuator with Door Handle Left
AZ/AZM 200 - B30-LTAG1
Actuator with Door Handle Right
AZ/AZM 200 - B30-RTAG1
Actuator with Door Handle Left with Emergency Exit
AZ/AZM 200 - B30-LTAG1P1
Actuator with Door Handle Right with Emergency Exit
AZ/AZM 200 - B30-RTAG1P1
Power to Lock
AZM 200SK-T-1P2PWA
Accessories Image
6-306
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
Discount Code C6
AZM 415 Series • • • • • • • • • •
Metal enclosure Interlock with protection against incorrect locking. Robust design IP67 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 Cut clamp termination Adjustable ball latch to 400 N 2 switches in one enclosure Problem-free opening of stressed doors by means of bell-crank system High holding force 3500N
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Power to Unlock
1NO + 1NC (Actuator) 1NO + 1NC (Solenoid)
AZM 415-11/11ZPK 24VACDC AZM 415-11/11ZPK 230VAC
Power to Lock
AZM 415-11/11ZPKA 24VACDC
Power to Unlock
AZM 415-11/11ZPKF 24VACDC
AZM 415-11/11ZPKA 230VAC
Accessories Image
Description
Code
Actuator
AZ/AZM 415 B1
Actuator Flexible with small actuating Radii in line with plane off actuator
AZ/AZM 415 B2
Actuator Flexible with small actuating Radii 90˚ to plane of actuator
AZ/AZM 415 B3
Actuator Flexible with Centring Guide
AZ/AZM 415 B4PS
Unlock Key M5
TK-M5
6-307
6
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
Discount Code C6
MZM 100 Series • • • • • • • • • • • •
6
Guard locking monitored Automatic latching Electronic contact-free, coded system Thermoplastic enclosure Max. length of the sensor chain 200 m 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator and interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally Intelligent diagnosis Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors Connector M12, 8-pole Power to lock IP67
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Power to Lock
1 Diagnostic PNP 2 Safety PNP
MZM 100 ST2-1P2PW-A
Accessories Description
Code
Actuator
MZM 100 - B1.1
Mounting Kit
MS MZM 100-W
Cable 5M
A-K8P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-1-X-A-2
Cable 10M
A-K8P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-1-X-A-2
MZM 100ST2- 1P2PW-A
6-308
MZM 100ST2- 1P2PW-A
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.3. Solenoid Lock Type
Discount Code C6
MZM 120 Series • • • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Metal components with hygiene-compliant NEDOX® SF-2 coating Safety switches must be used as end stop Electronic contact-free, coded system Variably adjustable latching 3 LEDs to show operating conditions Sensor technology permits an offset between actuator & interlock of ± 5 mm vertically and ± 3 mm horizontally Intelligent diagnosis Self-monitoring series-wiring of 31 sensors Protection class IP67 / IP69K
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Power to Lock
1 Diagnostic PNP 2 Safety PNP
MZM 120B ST2- 1P2PW2RE-A* MZM 120BM ST2- 1P2PW2RE-A**
* B - Enabling Signal when Safety Guard is closed. ** BM - Enabling Signal when Safety Guard is closed and locked.
Accessories Description
Code
Actuator
MZM 120 - B1.1
Mounting Kit
MS MZM 100-W
Cable 5M
A-K8P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-1-X-A-2
Cable 10M
A-K8P-M12-S-G-10M-BK-1-X-A-2
Cable 5m IP69K
A-K8P-M12-S-G-5M-BK-1-X-A-4-69
MZM 120B ST2- 1P2PW2RE-A
MZM 120B ST2- 1P2PW2RE-A
6-309
6
6. Machine safety 6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type
Discount Code C6
TC Series • • • • •
Flap Hinge Switch IP67 Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90° 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5
Order Codes
T5C 236-11Z-M20
Body Material
Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Metal
Left Hand Door
1NO + 1NC
T3C 235-11Z-M20 T4C 235-11Z-M20
Swing Door
T5C 235-11Z-M20
Right Hand Door Thermoplastic
6
Left Hand Door
1NO + 1NC
T3C 236-11Z-M20
Swing Door
T4C 236-11Z-M20
Right Hand Door
T5C 236-11Z-M20
T5C 235-11Z-M20
TVS 335 Series • • • • • •
Metal enclosure Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Actuator heads can be repositioned by 4 x 90° Actuator shaft can be turned 360° 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 IP67
Order Codes
6-310
Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
10mm Shaft
1NO + 1NC
TV10S 335-11Z-M20
2NC
TV10S 335-02Z-M20
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.1. Machine Guard Interlocks
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.1.4. Hinge Interlock Type
Discount Code C6
TESZ Series
TESZ1102/S
• • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure Double-insulated Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Simple fitting, especially on 40 mm profiles Universal fitting on guards hinged on left or right-hand side Fixing holes for M6 countersunk screws to DIN 965 2 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 IP65
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Left or Right Hand Doors
1NO + 2NC
TESZ1102/S
1NO + 2NC
TESZ1102
TES/S
Additional Hinge Left or Right Hand Doors (Including additional hinge)
6
TES/S
TESF Series
TESZ1102/S
• • • • • •
Metal enclosure Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit For left or right hinged doors Simple mounting, suitable for all conventional profile systems ( 30 ... 60mm) Adjustable switching angle IP67
Order Codes Actuator Action
Output Operation
Code
Left or Right Hand Doors (Including additional hinge)
2NO + 2NC
TESF/U
Additional Hinge
TESF/S
Adjustment Tool
TESF-14
TESF/S
6-311
6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays
6.2.1. Selection Guide
Safety Relay Selection Guide
Category
6
Input Type E-Stops
Electromechanical Safety Switches
Coded Magnetic
Light Curtain
Safety Mats
3
3
3/4
•
4
4
4
4
•
•
4
•
•
•
•
4
•
•
•
•
4
•
•
•
•
4
•
•
•
4
•
•
•
4
•
NO/NC Input 2NC Input
6-312
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.2. Safety Relays
6.2.1. Selection Giude
Input Type Two Hand Control
Failsafe Time Delay
Standstill Monitor
• • •
• • •
Reset
Safety Relay
Page reference
Auto
AZS 2305
6-323
Auto/Manual
FWS 1205C
6-322
Auto/Manual
SRB 201 LC
6-315
Manual Monitored
SRB 201 ZH
6-320
Auto/Manual Monitored
SRB 207 AN
6-314
Auto/Manual Monitored
SRB 301 AN
6-314
Auto/Manual
SRB 301 LC
6-315
Manual Monitored
SRB 301 MA
6-316
Auto/Manual
SRB 301 MC
6-316
Auto/Manual Monitored
SRB 301 ST V.2
6-317
Auto/Manual
AZR 31 S1
6-322
Auto
SRB 301 HC/T
6-321
Manual Monitored
SRB 301 HC/R
6-320, 6-321
NO/NC Input 2NC Input
6-313
6
6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.2. 1NO + 1NC Input Type Discount Code C6
SRB 207AN Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch Multi Evaluation of up to 6 Safety Guards
NO/NC
3
6
Auto/Manual Monitored
SRB 207 AN-24VDC
2 (STOP 0)
SRB 207 AN-230VDC
SRB 207 AN-24VDC
6 SRB 207 AN-24VDC
SRB 301AN Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch
NO/NC
4
1
Auto/Manual Monitored
SRB 301 AN 24VAC/DC
3 (STOP 0)
SRB 301 AN
SRB 301 AN
6-314
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.3. 2NC Input Type Discount Code C6
SRB 201LC Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock
2NC
3/4
1
Auto/Manual
SRB 201 LC 24VAC/DC
2 (STOP 0)
SRB 201 LC
L1 J
SRB 201 LC
A1
KB
6
S KA
S22 X1 X2
S12 S11
13 23
F1
a) Ui K1
K1
KA
K2
KB
K2
A2
Y1
14 24 KA
KB N
SRB 301LC Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock
2NC
4
1
Auto/Manual
SRB 301 LC 24VAC/DC
3 (STOP 0)
SRB 301 LC
SRB 301 LC
6-315
6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.3. 2NC Input Type
Discount Code C6
SRB 301MA Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch
2NC
4
1
Manual Monitored
SRB 301 MA 24VAC/DC
3 (STOP 0)
SRB 301 MA
6 SRB 301 MA
SRB 301MC Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
Position Switch Magnetic Switch E-Stop Solenoid Interlock Light Curtain
2NC or 2PNP
4
1
Auto/Manual
SRB 301 MC 24 VAC/DC
3 (STOP 0)
SRB 301 MC
SRB 301 MC
6-316
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.3. 2NC Input Type Discount Code C6
SRB 301ST V.2 Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category
Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Light Curtain Magnetic Switch
2NC or 2 PNP
4
3 (STOP 0)
1
Auto/Manual Monitored
SRB 301 ST V.2 24 VAC/DC
SRB 301 ST V.2
6 SRB 301 ST V.2
SRB 301 ST V.2
6-317
6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.4. Output Expanders Discount Code C6
SRB 401EM Series Order Codes Description
Input Type
Output Expander Safety Relay Module
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
Up to 4
1
Automatic
SRB 401EM-230V
4 (STOP 0)
SRB 401EM-230V
L1
6
X1
13 23
13 23 33 43
X1
A1 F1
51
K1
Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit K1
K1 K2
K2
X2
K1
14 24
K2
K2
A2
X2
SRB.. N
14 24 34 44 52 SRB 401EM
SRB 402EM Series Order Codes Description
Input Type
Output Expander Safety Relay Module
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
Up to 4
2
Automatic
SRB 402EM 24VAC/DC
4 (STOP 0)
SRB 402EM-24V
24V
X1
13 23
X1
A1 F1
Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit
13 23 33 43 51
61
K1 K2
K1
K3 K3
K2
X2
SRB..
K1
14 24
A2
K2
K4
X2
K4
14 24 34 44 52 62
SRB 402EM
0V
6-318
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.5. Input Expanders Discount Code C6
PROTECT – PE Series • • •
Input Expander Cascading possible for up to 80 sensors. Protection class IP20
Order Codes
PROTECT – PE-11
Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Auxiliary Outputs
Signaling Outputs
Reset
Code
Up to 4 Sensors E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch
1NO + 1NC
Up to 3
2 (STOP 0)
5
Automatic
PROTECT – PE-11
Up to 4 Sensors E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch Light Curtains
2NC or 2 PNP
Up to 3
2 (STOP 0)
5
Automatic
PROTECT – PE-02
6
PROTECT – PE-02
Dual-channel antivalent control
Magnetic safety switch to IEC 60947-5-3; a) Signalling outputs
Emergency stop circuit to EN ISO 13850 and EN 60947-5-5; a) Signalling outputs
Guard door monitoring to EN 1088; a) Signalling outputs
6-319
6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.6. Two Hand Control Relays Discount Code C6
SRB 201ZH Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
2 Hand Control Station
NO/NC + NO/NC
Up to 4
1
Automatic
SRB 201ZH 24VDC
2 (STOP 0)
SRB 201ZH-24VDC
L1
6 A1 A1.1 A2.1 S11 S12 S21 S22 X1 X2 13 23 F3
SRB 201ZH-24VDC
31
F2
F1
K1
Control logic
K2 K1 K2
A2
14 24
32
SRB 201ZH KB KA
N 3
M
SRB 301HC/R Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
2 Hand Control Station
2 NC
Up to 4
1
Automatic/ Manual Monitored
SRB 301 HC/R 24VAC/DC
3 (STOP 0)
SRB 301HC/R-24V
L1
A
SRB 301HC/R-24V
S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X3
A1
13 23 33 41
F1
Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit
K1 S
ON K2 IN A
K1
K2
IN B
OUT
A2
14 24 34 42 SRB 301HC/R KB KA
N 3
6-320
M
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.7. Safety Mat Relays Discount Code C6
SRB 301HC/R Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
Safety Mat
2 NC
Up to 4
1
Automatic/ Manual Monitored
SRB 301HC/R 24VAC/DC
3 (STOP 0)
SRB 301HC/R
L1
A
SRB 301HC/R-24V
S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X3
A1
6
13 23 33 41
F1
Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit
K1 S
ON K2 IN A
K2
K1
IN B
OUT
A2
14 24 34 42 SRB 301HC/R KB KA
N 3
M
SRB 301HC/T Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
Safety Mat
2 N/C
Up to 4
1
Automatic/ Manual
SRB 301HC/T 24VAC/DC
3 (STOP 0)
SRB 301HC/T
L1
A
SRB 301HC/T
S13 S14 S23 S24 X2 X1
A1
13 23 33 41
F1
Ansteuerlogik/ Control circuit
K1 S
ON K2 IN A
K1
K2
IN B
OUT
A2
14 24 34 42 SRB 301HC/T KB KA
N 3
M
6-321
6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.8. Stand Still Monitors Discount Code C6
AZR 31 S1 Series Order Codes Description
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs
Reset
Code
Sensor-free detection of standstill by monitoring E.M.F.
3-Phase Motor
Up to 4
1
Automatic
AZR 31 S1 24 VDC
3 (STOP 0)
AZR 31 S1 24 VAC AZR 31 S1 230 VAC
AZR 31 S1 AZR 31 S1
6
FWS 1205 C Series Order Codes Description
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Signal Outputs
Reset
Code
Detects standstill using 2 impulse sensors
2 x PNP Proximity Sensors
Up to 3
2
Automatic
FWS 1205 C 24VDC
2 (STOP 0)
FWS 1205 C
AZM 161 K3 K4 13
14
33
22
21
34
41
42
52
51
63
64
A1 A2 3
M
0V
N FWS 1205 C
L1
L1 +24 VDC
+24 VDC
E A1
A1
S13
S14
S21
S22
13
23
A1
A1
X2
X1
13
23
14
24
K1
100mA
max.
max.
K1
K2 100mA K2 A2
A2
Y1
Y2
X1
X2
14
24
A2
0V
K4
AES 1235
6-322
A2
Y1
Y2
X3 R
K3
N
0V +24 VDC
FWS 1205
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.9. Fail-Safe Delay Timer 6.2.10. Muting Relay
6.2.8..
6.2.9. Discount Code C6
AZS 2305 Series - Fail-Safe Delay Timer Order Codes Description
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Signal Outputs
Reset
Code
Fail-Safe Delay Timer 0.1s to 99 min
Stop Signal
Up to 3
2
Automatic
AZS 2305 24VDC
3 (STOP 0)
AZS 2305 AZS 2305
AZM 161
6 13
14
33
22
21
34
42
41
52
51
63
A1 A2
64
N
H1
L1
+24 VDC
L1
0V +24 VDC
0 S13
A1
A1
S14
S21
S22
E
23
13
Y1
A1
Y2
13
23
33
14
24
34
max. 100mA max.
100mA
K1 K1 K2 K2
A2
A2
Y1
X2
X1
Y2
A2
24
14
S13
S14
S21
S22
0V
AZS 2305
K3
0V
K4
AES 1235
N 3
M
H2
S
SRB 202 MSL Series - Muting Relay Order Codes Description
Input Type
Safety Category Safety Outputs
Signal Outputs
Reset
Code
Muting Signaling Device Monitoring
2 NC
Up to 4
2
Automatic
SRB 202 MSL 24VDC
2 (STOP 0)
J
L S1 S3 S2 S4
KB S KA
SRB 202 MSL
MasterReset A1 MR X1 X2 S11 S12 S13 S21 S22 S23 L84 L54 LA1 LA2 X13 13 23 X23 F2
Ansteuerlogik und Lampen端berwachung/ Control circuit
F1
K1 K2
F3
KA
K3 K4
K1
A2
K2
K3
K4
K5
KB
K5
14 24 KA
KB
N 6-323
6. Machine safety 6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.11. IS Rated Safety Relays Discount Code C6
SRB 200 EXI-1R / SRB 200 EXI-1A Series Order Codes Input Devices
Input Type
Safety Category
Safety Outputs
Auxiliary Outputs Reset
Code
E-Stop Position Switch Solenoid Interlock Magnetic Switch
2 NC
Up to 4
2 (STOP 0)
0
Manual Monitored Reset with Trailing Edge
SRB 200 EXI-1R 24VDC
Automatic
SRB 200 EXI-1A 24VDC
SRB 200 EXI-1R SRB 200 EXI-1A
6
L1 J KB
a)
S KA
SRB 200 EXI-1R
A1
0V S12 S11 S21 S22 X1 X2
13 23
F1 KA
nQS QS
b) UEXi
F2
c) UB
A2
Ui
K1
KB
K1
K2
K2
PA PA
14 KA
24 KB N
SRB 200 EXI-1A
6-324
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.2. Safety Relays
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.2.12. Force Guided Plug-In Type Discount Code C8
SFS Series •
Forcibly guided contact structure (EN50205 ClassA TÜV recognized)
Order Codes Contact
No. of Poles
Contact Rating
LED Indication
Coil Type
Code
2 N/O, 2N/C
4
6A
Yes
24VDC
SFS2-L-DC24V SFS3-L-DC24V
3 N/O, 1N/C 4 N/O, 2N/C
SFS4-L-DC24V
6
5 N/O, 1N/C
SFS5-L-DC24V
3 N/O, 3N/C
SFS6-L-DC24V
6
Accessories Description
For use with
Code
DIN Rail Base
4 Pole Relays
SFS4-SFD
6 Pole Relays
SFS6-SFD
SFS 4 Pole Relay Terminals
SFS 6 Pole Relay Terminals
SFS 4 Pole Base Dimensions & Schematic
SFS 6 Pole Base Dimensions & Schematic
6-325
6. Machine safety 6.3. Safety Light Curtains
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection
SLC 440 Series • • • • • •
Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1 User-friendly parameter setting, no tools required Reliable safety concept in case of interferences (EMC, welding sparks) Integrated set-up tool IP67 Integrated fixed & floating blanking
Order Codes Resolution
Protected Height
Code
14mm Finger Protection
170mm
SLC 440-E/R0170-14-01
250mm
SLC 440-E/R0250-14-01
330mm
SLC 440-E/R0330-14-01
410mm
SLC 440-E/R0410-14-01
490mm
SLC 440-E/R0490-14-01
570mm
SLC 440-E/R0570-14-01
650mm
SLC 440-E/R0650-14-01
730mm
SLC 440-E/R0730-14-01
810mm
SLC 440-E/R0810-14-01
890mm
SLC 440-E/R0890-14-01
970mm
SLC 440-E/R0970-14-01
1050mm
SLC 440-E/R1050-14-01
1130mm
SLC 440-E/R1130-14-01
1210mm
SLC 440-E/R1210-14-01
6
Order Codes
6-326
Resolution
Protected Height
Code
30mm Hand Protection
170mm
SLC 440-E/R0170-30-01
250mm
SLC 440-E/R0250-30-01
330mm
SLC 440-E/R0330-30-01
410mm
SLC 440-E/R0410-30-01
490mm
SLC 440-E/R0490-30-01
570mm
SLC 440-E/R0570-30-01
650mm
SLC 440-E/R0650-30-01
730mm
SLC 440-E/R0730-30-01
810mm
SLC 440-E/R0810-30-01
890mm
SLC 440-E/R0890-30-01
970mm
SLC 440-E/R0970-30-01
1050mm
SLC 440-E/R1050-30-01
1130mm
SLC 440-E/R1130-30-01
1210mm
SLC 440-E/R1210-30-01
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.3. Safety Light Curtains
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.3.1. Finger & Hand Protection
Dimensions Type
(A) Protected Height
(B) Mounting Dimension
(C) Total Length
SLC440-ER-0170-XX
170
264
283
SLC440-ER-0250-XX
250
344
363
SLC440-ER-0330-XX
330
424
443
SLC440-ER-0410-XX
410
504
523
SLC440-ER-0490-XX
490
584
603
SLC440-ER-0570-XX
570
664
683
SLC440-ER-0650-XX
650
744
763
SLC440-ER-0730-XX
730
824
843
SLC440-ER-0810-XX
810
904
923
SLC440-ER-0890-XX
890
984
1003
SLC440-ER-0970-XX
970
1064
1083
SLC440-ER-1050-XX
1050
1144
1163
SLC440-ER-1130-XX
1130
1224
1243
SLC440-ER-1210-XX
1210
1304
1323
SLC440-ER-1290-XX
1290
1384
1403
SLC440-ER-1370-XX
1370
1464
1483
SLC440-ER-1450-XX
1450
1544
1563
SLC440-ER-1530-XX
1530
1624
1643
SLC440-ER-1610-XX
1610
1704
1723
SLC440-ER-1690-XX
1690
1784
1803
SLC440-ER-1770-XX
1770
1864
1883
6
Accessories SLC 440 Description
Cable Lengh
Type
Code
Emitter Cable
5m
M12
KA 0804
10m
M12
20m
M12
KA 0904
Receiver Cable Emitter Cable Emitter Cable Receiver Cable
KA 0805 KA 0905
Receiver Cable
KA 0808 KA 0908
6-327
6. Machine safety 6.3. Safety Light Curtains
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.3.2. Body Protection
SLG 440 Series • • • • •
Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1 User-friendly parameter setting, no tools required Reliable safety concept in case of interferences (EMC, welding sparks) Integrated set-up tool IP67
Order Codes Resolution
Protected Height
Code
500mm – 2 Beam
500mm
SLG 440-E/R0500-02-01
800mm – 3 Beam
800mm
SLC 440-E/R0800-03-01
900mm – 4 Beam
900mm
SLC 440-E/R0900-04-01
6 Accessories Description
Cable Lengh
Type
Code
Emitter Cable
5m
M12
KA 0804
10m
M12
20m
M12
KA 0904
Receiver Cable Emitter Cable
KA 0805 KA 0905
Receiver Cable Emitter Cable
KA 0808 KA 0908
Receiver Cable
Dimensions Type
6-328
(A) Beam Distance
(B) Mounting Dimension
(C) Total Length
L1
L2
SLG440-ER-0500-02-01
500
624
643
358.5
317.5
SLG440-ER-0800-03-01
400
924
943
258.5
217.5
SLG440-ER-0900-04-01
300
1024
1043
258.5
217.5
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.3. Safety Light Curtains
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.3.3. IP69K Version
SLC 420 IP69K Series • • • • •
Protection class IP69K Designed for Food & Beverage Industry Safety type 4 in accordance with IEC 61496-1 Resolution 14 mm & 30 mm Protection field height from 170 mm … 1450 mm
Order Codes Resolution
Protected Height
Code
14mm Finger Protection
170mm
SLC 420-E/R0170-14-69-RFB
250mm
SLC 420-E/R0250-14-69-RFB
330mm
SLC 420-E/R0330-14-69-RFB
410mm
SLC 420-E/R0410-14-69-RFB
490mm
SLC 420-E/R0490-14-69-RFB
570mm
SLC 420-E/R0570-14-69-RFB
650mm
SLC 420-E/R0650-14-69-RFB
730mm
SLC 420-E/R0730-14-69-RFB
810mm
SLC 420-E/R0810-14-69-RFB
890mm
SLC 420-E/R0890-14-69-RFB
970mm
SLC 420-E/R0970-14-69-RFB
1050mm
SLC 420-E/R1050-14-69-RFB
1130mm
SLC 420-E/R1130-14-69-RFB
1210mm
SLC 420-E/R1210-14-69-RFB
1290mm
SLC 420-E/R12910-14-69-RFB
1370mm
SLC 420-E/R1370-14-69-RFB
1450mm
SLC 420-E/R1450-14-69-RFB
Order Codes Resolution
Protected Height
Code
30mm Hand Protection
170mm
SLC 420-E/R0170-30-69-RFB
250mm
SLC 420-E/R0250-30-69-RFB
330mm
SLC 420-E/R0330-30-69-RFB
410mm
SLC 420-E/R0410-30-69-RFB
490mm
SLC 420-E/R0490-30-69-RFB
570mm
SLC 420-E/R0570-30-69-RFB
650mm
SLC 420-E/R0650-30-69-RFB
730mm
SLC 420-E/R0730-30-69-RFB
810mm
SLC 420-E/R0810-30-69-RFB
890mm
SLC 420-E/R0890-30-69-RFB
970mm
SLC 420-E/R0970-30-69-RFB
1050mm
SLC 420-E/R1050-30-69-RFB
1130mm
SLC 420-E/R1130-30-69-RFB
1210mm
SLC 420-E/R1210-30-69-RFB
1290mm
SLC 420-E/R1290-30-69-RFB
1370mm
SLC 420-E/R1370-30-69-RFB
1450mm
SLC 420-E/R1450-30-69-RFB
6-329
6
6. Machine safety 6.3. Safety Light Curtains
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
6.3.3. IP69K Version
Dimensions - SLC 420 Series Type
6
(A) Protection Field Height
(B) Sensor Length
(C) Mounting Dimension
(D) Total Lengthd
SLC 420-E/R0170-xx-69-RFB
170
267
315
351
SLC 420-E/R0250-xx-69-RFB
250
347
395
431
SLC 420-E/R0330-xx-69-RFB
330
427
475
511
SLC 420-E/R0410-xx-69-RFB
410
507
555
591
SLC 420-E/R0490-xx-69-RFB
490
587
635
671
SLC 420-E/R0570-xx-69-RFB
570
667
715
751
SLC 420-E/R0650-xx-69-RFB
650
747
795
831
SLC 420-E/R0730-xx-69-RFB
730
827
875
911
SLC 420-E/R0810-xx-69-RFB
810
907
955
991
SLC 420-E/R0890-xx-69-RFB
890
987
1035
1071
SLC 420-E/R0970-xx-69-RFB
970
1067
1115
1151
SLC 420-E/R1050-xx-69-RFB
1050
1147
1195
1231
SLC 420-E/R1130-xx-69-RFB
1130
1227
1275
1311
SLC 420-E/R1210-xx-69-RFB
1210
1307
1355
1391
SLC 420-E/R1290-xx-69-RFB
1290
1387
1435
1471
SLC 420-E/R1370-xx-69-RFB
1370
1467
1515
1551
SLC 420-E/R1450-xx-69-RFB
1450
1547
1595
1631
Accessories - SLC 420 Description
Cable Lengh
Type
Code
Emitter Cable
5m
M12
KA 0804
10m
M12
20m
M12
KA 0904
Receiver Cable Emitter Cable Emitter Cable Receiver Cable
6-330
KA 0805 KA 0905
Receiver Cable
KA 0808 KA 0908
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C6
ZQ 700 Series • • • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure One-side operation / wire up to 10 m long Release push button Position indicator Large wiring compartment Twisting of towing eye not possible Wire pull and breakage detection One tension force for cable lengths up to 10 m IP67 Rated
Order Codes Wire Rope Length
Output Operation
Code
1-10m
1NO + 1NC
ZQ 700-11
2NC
ZQ 700-02
Operation
Code
Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter
1155097SS
Eyebolt 8 x 70 mm (ea)
1192471
Wire clamp (ea)
1203478
Turnbuckle (ea)
1087930
Tension spring (ea)
1186696
Thimble (ea)
1203476
Shackle (ea)
1186490
6
Accessories Image
Pull-Wire Installation Kit Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes Operation
Code
10m Installation Kit
TZQ-10KIT
6-331
6. Machine safety 6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C6
ZQ 900 Series • • • • • • • • • •
Metal enclosure One-side operation / wire up to 50 m long Release push button Position indicator Robust design Large wiring compartment Twisting of towing eye not possible Wire pull and breakage detection 3 cable entries M 20 x 1.5 IP65/IP67 (suffix N IP65)
Order Codes
6
Wire Rope Length
Output Operation
Code
5-50m
1NO + 1NC
ZQ 900-11
2NC
ZQ 900-02
2NO + 2NC
ZQ 900-22
1NO + 1NC
ZQ 900-11N*
2NC
ZQ 900-02N*
2NO + 2NC
ZQ 900-22N*
Operation
Code
Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter
1155097SS
Eyebolt 8 x 100 mm (ea)
1192471
Wire clamp (ea)
1203478
Turnbuckle (ea)
1087930
Tension spring (ea)
1186696
Thimble (ea)
1203476
Shackle (ea)
1186490
*Integrated E-Stop Button
Accessories Image
Pull-Wire Installation Kit Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes
6-332
Operation
Code
10m Installation Kit
TZQ-10KIT
20m Installation Kit
TZQ-20KIT
50m Installation Kit
TZQ-50KIT
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.4. Safety Pull-Wire Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C6
T3Z Series • • • • •
Metal enclosure Two-side operation / wire up to 2 x 50 m long Robust design Low actuating force IP65
Order Codes Wire Rope Length
Output Operation
Code
2 x 50m
1NO + 1NC
T3Z 068-11YR
2NC + 2NC
T3Z 068-22YR
Operation
Code
Wire Rope-Stainless Steel Inner, Red PVC Outer per meter
1155097SS
Eyebolt 8 x 100 mm (ea)
1192471
Wire clamp (ea)
1203478
Turnbuckle (ea)
1087930
Tension spring (ea)
1186696
Thimble (ea)
1203476
Shackle (ea)
1186490
6
Accessories Image
Pull-Wire Installation Kit Each kit comprises of a suitable amount of Stainless Steel Red PVC Wire Rope, Eyebolts, Wire Clamps, Turnbuckle, Tension Spring, Thimbles and Shackles. Order Codes Operation
Code
50m Installation Kit
TZQ-50KIT
6-333
6. Machine safety 6.5. Two Hand Control Stations
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C6
SEP Series - Metal Enclosure • • • •
Stand and wall mounting possible Emergency Stop button 2 black operating buttons IP54
Order Codes Description
Output Operation
Code
Two Hand Control Station
1NO + 1NC 1NO + 1NC E-Stop 1NO + 1NC
SEP 01.0.1.0.22/95
SEP 01.0.L.22
Enclosure Only
6
SEPK Series - Thermoplastic Enclosure • • • • •
2 black operating buttons 1 Emergency Stop button Stand and wall mounting possible 2 part enclosure IP65
Order Codes Description
Output Operation
Code
Two Hand Control Station
1NO + 1NC 1NO + 1NC E-Stop 1NO + 1NC
SEPK 02.0.4.0.22/95
Enclosure Only
6-334
SEPK 02.0.L.22
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.6. Enabling Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C6
ZSD 5 / ZSD 6 • • • • • • •
Thermoplastic enclosure 1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 Good resistance to oil and petroleum spirit Particularly fit for robot applications in accordance with the ANSI Robotics Standard The redundant contact configuration enable signal evaluation with common safety relay modules according to control category 3/4 to EN 954-1 Contacts do not close upon reset ( level 3 -> level 1) IP67
Order Codes Description
Output Operation
Code
Enabling (Hold to Run/Dead Man) Switch
3 Position OFF-ON-OFF 2 NO Contacts 1 NC Auxiliary Contact
ZSD 5/0.LTG
Enabling (Hold to Run/Dead Man) Switch
3 Position OFF-ON-OFF 2 NO Contacts 1 NC Auxiliary Contact Reset NO
ZSD 6/0.LTG
6
6-335
6. Machine safety 6.7. Safety Mats
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C6
SMS 4 Series • • • • • • • • •
Robust design Modular switching mat system Maintenance free Simple mounting Slip-free surface High resistance to chemicals No additional baseplate 4-wire connecting cable IP65
Order Codes
6
Active Area
Code
250mm x 500mm
SMS 4 250-500
500mm x 500mm
SMS 4 500-500
500mm x 1000mm
SMS 4 500-1000
750mm x 1000mm
SMS 4 750-1000
1000mm x 1000mm
SMS 4 1000-1000
1000mm x 1500mm
SMS 4 1000-1500
Accessories
6-336
Description
Code
Ramp Rail (3000mm)
SMS 4-RS-3000
Fixing Rail (3000mm)
SMS 4-BS-3000
Corner Section (ea)
SMS 4-EV
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.8. Safety Edge Sensors
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C6
Profile
SE Series A safety edge system consists of individual components that must be ordered separately. Example: • Rubber profile, SE-P40-1250 • Aluminium profile, SE-AL 10-1250 • Emitter/ Receiver SE-SET • Safety-monitoring module, SE-304 C
Emitter / Receiver Set
Order Codes Profile Type
Profile Demensions
Code
Rubber
40mm x 1250mm
SE-P40-1250
40mm x 2500mm
SE-P40-2500
40mm x 5000mm
SE-P40-5000
40mm x 10000mm
SE-P40-10000
70mm x 1250mm
SE-P70-1250
70mm x 2500mm
SE-P70-2500
70mm x 5000mm
SE-P70-5000
Safety-Monitoring Module
Aluminium
70mm x 10000mm
SE-P70-10000
P40 x 1250mm
SE-AL10-1250
P40 x 2500mm
SE-AL10-2500
P70 x 1250mm
SE-AL20-1250
P70 x 2500mm
SE-AL20-2500
6
Accessories Description
Code
Emitter / Receiver Sensor Set
SE-SET VER.2.0
End Cap SE-P40
SE-T40
End Cap SE-P70
SE-T70
Monitoring Relay, 1-4 Edges Category 3
SE 304C
Monitoring Relay, 1 Edge Category 4
SE 400C
6-337
6. Machine safety 6.9. Safety Foot Switches
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Discount Code C6
TFH Series • • • • •
1 Cable entry M 20 x 1.5 Protective shield with wide opening Low operating height of pedal High level of stability IP65
Order Codes
6
6-338
Wire Rope Length
Output Operation
Code
Single Pedal wwith Hood
1NO + 1NC
TFH 232-11
2NO + 2NC
TFH 232-22
1NO + 1NC Slow Action
TFH 232-11UEDR
2NO + 2NC Slow Action
TFH 232-22UEDR
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.10. Safety PLC
PROTECT PSC Series The PROTECT PSC programmable modular safety control system is primarily designed for use in modern production systems or in complex individual machines. PROTECT PSC is suitable both for the safe evaluation and linking of several safety-oriented signals such as emergency stop control equipment, guard monitoring and safety light curtains. Connectable Devices
E-Stops
Electro-Mechanical Switches
Coded Magnetic Switches
Light Curtains
Safety Mats
Two Hand Control Station
A significant advantage of the PROTECT PSC lies in its modular and therefore extremely flexible construction. This enables the user to achieve an optimal solution for the respective task from the point of view of costs without leaving unnecessary numbers of inputs or outputs unused. In addition the very high packaging density of connecting terminals helps to save space in the switch cabinet. PROTECT PSC enables applications to be realised in control category 4 to EN 954-1, Performance Level “e” to EN 13 849-1 or SIL 3 to IEC 61 508. As a special feature the PROTECT PSC also offers the possibility of carrying out (non safe) signal processing under operating conditions in addition to safety-oriented signal processing. If programming is to be completely eliminated, a safe zone section shutdown can be achieved with the PROTECT PSC, similar to a system of safety relay modules, determined only by the sequence of modules on the DIN rail. A summary of the most important features: • • • • • • • •
Modular design Integration of safe signals under operating conditions Free programming to IEC 61 131 via standard USB interface or Signal interlinking via external wiring without programming Connection facility for external gateway (Profibus, DeviceNet or CC link) Reaction time 22 ms (semi-conductor outputs) or 37 ms (relay outputs) Visualisation and status display on module or PC Simple DIN rail assembly
6-339
6
6. Machine safety 6.10. Safety PLC
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
Module Overview Number of Inputs Non-Safe
6
Number of Outputs
Safe
Non-Safe
Code
Safe
Dry Contacts
Dry Contacts
PNP
Dry Contacts
PNP
-
8
-
-
6
Relay -
PSC-CPU-MON
-
8
-
-
6
-
PSC-SUB-MON
-
6
-
-
4
-
PSC-S-STP-E
-
2
4
-
4
-
PSC-S-STP-LC
-
4
2
-
4
-
PSC-S-STP-ELC
-
-
-
-
-
4
PSC-S-RELAYS
-
16
-
-
-
-
PSC-S-IN-E
-
-
16
-
-
-
PSC-S-IN-LC
-
-
-
-
16
-
PSC-S-OUT
16
-
-
-
-
-
PSC-NS-IN
-
-
-
16
-
-
PSC-NS-OUT
*Dry Contact Input Signals eg. E-Stop devices, safety switches, safety interlocks, safety solenoid switches etc… * PNP Input Signals eg. PNP outputs from protective devices such as light curtains, laser scanners etc…
In addition to the central unit, a power supply module and various input and output modules (see Table Page 3) form part of the PROTECT PSC system. A minimum configuration consists of a CPU module and a power supply module. The CPU can trigger up to 15 modules so that additional input and output modules can be added at a later date as required and integrated into the complete system with little effort. All modules can be easily assembled on DIN top hat rails and are connected via backplane bus. This means the user can freely determine the extension stage of the system and therefore also the number of available inputs and outputs – from 8 inputs and 6 outputs in the most simple version to over General 250 inputs/outputs when the system is fully extended. PSC-CPU-MON
PSC-Power
Backplain Bus
Diagnosis and visualisation A fast diagnosis can be achieved via the LED display on the modules or the PC in monitoring mode or by reading out the error reports from the central control unit.
6-340
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
6.10. Safety PLC
Possible operating mode b) Freely programmable version. This operating mode allows the real capacity and flexibility of PROTECT PSC to be demonstrated. All inputs and outputs of the entire system are assigned via a programming language (ladder) corresponding to IEC 61 131. Logic functions, e.g. AND and OR, as well as other dependencies can be freely programmed.
Programming Environment
6
Configuration of the I/O modules: clear differentiation between safe and operational area
Free programming to IEC 61 131 with the opportunity to incorporate functional blocks into the program. The user is provided with various functional modules in a library. The user also has the possibility of designing own functional modules.
6-341
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems Section Guide Overview
Section 7
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.1. XXX
7.1.1.1. XXX
Discount Code C9
7
7-342
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
PLC’s, RTU’s & I/O Systems 7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7-342 7.3. RTU’s 7-390 7.3.1. Overview 7-390 7.1. Panasonic PLC’s 7-344 7.3.2. Software 7-391 7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7-344 7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit 7-391 7.1.1.1. Overview 7-344 7.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open 7-393 7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-345 7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7-347 7.4. I/O Systems 7-394 7.1.2.1. Overview 7-347 7.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7-394 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-350 7.4.1.1. Overview 7-394 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7-353 7.4.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-395 7.1.3.1. Overview 7-353 7.4.2. RSTi Series 7-396 7.1.3.2. CPU Units 7-356 7.4.2.1. Overview 7-396 7.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes 7-357 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-396 7.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units 7-358 7.5. Data Logger 7-400 7.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units 7-359 7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7-400 7.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units 7-360 7.5.1.1 Overview 7-400 7.1.3.7. Positioning Units 7-361 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables 7-401 7.1.3.8. Power Supply Units 7-362 7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables 7-363 7.1.3.10. Software 7-365 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC’s 7-366 7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7-366 7.2.1.1. Overview 7-366 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables 7-366 7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7-369 7.2.2.1. Overview 7-369 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables 7-369 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series 7-372 7.2.3.1. Overview 7-372 7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables 7-372 7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller 7-376 7.2.4.1. Overview 7-376 7.2.4.2. Ordering Table 7-376 7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7-377 7.2.5.1. Overview 7-377 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables 7-378 7.2.6. GE Programming Software 7-383 7.2.6.1. Overview 7-383 7.2.6.2. Ordering Table 7-384 7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7-386 7.2.7.1. Overview 7-386 7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables 7-386 7.2.8. GE Industrial PC 7-388 7.2.8.1. Overview 7-388 7.2.8.2. Ordering Table 7-388 7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC 7-389 7.2.9.1. Overview 7-389
7-343
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7.1.1.1. Overview FPOR Series • • • •
Large capacity program/data memory Ultra-high speed processing Program capacity up to 32 k steps Data register: 32 k words
• • • •
80 nsec/step (Basic instruction) Multi-axis control available without expansion units Capable of high-speed program transfer Battery-less backup of all data (F-Type)
The control unit is small at 90mm in height and 25mm in width. Even when expanded with three additional units, the total width is only 100mm. The ultra-compact space-saving body size facilitates the miniaturization of target machines, equipment, and control panels.
7
Specifications
7-344
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables
Discount Code C9
Order Codes - CPU Modules Description
Total I/O Count
Inputs 24VDC
Outputs Relay
NPN
PNP
Connection Type
Code
Control Unit
16k Steps
14
8
6
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-C14RS
Control Unit with RS232C port
16k Steps
14
8
6
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-C14CRS
Control Unit with RS485 port
16k Steps
14
8
6
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-C14MRS
Control Unit
FP0R-C14RS
Memory / Capacity
Control Unit with RS232C port Control Unit with RS485 port Control Unit Control Unit with RS232C port Control Unit with RS485 port
16k Steps
16
8
-
-
8
MIL Connector
FP0R-C16P
16k Steps
16
8
-
8
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-C16T
16k Steps
16
8
-
-
8
MIL Connector
FP0R-C16CP
16k Steps
16
8
-
8
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-C16CT
16k Steps
16
8
-
-
8
MIL Connector
FP0R-C16MP
16k Steps
16
8
-
8
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-C16MT
16k Steps
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-C32P
16k Steps
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-C32T
32k Steps
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-C32CP
32k Steps
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-C32CT
32k Steps
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-C32MP
32k Steps
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-C32MT
Control Unit with RS232C port and Battery-less automatic all data backup function
32k Steps
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-F32CP
32k Steps
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-F32CT
Control Unit with RS485 port and Battery-less automatic all data backup function
32k Steps
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-F32MP
32k Steps
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-F32MT
Control Unit with RS232C port and Realtime clock function Control Unit with RS485 port and Real-time clock function
32k Steps
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-T32CP
32k Steps
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-T32CT
32k Steps
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-T32MP
32k Steps
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-T32MT
7
Note : 24VDC Power Supply Voltage
7-345
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.1. Panasonic FPOR Series 7.1.1.2. Ordering Tables
Discount Code C9
FPOR Series Order Codes - Digital I/O Expansion Modules Description
Total I/O Count
E8 Expansion Unit
E16 Expansion Unit FP0R-E8RS
7
E32 Expansion Unit
Inputs 24VDC
Outputs Relay
Connection Type NPN
Code
PNP
8
8
-
-
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E8X
8
-
8
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-E8YRS
8
4
4
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-E8RS
8
-
-
8
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E8YT
8
-
-
-
8
MIL Connector
FP0R-E8YP
16
16
-
-
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16X
16
8
8
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-E16RS
16
8
-
8
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16T
16
8
-
-
8
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16P
16
-
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16YT
16
-
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16YP
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E32T
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-E32P
32
16
16
-
-
MIL Connector
FP0-E32RS
Order Codes - Analog I/O Expansion Modules
FP0-A04I
Description
Total I/O Count
Specification
Code
D/A Converter Unit
4
Outputs (4 channels) Current range : 4 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)
FP0-A04I
Outputs (4 channels) Voltage range : -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000)
FP0-A04V
Analog I/O Unit
3
Input (2 Channels) : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000) Output (1 Channel) : 10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)
FP0-A21-A
8
Inputs / Voltage Ranges : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V, -100 to 100 mV (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Output Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)
FP0-A80-A
4
Inputs (4 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1°C
FP0-TC4
8
Inputs (8 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1°C
FP0-TC8
6
Inputs (6 channel) RTD
FP0-RTD6
Thermocouple Unit
RTD Unit
Accessories
AFP0523N
FPWIN Pro
7-346
Description
Code
Power Supply, Input 100-240VAC, Output 24VDC 0.7A
FP0-PSA4
Serial Programming Cable – 9 Pin D to PLC Tool Port
FP0-CABLE-9N
USB Programming Cable – USB to Mini USB
FP0R-CABLE-USB
MIL Connector plug to (10) loose wires, 3m in length for FP0R Transistor I/O
AFP0523N
Multi-wire connector pressure contact tool
AXY52000FP
Software Type
Description
Code
FPWIN Pro Programming Software
2700 Step Free Demo Version
Free Download from our webpage
Small Version (FP0,FP0R, FPX, FPG)
FPWINPROSEN6
Full Version (All Models)
FPWINPROFEN6
For more Information refer page 7-352.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.1. Overview FPX Series • • • • • • • • • • •
High-speed Operation The 32-bit RISC processor provides the top-level processing speed in compact PLCs. The scan time is 2 ms or less for 5,000 steps. Large Capacity Program Memory Equipped with 32k steps program memory, the FPX is ideal for fully covering the increasing functions, such as communications, positioning, and analog control. The sufficient program capacity can also support future equipment modifications. Independent Comment Memory There are difficulties with program management on a PC, such as identifying the latest program. The use of the program in the PLC of equipment in operation is often regarded as the best option. Since FP-X has an independent comment memory, all comments can be stored in the PLC together with programs, facilitating program management and maintenance. Maximum Number of I/O Points Since up to eight expansion units can be connected to one control unit, the maximum number of I/O points is 300. Furthermore, with the add-on cassette and expansion FP0 adapter connected, the number of I/O points can be increased to 382. Connectivity - Three channels are available with a combination of a communication cassette (two-channel type) and the tool port. The combinations of a wide variety of communication functions can support diversified applications. Ethernet With a communication cassette (Ethernet type), inspection data, production data, and error information can be easily collected. Modbus RTU Communications with equipment compatible with Modbus-RTU, a worldwide de-facto standard, are available without programming. E.g. temperature controllers and inverters PLC Link With a communication cassette (RS485 type), bit data/word data can be easily shared among up to 16 FP-X units. Computer Link Easy communications with equipment compatible with Panasonic’s open protocol “MEWTOCOL” are available without programming. E.g. displays, image processors, temperature controllers, and power meters General-purpose Serial Communications Commands are generated/transmitted in accordance with the communication protocol of the target equipment. Or, nonprocedural data receiving is available. E.g. measuring instruments, barcode readers, and RF-ID Positioning - Built-in 4-axis Pulse Output The transistor output type C14 comes with 3-axis while C30/60 comes with 4-axis pulse output built-in the control unit. The multi-axis control, which previously required a higher-level PLC or additional positioning unit, or two or more PLC units, can now be achieved with only one FP-X transistor output type unit in a small space at a low cost.
Specifications
7-347
7
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.1. Overview FPX Series - Expansion Options
Abundant number of I/O points - Maximum 300 (Up to 382 points possible by using FP0 expansion units and add-on cassettes) When the user cannot predict the number of I/O points required in the future for his machine or equipment, he is uncertain in selecting a PLC model. FP-X solves user concerns with a maximum of 300 I/O channels. The number can even be increased up to 382 points by using the add-on cassettes and FP0 expansion units. •
Expansion units (E16R, E30R, EFP0) can be connected up to eight units. C60
E30
E30
E30
Max. 300 channels
•
Two or more E16 can’t be connected serially. C60
E16
Max. 8 units
E16
7 NG
•
E16 can be sandwiched with E30* C60
E16
E30
E16
OK * E30 requires an external power supply
•
OK
Connection by using the cable included in each expansion unit. C60
E30
The units can be tightly mounted adjacent to each other with the cable bent inside between the units for saving space.
E30
An 80-cm expansion cable is also available as an option. * E30 requires an external power supply
When further expansion or functions are required, use the existing FP0 expansion unit. All control units can be expanded by up to 3 FP0 expansion units via an adapter. Applications can be expanded by using [Transistor outputs], [Analog input/outputs], [Thermocouple input] and [I/O link (network)]. * Only one expansion FP0 adapter unit can be attached to a control unit. Up to 7 FP-X expansion units can be used when the expansion FP0 adapter is attached. C60
E30
E30
Max. 7 units (210 points)
Max. 96 points
In addition to the supplied 8-cm expansion cable, 30-cm and 80-cm types are available as options, allowing the units to be arranged more freely. (Total expansion cable length: 160 cm max.)
The unified unit height of 90 mm makes the panel surface look clean.
7-348
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.1. Overview FPX Series - Add-on Cassettes
“Require slightly more functions”, “Want to add functions to the existing equipment” - The rich variety of add-on cassettes helps solve these requirements. The Add-on cassette easily adds small quantities of functions and I/O points.
7
Max. number of attachable cassettes C14
2 cassettes
C30, C60 3 cassettes
Attachment position (see the table above) Some Cassette Combinations in Position A can be double stacked A, upper A, lower
C14
• •
A, upper A, lower
C30
B
A, upper A, lower
B
C (Not attachable)
C60
Only section A has an upper side available to attach the cassette. No add-on cassettes can be attached to section C. Only a backup battery can be attached.
7-349
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables
Discount Code C9
FPX Series
Order Codes - CPU Modules Description
Memory / Capacity
Total I/O Count
Inputs 24VDC
Outputs
24VDC
Relay
Analog V&I
NPN
PNP
Analog V&I
Power Supply
Code
FP0R C14 Control Unit 16k Steps
14
8
-
-
-
6
-
240VAC AFPX-C14P
16k Steps
14
8
-
-
-
6
-
24VDC
16k Steps
14
8
-
6
-
-
-
240VAC AFPX-C14R
AFPX-C30R
AFPX-C14PD AFPX-C14RD
16k Steps
14
8
-
6
-
-
-
24VDC
16k Steps
14
8
-
-
6
-
-
240VAC AFPX-C14T
16k Steps
14
8
-
-
6
-
-
24VDC
FP0R C30 Control Unit 32k Steps
30
16
-
-
-
14
-
240VAC AFPX-C30P
7
AFPX-C14TD AFPX-C30PD
32k Steps
30
16
-
-
-
14
-
24VDC
32k Steps
30
16
-
14
-
-
-
240VAC AFPX-C30R AFPX-C30RD
32k Steps
30
16
-
14
-
-
-
24VDC
32k Steps
30
16
-
-
14
-
-
240VAC AFPX-C30T
32k Steps
30
16
-
-
14
-
-
24VDC
32k Steps
38
24
4
-
14
-
2
240VAC AFPX-C38AT-S
AFPX-C30TD
FP0R C60 Control Unit 32k Steps
60
32
-
-
-
28
-
240VAC AFPX-C60P
32k Steps
60
32
-
-
-
28
-
24VDC
32k Steps
60
32
-
28
-
-
-
240VAC AFPX-C60R
AFPX-C60PD AFPX-C60RD
32k Steps
60
32
-
28
-
-
-
24VDC
32k Steps
60
32
-
-
28
-
-
240VAC AFPX-C60T
32k Steps
60
32
-
-
28
-
-
24VDC
AFPX-C60TD
Note : The 24VDC inputs of all units are bi-directional (sink/source) inputs
Order Codes - Digital I/O Expansion Modules Description
Supply Voltage
Total I/O Count
Inputs 24VDC
Outputs Relay
Code NPN
PNP
FPX E14 Expansion I/O unit
-
14
-
14
-
-
AFPX-E14YR
FPX E16 Expansion I/O unit
-
16
8
-
-
8
AFPX-E16P
AFPX-E30R FPX E30 Expansion I/O unit
-
16
8
8
-
-
AFPX-E16R
-
16
8
-
8
-
AFPX-E16T
-
16
16
-
-
-
AFPX-E16X
240VAC
30
16
-
-
14
AFPX-E30P
24VDC
30
16
-
-
14
AFPX-E30PD
240VAC
30
16
14
-
-
AFPX-E30R
24VDC
30
16
14
-
-
AFPX-E30RD
240VAC
30
16
-
14
-
AFPX-E30T
24VDC
30
16
-
14
-
AFPX-E30TD
Note : The 24VDC inputs of all units are bi-directional (sink/source) inputs
7-350
No. Channels
Analog V&I
RTD / TC
Relay
NPN
PNP
Analog V&I
AFPX-AD2
Description
24VDC
Order Codes - Expansion I/O Cassettes Inputs
Outputs
Code
FP-X Input/Output Cassette
7
4
-
-
-
3
-
-
AFPX-IN4T3
FP-X Input Cassette
8
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
AFPX-IN8
FP-X RTD Input Cassette
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
AFPX-RTD2
FP-X Thermocouple Input Cassette
2
-
-
2
-
-
-
-
AFPX-TC2
FP-X Output Cassette
6
-
-
-
-
-
6
-
AFPX-TR6P
8
-
-
-
-
8
-
-
AFPX-TR8
FP-X Analog Output Cassette
2
-
-
-
-
-
-
2
AFPX-DA2
FP-X Analog I/O Cassette
3
-
2
-
-
-
-
1
AFPX-A21
FP-X Analog Input Cassette
2
-
2
-
-
-
-
-
AFPX-AD2
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables
Discount Code C9
FPX Series Order Codes - Communication and Special Function Cassettes
AFPX-COM4
Type
Description
Code
FPX Communications Cassette
1 Channel RS232C
AFPX-COM1
2 Channel RS232C
AFPX-COM2
1 Channel RS485/422
AFPX-COM3
1 Channel RS232C, 1 Channel RS485
AFPX-COM4
1 Channel Ethernet, 1Channel RS232C
AFPX-COM5
2 Channel RS485
AFPX-COM6
High Speed Counter and Pulse Output
AFPX-PLS
FPX Pulse I/O Cassette
FPX Master Memory Cassette with a Real Time Clock Master Memory and Real Time Clock (Battery Required)
AFPX-MRTC
Order Codes - FP0R Digital I/O Expansion Modules for Use with FPX Series Description FP0 E8 Expansion Unit
FP0 E16 Expansion Unit
FP0R-E8RS
FP0 E32 Expansion Unit
Total I/O Count
Inputs 24VDC
Outputs Relay
NPN
PNP
8
8
-
-
-
Connection Type
Code
MIL Connector
FP0R-E8X
8
-
8
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-E8YRS
8
4
4
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-E8RS
8
-
-
8
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E8YT
8
-
-
-
8
MIL Connector
FP0R-E8YP
16
16
-
-
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16X
16
8
8
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0R-E16RS
16
8
-
8
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16T
16
8
-
-
8
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16P
16
-
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16YT
16
-
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-E16YP
32
16
-
16
-
MIL Connector
FP0R-E32T
32
16
-
-
16
MIL Connector
FP0R-E32P
32
16
16
-
-
Terminal Block
FP0-E32RS
7
Order Codes - FP0R Analog I/O Expansion Modules for Use with FPX Series Type
No. Channels Description
Code
Outputs (4 channels) Current range : 4 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)
FP0-A04I
Outputs (4 channels) Voltage range : -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000)
FP0-A04V
3
Input (2 Channels) : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000) Output (1 Channel) : 10 to +10 V (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)
FP0-A21-A
8
Inputs / Voltage Ranges : 0 to 5, -10 to +10 V, -100 to 100 mV (Resolution: 1/4000) Current Input Range :0 to 20 mA (Resolution: 1/4000)
FP0-A80-A
FP0 Thermocouple Unit 4
Inputs (4 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1째C
FP0-TC4
8
Inputs (8 channel) K, J, T, R thermocouple, Resolution: 0.1째C
FP0-TC8
6
Inputs (6 channel) RTD
FP0-RTD6
FP0 D/A Converter Unit 4
FP0 Analog I/O Unit
FP0-A04I
FP0 RTD Unit
7-351
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.2. Panasonic FPX Series 7.1.2.2. Ordering Tables
Discount Code C9
Accessories Type
Description
Code
FPX Backup Battery
Battery for backing up the operation memory & real time clock
AFPX-BATT
Expansion Cable
Expansion unit connection cable, 8cm
AFPX-EC08
Expansion unit connection cable, 30cm
AFPX-EC30
Expansion unit connection cable, 80cm
AFPX-EC80
FPX Adaptor Plate
Adaptor plate to allow use of FP0R expansion modules
AFPX-EFP0
FPX Terminal Block
Terminal block for C30, C60 & E30, 21 pins, cover with no markings, four units included
AFPX-TAN1
FPX Serial Programming Cable
Serial programming cable – 9 Pin D type to Tool Port
FP0-CABLE-9N
I/O Connection Cable
MIL Connector plug to (10) loose wires, 3m in length for FP0R I/O
AFP0523N
Type
Description
Code
FPWIN Pro Programming Software
2700 Step Free Demo Version
Free Download From our webpage
Small Version (FP0,FP0R, FPX, FPG)
FPWINPROSEN6
Full Version (All Models)
FPWINPROFEN6
Software
7 FPWIN Pro
For more Information see below.
FPOR, FPX Software Structured Text
Instruction List
Sequential Function Chart
Function Block Diagram
Ladder Diagram
1. Five programming languages can be used. Programming can be done using the language most familiar to the developer or using the language most suited to the process to be performed. High-level (structured text) languages that allow structuring, such as C, are supported. 2. Easy to reuse well-proven programs Efficiency when writing programs has been greatly increased by being able to split programming up for each function and process using structured programming. 3. Keep know-how from getting out By “black boxing” a part of a program, you can prevent know-how from leaking out and improve the program’s maintainability. 4. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. Maintainability increased by being able to load programs and comments from the PLC.
7-352
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.1. Overview FP7 Series Main Features Cost saving
Easy maintenance
• • • •
• • • •
Direct power up by DC power supply unit Clipped-on units without using backplane Enhancing features by adding cassette Configurable program capacity /data register
Battery-less data backup Number of times contact is ON and duration of ON time Hour meter operation ROM operation test
Shorter development time
Quick recovery from error
• • •
• • •
Programming by blocks Effective use of program assets FP monitor function with HMI
Ability to restore back to original program ROM operation test feature Remote access via Ethernet
Efficient debugging
Security
• • •
• •
Historical archive of changes in program Upgrading of trigger function in time chart sampling Data collection upon each scan
Password protection Upload prohibit
Operation status of PLC • •
7
Status of PLC can be logged in SD card Uploading of contents in SD card possible via Ethernet
7-353
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.1. Overview Reduced footprint Direct power up by external DC supply Expansion units are clipped together without use of backplane • •
With power supply unit as option, cost is reduced Smaller footprint (no power supply unit) Power Supply Unit
CPU
Expansion Unit
End Cover
7 Power supply unit can be used if only AC power is present
FP7 can operate on external DC supply available in the control panel, typically about 1A. Use of FP7 power supply unit is therefore an option
Ample capacity for program and data Capacity of program & data register are configurable • •
Simple selection of CPU models For the same CPU model, data capacity can be configured to suit different application needs Using 192k steps CPU as reference Program (Steps)
Data Register (w)
234k
64k
221k
128k
196k
256k
145k
512k
52k
976k Default setting
Program 192k steps
Larger data capacity
Larger program capacity
Program 150k steps
Program 235k steps
Data register 256k words
Note : Up to 256k word of DT can be configured as retentive memory
7-354
Data register 512k words Data register 128k words
Especially suitable for tracing application requiring larger data capacity
Especially suitable for applications requiring numerous complex calculations
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.1. Overview FP7 Series Line up
7
7-355
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.2. CPU Units CPU Units
Compact size and with room for expansion functions 1. CPU unit is equipped with a cassette interface. Add-on cassettes can be added to the CPU unit to increase functionality without increasing the width of the unit. Communication cassettes support RS232C, RS422, and RS485 series communications. 2. Up to 16 various units can be connected. A single CPU unit is capable of connecting up to 16 various units. 3. High-capacity SD (SDHC) memory cards are supported. Up to 32 GB SD (SDHC) memory cards are supported. 4. High performance (Scan of 1 ms minimum processing time and minimum 20 μs or less in 60 k steps) The processing speed is less susceptible to frequent Ethernet communication.
7
AFP7CPS4E
7-356
AFP7CPS3E
AFP7CPS3
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.3. Communication Cassettes Add-on Cassettes (Communication Cassettes)
For operation display panels, connections with PCs and bidirectional data exchanges 1. Serial communication functions can be added to the CPU unit. CPU unit functions can be expanded by selectively using 5 types of cassettes. Those include RS232C dedicated cassettes, cassettes to support either RS422 or RS485, and cassettes that support any combination of RS232C and RS485. 2. Protocol supports MODBUS-RTU. Even when communicating with MODBUS-RTU, communication between equipment is easily achieved by the communication instructions.
7 AFP7CCM2
AFP7CCS1
AFP7CCS1M1
AFP7CCS2
AFP7CCM1
7-357
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series
7.1.3.4. Analog Input & Output Units Analog Input & Output Units
Insulated Channel range to support various types of equipment 1. 20 times faster conversion than the previous model A conversion rate of 25 μs/channel is possible, 20 times faster than the previous model’s 500 μs/channel conversion speed. The system’s production efficiency can be improved due to precise control. High speed sampling can be achieved, independent of the PLC’s scan. 2. High-accuracy control High-accuracy of ± 0.05 % (at 25 °C) of full scale can be achieved. The use of high-resolution performance allows users to achieve reliable control. 3. Noise-resistant with isolated channels Channels insulated range is included to guard against interference from other channels. You can use it without worrying about the power supply system of the objects being measured.
7
AFP7DA4H
7-358
AFP7AD4H
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.5. Digital Input & Output Units Digital Input & Output Units
I/O points can be installed as necessary and efficiently. 1. Input / output mixed units are available. Input / output mixed units are available in addition to dedicated input or output units. A single I/O mixed unit has 32 input points and 32 output points. The necessary I/O points can be efficiently obtained, resulting in a compact PLC at reduced cost. 2. The 64 points transistor output unit is designed for 300 mA current capacity. The 64 points transistor output unit is equipped with 8 contact points with 300 mA current capacity. Large indicator lamps, magnetic contacts, etc., that previously required relay outputs or external relays can be driven directly. Equipment can be made both more compact and cheaper. 3. Input time constants are settable. Response speed can be selected from 0.1 ms, 0.5 ms, 1.0 ms, 5.0 ms, 10.0 ms, 20.0 ms or 70.0 ms depending on the output equipment to be used.
7
7-359
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.6. Remote I/O Units Remote I/O Units
Fast, Noise-Resistant Remote I/O Line Up 1. High-speed communication A 12 Mbps maximum transmission speed can be selected. Fast response at update cycle of 1,000 points/2 ms can be achieved. 2. Immunity to high noise levels Data can be transferred accurately, even in inadequate wiring environments. 3. Various types of compact slave units Compact slave units (60 × 70 × 40 mm) are smaller than common screw terminal types and are lined up to contribute to space savings. A wide variety of slave units are available.
7
7-360
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.7. Positioning Units Positioning Units
High-accuracy positioning control can be achieved at reduced cost. 1. Equipped with electronic cam and electronic gear functions Ladder program is capable of controlling electronic cams and gears. Virtual axes are supported and operable without connecting to external encoders. 2. Organized wiring to servo amplifier A servo ON output terminal is provided that allows simple and neat wiring to the servo amplifier. 3. Dedicated configuration tool Start positioning dedicated configuration tool using Control FPWIN GR7. Parameter and positioning operation settings can be made easily. Test operation is also supported. Positioning operations can be checked even while the CPU unit is in program mode.
7
AFP7PP02T
AFP7PP04T
AFP7PP02L
AFP7PP04L
7-361
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's 7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.8. Power Supply Units Power Supply Units
Announce system errors using the built-in external alarm. 1. Equipped with system error alarm contact Output contact for system error external alarm is provided. If a power supply unit is used concurrently, no additional units are required.
7 AFP7PSA1
7-362
AFP7PSA2
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables FP7 Series Order Codes - CPU Modules Description
Memory/ Capacity
Power Supply
Operation Speed
Ethernet Capability
Code
FP7 CPU Units
196k step
24VDC
From 11ns
Built-in
AFP7CPS4E
120k steps
24VDC
From 11ns
Built-in
AFP7CPS3E
120k steps
24VDC
From 11ns
-
AFP7CPS3
AFP7CPS4E
Order Codes - Communication Cassettes Description
Memory/ Capacity
Code
FP7 Communication Cassettes
RS232C, 1 channel (insulated)
AFP7CCS1
RS232C, 2 channels (insulated)
AFP7CCS2
RS422 or RS485, 1 channel (insulated)
AFP7CCM1
RS422 or RS485, 2 channel (insulated)
AFP7CCM2
RS232C, 1 channel (insulated) & RS485, 1 channel (insulated)
AFP7CCS1M1
AFP7CCS1M1
7 Order Codes - Power Supply Units Description
Memory/ Capacity
Power Supply
Operation Speed
Code
FP7 Power Supply Units
100 to 240VAC
24VDC, 1.0A
System error alarm output contact
AFP7PSA1
100 to 240VAC
24VDC, 1.8A
System error alarm output contact & remaining lifespan count function
AFP7PSA2
AFP7PSA1
Order Codes - Input & Output Units Description
Total I/O Count
FP7 Input Units
FP7 Output Units AFP7X16DW
FP7 Input & Output Units
Inputs 24VDC
Outputs Relay
Connection Type NPN
Code
PNP
16
16*
-
-
-
Terminal Block
AFP7X16DW
32
32
-
-
-
MIL Connector
AFP7X32D2
64
64
-
-
-
MIL Connector
AFP7X64D2
16
-
16
-
-
Terminal Block
AFP7Y16R
16
-
-
16
-
Terminal Block
AFP7Y16T
32
-
-
32
-
MIL Connector
AFP7Y32T
64
-
-
64
-
MIL Connector
AFP7Y64T
16
-
-
-
16
Terminal Block
AFP7Y16P
32
-
-
-
32
MIL Connector
AFP7Y32P
64
-
-
-
64
MIL Connector
AFP7Y64P
64
32
-
32
-
MIL Connector
AFP7XY64D2T
64
32
-
-
32
MIL Connector
AFP7XY64D2P
* 12-24VDC Input
Order Codes - Analog Input & Output Units Description
No. Channels
Specification
Code
FP7 Analog Input Unit
4
Voltage and current, 25μs/ch conversion speed, 16bit resolution, FS ± accuracy below 0.05% (25 ℃)
AFP7AD4H
FP7 Analog Output Unit
4
Voltage and current, 25μs/ch conversion speed, 16bit resolution, FS ± accuracy below 0.05% (25 ℃)
AFP7DA4H
AFP7DA4H
7-363
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.1. Panasonic PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.9. Ordering Tables
Order Codes - Positioning Units Description
Output Type
No. Axes Controlled
Speed Functions Command
Code
FP7 Positioning Units
Transistor
2 Axes
1pps to 500kpps
Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation
AFP7PP02T
Transistor
4 Axes
1pps to 500kpps
Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation
AFP7PP04T
Line Driver
2 Axes
1pps to 4Mpps
Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation
AFP7PP02L
Line Driver
4 Axes
1pps to 4Mpps
Electronic gear function electronic cam, linear interpolation, circular interpolation
AFP7PP04L
AFP7PP02T
Order Codes - Remote I/O Master Unit Description
Output Type
No. Axes Controlled
Speed Command
Functions
Code
FP7 PHLS Master Unit
1,008 Points
6Mbps/12Mbps
200m @ 6Mbps / 100m @ 12Mbps
63 Slaves
AFP7PHLSM
7 Order Codes - Remote I/O Slave Units AFP7PHLSM
Description
Shape
FP7 PHLS Slave Remote I/O Units
Standard
Compact
AFPRP2X16D2
Total I/O Count
Inputs 24VDC
Outputs Relay
Connection Type NPN
Code
PNP
8
8
-
-
-
Screw-type terminal block
AFPRP1X08D2
16
16
-
-
-
Screw-type terminal block
AFPRP1X16D2
16
-
-
16
-
Screw-type terminal block
AFPRP1Y16T
16
8
-
8
-
Screw-type terminal block
AFPRP1XY16D2T
8
8
-
-
-
e-CON
AFPRP2X08D2E
16
16
-
-
-
Connector-type terminal block
AFPRP2X16D2
16
-
-
16
-
Connector-type terminal block
AFPRP2Y16T
16
8
-
8
-
Connector-type terminal block
AFPRP2XY16D2T
4
-
4
-
-
Connector-type terminal block
AFPRP2Y04R
Accessories
7-364
Type
Description
Code
FP7 Backup battery
Battery for back up of clock/calendar operation
AFPX-BATT
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.1. Panasonic PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.1.3. Panasonic FP7 Series 7.1.3.10. Software FP7 Software Software Type
Description
Code
FPWIN Pro Programming Software
2700 Step Free Demo Version
Free Download From our webpage
Small Version (FP0,FP0R, FPX, FPG)
FPWINPROSEN7
Full Version (All Models)
FPWINPROFEN7
FPWIN Pro For more Information see below.
Structured Text
Instruction List
Sequential Function Chart
Function Block Diagram
7
Ladder Diagram
1. Five programming languages can be used. Programming can be done using the language most familiar to the developer or using the language most suited to the process to be performed. High-level (structured text) languages that allow structuring, such as C, are supported. 2. Easy to reuse well-proven programs Efficiency when writing programs has been greatly increased by being able to split programming up for each function and process using structured programming. 3. Keep know-how from getting out By “black boxing” a part of a program, you can prevent know-how from leaking out and improve the program’s maintainability. 4. Uploading of source programs from PLC possible. Maintainability increased by being able to load programs and comments from the PLC.
7-365
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
7.2.1.1. Overview 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables VersaMax Micro
Don’t let size fool you. Although they’re easy on valuable panel space, GE Intelligent Platforms VersaMax Nano and Micro PLCs are big on features. For high-volume applications where cost and fast processor speeds are an issue, the palm-sized VersaMax Nano is the PLC of choice. Key Features • • •
Select the Big-Featured PLC in a Compact Package Tap the perfect solution for low end motion applications Take Advantage of a Host of Communications Options
Order Codes - VesaMax Nano and Micro Selection Guide
7
Features
Nano 10
Micro 14
Micro 23
Micro 28
Micro 20
Micro 40
Micro 64
Built –in I/O
6 in/4 out
8 in / 6 out
13 in / 10 out
16 in / 12 out
12 in / 8 out
24 in / 16 out
40 in / 24 out
Built-in Analog I/O
1 on some models
none
2 in / 1 out
none
none
none
none
I/O Exp. Units
none
Up to 4 units
Up to 4 units
Up to 4 units
Up to 4 units
Up to 4 units
Up to 4 units
Logic Memory (Words)
2K
9K
9K
9K
24k
24k
24k
Data Storage (Words)
256
256
2k
2k
32k
32k
32k
Scan Time (msec/K)
1.3msec
1.1msec
1.1msec
1.1msec
1.1msec
1.1msec
1.1msec
Battery Backed RAM
Super Cap only
Super Cap only
Yes and Super Cap
Yes and Super Cap
Yes and Super Cap
Yes and Super Cap
Yes and Super Cap
Real Time Clock
none
none
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Ports Available 1 RS232
1 RS232
1 RS232 and 1 RS485
1 RS232 and 1 RS485
1 RS232 and 2nd port optional RS232, RS485, USB or Ethernet
1 RS232 and 2nd port optional RS232, RS485, USB or Ethernet
1 RS232 and 2nd port optional RS232, RS485, USB or Ethernet
Ethernet Option
Yes, VersaMax SE
Yes, VersaMax SE
Yes, VersaMax SE
Yes, VersaMax SE
Yes on 2nd port
Yes on 2nd port
Yes on 2nd port
High Speed Counter
Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)
Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)
Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)
Up to 4 at 10Khz (16 bit)
Up to 4 at 100Khz (32 bit)
Up to 4 at 100Khz (32 bit)
Up to 4 at 100Khz (32 bit)
Pulse Train / PWM
Up to 4 at 5Khz (16 bit)
Up to 4 at 5Khz (16 bit)
Up to 4 at 5Khz (16 bit)
Up to 4 at 5Khz (16 bit)
Up to 4 at 65Khz (32 bit)
Up to 4 at 65Khz (32 bit)
Up to 4 at 65Khz (32 bit)
Motion Commands
N/A
N/A
N/A
Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)
Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)
Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)
Find Home, Go Home, Jog, Ramp, Blended Move (4 consecutive moves)
Write Register Values to Internal Flash
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Order Codes - VersaMax Nano 10
7-366
Description
Code
10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (1) Analog In 0 - 10 VDC (8 bit), (4) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200NAL110
10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (1) Analog In 0 - 10 VDC (8 bit), (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200NAL211
10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (4) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200NDD010
10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (4) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200NDD101
10 Point (6) 24 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200NDR001
10 Point (6) 12 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200NDR010
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 14 Description
Code
14 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (6) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UAA003
14 Point (8) 120 VAC In,(2) Relay Out at 10 Amp,(4) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UAR014
14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out 2 at 1.0 Amp and 4 at 0.5 Amp, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDD104
14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDD112
14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UDR001
14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDR002
14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDR003
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 23 Description
Code
23 Point (13) 12 VDC In, (10) Relay Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200UAL004
23 Point (13) 24 VDC In, (1) 24 VDC Out, (9) Relay Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UAL005
23 Point (13) 24 VDC In, (9) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, (2) Analog In and (1) Analog Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UAL006
7
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 28 Description
Code
28 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (12) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC Power Supply
IC200UAA007
28 Point (16) 120 VAC In,(2) Relay Out at 10 Amp,(10) Relay Out at 2 Amp,120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UAR028
28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out, 6 at 1.0 Amp and, 6 at 0.5 Amp, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDD110
28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC Power Supply
IC200UDD120
28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 120/240 VAC Power Supply
IC200UDR005
28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 12 VDC Power Supply
IC200UDR006
28 point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 12/24 VDC Power Supply
IC200UDR228
28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (11) Relay Out, (1) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC Power Supply
IC200UDR010
28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC Power Supply
IC200UDD212
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 20 Description
Code
Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) 24 VDC Source Out 0.7 Amps with ESCP protection, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDD020
Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) 24 VDC Sink Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDD220
Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UDR120
Micro 20 (12) 24 VDC In, (8) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDR020
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro 40 Description
Code
Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) 24 VDC Source Out 0.7 Amps with ESCP protection, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDD040
Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) 24 VDC Sink Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDD140
Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UDR140
Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDR040
Micro 40 (24) 24 VDC In, (16) Relay Out 2.0 Amps, 12/24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UDR440
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro Expansion Units Motion Expansion Description
Code
VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UMM002
VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UMM102
7-367
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.1. GE VersaMax Micro Series 7.2.1.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro Expansion Units Description
Code
8 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) Output (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEC108
8 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEC208
8 Point Input, 24 VDC In, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEI008
8 Point combination (4) 24 VDC In, (4) 24 VDC Output with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply
16 Point Input, 24 VDC In, 24 VDC P/Supply 8 point (8) 24 VDC Output with ESCP Protection, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEI016 IC200UEO008
16 point (16) 24 VDC Output with ESCP Protection, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEO016
8 Output 24 VDC (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEO108
16 Output 24 VDC (Sink Outputs), 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEO116
8 Output Relay , 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UER008
16 Output Relay Output, 24 VDC P/Supply 14 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (2) Relay Out at 10 Amp, (4) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UER016 IC200UEX009
14 Point (8) 120 VAC In, (6) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UEX010
14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UEX011
14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
7
IC200UEC008
IC200UEX012
14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) Relay Out. 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX013
14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX014
14 Point (8) 12 VDC In, (6) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX015
14 Point (8) 24 VDC In, (6) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX122
28 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (4) Relay Out at 10 Amp, (8) Relay Out at 2 Amp, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UEX209
28 Point (16) 120 VAC In, (12) 120 VAC Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UEX210
28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 120/240 VAC P/ Supply
IC200UEX211
28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX212
28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) Relay Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX213
28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX214
28 Point (16) 12 VDC In, (12) 12 VDC Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX215
28 Point (16) 24 VDC In, (12) 24 VDC Out with ESCP, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX222
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro Expansion Units Analog Expansion Description
Code
6 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 12 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX616
4 Channel Analog I/O, 4 Analog In, 24 VDC P/Supply 6 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply 6 Channel Analog Combination, 4 Analog In, 2 Analog Out, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UEX624 IC200UEX626 IC200UEX636
4 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX724
4 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UEX734
4 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 2 Analog Out, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UEX726
4 Channel RTD -100° to +600°C (PT100 2 and 3 wire), 2 Analog Out,120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UEX736
Order Codes - Communications Description
Code
Micro RS-232 option board with (2) 0 -10 VDC analog inputs. Connector to support Memory Board.
IC200USB001
Ethernet Mod., 10/100Mbits port supporting RJ45. Supports SRTP (server), Modbus TCP Micro RS-485 option board with (2) 0 -10 VDC analog inputs. Connector to support Memory Board. Micro USB option board (no analog option). Connector to support Memory Board.
IC200UEM001 IC200USB002 IC200UUB001
Micro Flash Memory Board for program download
IC200UMB001
Ethernet Interface, Bridge from RS-232 or RS-485 Serial to Ethernet 10/100 BaseT, 12/24 VDC P/Supply
IC200SET001
Order Codes - VersaMax Micro Expansion Units Motion Expansion Description
Code
VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 120/240 VAC P/Supply
IC200UMM102
VersaMax Micro 2 Axis Motion Module, 24 VDC P/Supply
IC200UMM002
Accessories Description
Code
Programming Cable (RJ45 to db9) RS232
IC200CBL500
Extended Battery Backup (up to 2 years at 60°C)
7-368
IC200ACC414
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7.2.2.1. Overview 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
VersaMax I/O & Control Maximum versatility is the guiding principle behind VersaMax from GE Intelligent Platforms. This compact, extremely affordable control solution can be used as a PLC, as I/O, and as distributed control. With its modular and scalable architecture, intuitive features and ease of use, this innovative control family can save machine builders and end users considerable time and money. Offering Big PLC Power in a Small Package. VersaMax CPUs supply a number of features usually found only in PLCs with larger footprints, including up to 64k of memory for application programs, floating point math, real-time clock, subroutines, PID control, flash memory, and bumpless program store. The serial ports support serial read/write and Modbus master/slave communications. An Abundance of Useful I/O Options. GE offers a broad range of discrete, analog, mixed, and specialty I/O modules. These modules can be freely combined to create standalone I/O stations with up to 256 I/O points and expanded I/O systems with up to 4,096 I/O points. The Perfect Match for Today’s Open Systems. VersaMax gives you the freedom to connect to a wide variety of host controllers, including PLC, DCS and PC-based control systems by way of Genius*, DeviceNet™, Profibus-DP, Profinet and Ethernet networks. VersaMax also fully supports the power and open architecture of GE’s PC Control solutions. The Ultimate in Cost-effective Control and I/O. With intuitive diagnostics, hot insertion of modules and quick connect wiring, VersaMax extends uptime, reduces engineering and training needs, and dramatically reduces project life-cycle costs. Order Codes - Controllers Description
Code
CPU 42 Kbyte Configurable Memory, Two Serial Ports(RS-232 and RS-485)
IC200CPU002
CPU 34 Kbyte Configurable Memory, Two Serial Ports(RS-232 and RS-485) CPU with 64 Kbyte Configurable User Memory, Two Serial Ports (RS-232 and RS-485) CPU with 64 Kbyte Configurable User Memory, Two Serial Ports (RS-232 and RS-485), 10 MBIT Ethernet Port
IC200CPU001 IC200CPU005
IC200CPUE05
Order Codes - Power Supplies Description
Code
Power Supply 24 VDC Input
IC200PWR001
Power Supply 24 VDC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC
IC200PWR002
Power Supply 120/240 VAC Input
IC200PWR101
Power Supply 120/240 VAC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC
IC200PWR102
Power Supply 12 VDC Input
IC200PWR201
Power Supply 12 VDC Input with Expanded 3.3 VDC
IC200PWR202
Power Supply Booster Carrier
IC200PWB001
Order Codes - I/O Carriers Description Barrier Horizontal Style Box Horizontal Style Spring Clamp Horizontal Style Connector Vertical Style* Box Vertical Style
Code
IC200CHS001 IC200CHS002 IC200CHS005 IC200CHS003(4) IC200CHS022
Spring Clamp Vertical Style
IC200CHS025
Barrier Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers**
IC200CHS011
Box Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers**
IC200CHS012
Box-Thermocouple Compensation - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers**
IC200CHS014
Spring Style - Interposing Terminals for use with Connector-Style Carriers**
IC200CHS015
*A connecting cable (IC200CBL1xxx) and interposing base (IC200CHS011, CHS012, CHS014, CHS015, IC200CHS1xx or IC200CHS2xx) are required. ** Requires IC200CHS003 base and connecting cable IC200CBL1xxx
Order Codes - I/O Interposing Bases Description
Code
Expansion Input or Output Interposing Disconnect Style 16 Points
IC200CHS102
I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points
IC200CHS111
Expansion Base - I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points
IC200CHS112
I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points
IC200CHS211
I/O Interposing Relay Base (replaceable relays), fused (8 amps, replaceable), 16 points
IC200CHS212
Input or Output Interposing Disconnect Style 16 Points
IC200CHS101
7-369
7
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Cables for use with Connector Style I/O Carriers Description
Code
2 connectors, 0.5m, no shield
IC200CBL105
2 connectors, 1.0m, no shield
IC200CBL110
2 connectors, 2.0m, no shield
IC200CBL120
1 connector, 3.0m, no shield
IC200CBL230
Order Codes - Digital I/O Modules Description
Code
Input Modules
7
Input 120 VAC (1 Group of 8) 8 Points
IC200MDL140
Input 240 VAC (1 Group of 8) 8 Points
IC200MDL141
Input 120 VAC Isolated 8 Points
IC200MDL143
Input 240 VAC Isolated 4 Points
IC200MDL144
Input 120 VAC (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points
IC200MDL240
Input 240 VAC (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points
IC200MDL241
Input 120 VAC Isolated 16 Points
IC200MDL243
Input 240 VAC Isolated 8 Points
IC200MDL244
Input 125 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Isolated 8 Points
IC200MDL631
Input 125 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Isolated 16 Points
IC200MDL632
Input 48 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points
IC200MDL635
Input 48 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (4 Groups of 8) 32 Points
IC200MDL636
Input 24 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points
IC200MDL640
Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (2 Groups of 8) 16 Points
IC200MDL643
Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (4 Groups of 8) 32 Points
IC200MDL644
Input 24 VDC Pos/Neg Logic (4 Groups of 8) 32 Points
IC200MDL650
Output Modules Output 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points
IC200MDL329
Output 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 16 Points
IC200MDL330
Output 120 VAC 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points
IC200MDL331
Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 2.0 Amp per Point with ESCP 8 Points
IC200MDL730
Output 12/24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 16 Points
IC200MDL740
Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point with ESCP 16 Points
IC200MDL741
Output 24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point with ESCP 32 Points
IC200MDL742
Output 5/12/24 VDC Neg Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 16 Points
IC200MDL743
Output 5/12/24 VDC Neg Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 32 Points
IC200MDL744
Output 12/24 VDC Pos Logic 0.5 Amp per Point 32 Points
IC200MDL750
Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated Form A 8 Points
IC200MDL930
Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated Form A 16 Points
IC200MDL940
Mixed I/O Modules
7-370
Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 20 Points / Output Relay 2.0 Amp /Point Grouped 12 Points
IC200MDD840
Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 20 Points / Output Grouped 12 Points/HSC/PWM/PT
IC200MDD841
Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp Grouped with ESCP 16 Points / Input Grouped 16 Points
IC200MDD842
Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Input Grouped 10 Points / Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Grouped 6 Points
IC200MDD843
Mixed 24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp Grouped 16 Points / Input Grouped 16 Points
IC200MDD844
Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 24 VDC Pos Logic Grouped 16 Points
IC200MDD845
Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Grouped 8 Points
IC200MDD846
Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 240 VAC Grouped 8 Points
IC200MDD847
Mixed Output 120 VAC 0.5 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Grouped 8 Points
IC200MDD848
Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 120 VAC Isolated 8 Points
IC200MDD849
Mixed Output Relay 2.0 Amp per Point Isolated 8 Points / Input 240 VAC Isolated 4 Points
IC200MDD850
Mixed 12/24 VDC Pos Logic Output 0.5 Amp per Point Grouped 16 Points/Input 5/12 VDC Pos/Neg Logic Grouped 16 PT
IC200MDD851
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.2. GE VersaMax I/O & Control Series 7.2.2.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Analog I/O Modules Description
Code
Analog Input 12 Bit Voltage/Current 4 Channels
IC200ALG230
Analog Input Models
Analog Input 16 Bit Voltage/Current Isolated 8 Channels Analog Input 12 Bit Voltage/Current 8 Channels Analog Input 15 Bit Differential Voltage 8 Channels
IC200ALG240 IC200ALG260
IC200ALG261(6)
Analog Input 15 Bit Differential Current 8 Channels
IC200ALG262(6)
Analog Input 15 Bit Voltage 15 Channels
IC200ALG263(6)
Analog Input 15 Bit Current 15 Channels Analog Input 15 Bit Voltage 15 Channels (Enhanced Version) Analog Input 15 Bit Current 15 Channels (Enhanced Version) Analog Input 16 Bit RTD 4 Channels Analog Input 16 Bit Thermocouple 7 Channels
Analog Output Models
Analog Output 12 Bit Current 4 Channels Analog Output 12 Bit Voltage 0-10 V 4 Channels Analog Output 12 Bit Voltage ±10 V 4 Channels Analog Output 13 Bit Voltage 8 Channels Analog Output 13 Bit Current 8 Channels Analog Output 13 Bit Voltage 12 Channels Analog Output 16 Bit Voltage/Current Isolated 4 Channels
Mixed Analog Models
Analog Mixed 12 Bit Current 4 Input / 2 Output Channels Analog Mixed 12 Bit Voltage 0-10 V 4 Input / 2 Output Channels Analog Mixed 12 Bit Voltage ±10 V 4 Input / 2 Output Channels
IC200ALG264(6) IC200ALG265
IC200ALG266 IC200ALG620 IC200ALG630 IC200ALG320 IC200ALG321
7
IC200ALG322
IC200ALG325(6) IC200ALG326(6) IC200ALG327(6) IC200ALG331 IC200ALG430 IC200ALG431 IC200ALG432
Order Codes - Remote I/O Units Description
Code
Remote I/O Ethernet Network Interface Unit
IC200EBI001(5)
Remote I/O DeviceNet Network Interface Unit Remote I/O Genius Network Interface Unit Remote I/O Profibus-DP Network Interface Unit Profinet Scanner-Copper Interface Profinet Scanner - Multi-Mode Fibre (MMF)
IC200DBI001(2) IC200GBI001 IC200PBI001
IC200PNS001 IC200PNS002
Order Codes - Network Interface Modules Description PLC Network Communication Profibus-DP Slave PLC Network Communication DeviceNet (Master/Slave)
Code
IC200BEM002 IC200BEM103
PLC Network Communications AS-i Master
IC200BEM104
Local Communications Carrier
IC200CHS006
Genius Network Interface (IC200GBI001 only) Modbus Master Serial Module (one RS-485 Port)
IC200CMM020
Accessories Description
Code
CPU Programming Cable (RS-232)
IC200CBL001
EZ Program Store Flash Device for CPUs Expansion NIU Firmware upgrade Cable I/O Expansion Transmitter for CPU and Network Interface Units I/O Expansion Receiver Isolated (Up to 750 meters) I/O Expansion Receiver Non-Isolated (Up to 15 meters) Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, Single Ended, 1M to One Expansion Receiver Module Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, 2 Connectors, 1M. Supports Multidrop to Multiple Expansion Receiver Modules Rack Expansion Cable, Shielded, 2 Connectors, 2M. Supports Multidrop to Multiple Expansion Receiver Modules
IC200ACC003 IC200CBL002
IC200ETM001(6)
IC200ERM001(6) IC200ERM002(6) IC200CBL600 IC200CBL601 IC200CBL602
1. Requires an I/O carrier for wiring termination. 2. The DeviceNet network interface unit only supports autoconfiguration of I/O. Remote I/O configuration tool will be supported in the future. 3. These modules are for use in CPU systems. 4. Refer to VersaMax Modules, Power Supplies, and Carriers Manual GFK-1504 for cables and Interposing Terminal Blocks. 5. Includes support for EGD and Modbus Ethernet. 6. Supported by CPUs, Genius, Profibus and Ethernet NIUs only.
7-371
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series
7.2.3.1. Overview 7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
90-30 Series GE Intelligent Platforms’ Series 90-30 PLCs is a family of controllers, I/O systems and specialty modules designed to meet the demand for versatile industrial solutions. The Series 90-30 has been the PLC of record in over 200,000 applications such as highspeed packaging, material handling, complex motion control, water treatment, continuous emissions monitoring, mining, food processing, elevator control and many more. Its modular design offers unique versatility Configure just the system you need, saving critical space and reducing cost. With over 100 I/O modules, the Series 90-30 PLC can be adapted to a wide range of applications. Ethernet communications provide a real-time link between the plant floor and the boardroom. You can begin with an Ethernet-enabled CPU, or at a later date, choose from our selection of rack-mounted Ethernet modules. The Series 90-30 Ethernet module supports both SRTP and Modbus TCP/IP application protocols. The scalable processing power of the CPU creates a clear upgrade path. Create the system that’s ideal today, while leaving open the option of creating a more powerful system tomorrow - without having to change your application software. Integrated motion control fosters high performance, point-to-point applications. A variety of Series 90-30 field bus interfaces enables distributed control and/or I/O. Choose from Ethernet EGD, Profibus-DP™, Genius, DeviceNet™ and Interbus-S™ modules. Field Bus interface modules are easy to install and quick to configure. Plug them into an existing system or design a new system around them.
7
The Series 90-30 stands out among small controls for offering redundancy options. The Series 90-30 is the low-cost solution for high availability applications, with redundant CPUs and power. Order Codes - Controllers Description
Code
5-Slot Base with CPU in Base (6KBytes User Program), Not Expandable
IC693CPU311
5-Slot Base with Turbo CPU in Base (Logic Execution is .6 msec), 1K Registers, (12KBytes User Program), Not Expandable
IC693CPU313
10-Slot Base with Turbo CPU in Base (Logic Execution is .6 msec) 12Kbytes User Program, Not Expandable
IC693CPU323
CPU 350 Module (74KBytes User Memory, 4K I/O, 8 Racks), No Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K
IC693CPU350
CPU 360 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory, 4K I/O, 8 Racks), No Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K
IC693CPU360
CPU 363 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory 4K I/O, 8 Racks), 2 Built-In Serial Ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K
IC693CPU363
CPU 366 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), with built-in Profibus Master (V1) Port, no built-in serial ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K
IC693CPU366
CPU 367 Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), with built-in Profibus Slave (V1) Port, no built-in serial ports, Logic Execution is .22msec/K
IC693CPU367
CPU (Model 370). Requires High Capacity Power Supply
IC693CPU370
CPU (Model 372 with built-in 10/100 Mbps Ethernet and WEB Enabled). Requires High Capacity Power Supply
IC693CPU372
CPU 374 PLUS Module (240KBytes Configurable User Memory), No Built-In Serial Ports, Built-In0/100Mbs with Built-In Switch (two RJ 45 ports), Logic Execution is 0.15msec/K, Ethernet Supports SRTP, EGD and Producer/ Consumer Channels and Web Support; Logic Execution is .15msec/K. Requires High Capacity Power Supply
IC693CPU374 Plus
Order Codes - Baseplates
7-372
Description
Code
Base, CPU, 10 Slots, Use with CPU331/CSE331 and above
IC693CHS391
Base, Expansion, 10 Slots
IC693CHS392
Base, Remote Expansion, 10 Slots (200 m)
IC693CHS393
Base, CPU, 5 Slots (use with CPU331/CSE331 and above)
IC693CHS397
Base, Expansion, 5 Slots
IC693CHS398
Base, Remote Expansion, 5 Slots (200 m)
IC693CHS399
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series
7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Power Supplies Description
Code
Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts
IC693PWR321
Power Supply, 24/48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts
IC693PWR322
Power Supply, 48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts
IC693PWR328
Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts
IC693PWR330
Power Supply, 24 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts
IC693PWR331
Power Supply, 12 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts
IC693PWR332
Redundant Power Supply Base with 0.5 meter cable to connect to Power Supply Adapter Module
IC693ACC341
Redundant Power Supply Adapter (RPSA) Module.
IC693ACC350
Order Codes - Digital I/O Modules Description
Code
Input Modules 120 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points)
IC693MDL230
240 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points)
IC693MDL231
120 VAC Input (16 Points)
IC693MDL240
24 VAC/VDC Input (16 Points)
IC693MDL241
120 VAC Isolated Input (16 Points)
IC693MDL250
120 VAC Input (32 Points)
IC693MDL260
125 VDC Input (8 Points)
IC693MDL632
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (8 Points)
IC693MDL634
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points)
IC693MDL645
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec Filter (16 Points)
IC693MDL646
48 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec filter, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points)
IC693MDL648
5/12 VDC (TTL) Input, Neg/Pos Logic, (32 Points)
IC693MDL654
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 ms, (32 Points)
IC693MDL655
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 0.5ms, 1.0ms, 2.0ms, 5ms, 10ms, 50ms & 100ms filtering, (32 Points)
IC693MDL660
Input Simulator Module (8 Points)
IC693ACC300
7
Output Modules 120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (12 Points)
IC693MDL310
120/240 VAC Output, 1 Amp (8 Points)
IC693MDL330
120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (16 Points)
IC693MDL340
120 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (16 Points)
IC693MDL350
120/240 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (5 Points)
IC693MDL390
12/24 VDC Output, 2 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points)
IC693MDL730
12/24 VDC Output, 2 Amp, Negative Logic (8 Points)
IC693MDL731
12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points)
IC693MDL732
12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Negative Logic (8 Points)
IC693MDL733
125 VDC Output, (6 Points)
IC693MDL734
12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points)
IC693MDL740
12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Negative Logic (16 Points)
IC693MDL741
12/24 VDC Output, 1 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points), Fused
IC693MDL742
48/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amps, Positive Logic (8 Points)
IC693MDL748
5/24 VDC (TTL) Output, Negative Logic, (32 Points)
IC693MDL752
12/24 VDC Output, Positive Logic (32 Points)
IC693MDL753
12/24 VDC Output, 0.75 amps, Pos Logic with ESCP protection, (32 Points).
IC693MDL754
Relay Output, 4 Amp (16 Points)
IC693MDL916
Relay Output, Isolated, 4 Amp (8Points)
IC693MDL930
Relay Output, 8 Amp Form B/C contacts, Isolated in 2 Groups of 4 (8 Points)
IC693MDL931
Relay Output, 2 Amp (16 Points)
IC693MDL940
Mixed I/O Modules Mixed I/O, 24 VDC Input (8 points), Relay Output (8 points)
IC693MDR390
Mixed I/O, 120 VAC Input (8 Points), Relay Output (8 Points)
IC693MAR590
7-373
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series
7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Analog I/O Modules Description
Code
Analog Input, Voltage/Current, 4 Channels
IC693ALG220
Analog Input, Current, 4 Channels
IC693ALG221
Analog Input, Voltage 16 Single/8 Differential Channels
IC693ALG222
Analog Input, Current, 16 Single Channels
IC693ALG223
Analog Output, Voltage, 2 Channels
IC693ALG390
Analog Output, Current, 2 Channels
IC693ALG391
High Density Analog Output (8 Channels)
IC693ALG392
Analog Combo Module 4IN/2OUT
IC693ALG442
Order Codes - Motion Modules
7
Description
Code
High Speed Counter (HSC)
IC693APU300
Axis Positioning Module (APM), 1 Axis
IC693APU301
Axis Positioning Module (APM), 2 Axis
IC693APU302
High Speed Counter with Gray Code Encoder or an A QUAD B Encoder Input
IC693APU305
Digital Servo Motion Controller, 2 Axis
IC693DSM302
Digital Servo Motion Controller, 1-2 Axis of Digital Servo or 1-4 Axis Analog Servo
IC693DSM314
Digital Servo Motion Controller, 4 Axis of Digital Servo with fibre optic interface to amplifiers
IC693DSM324
Order Codes - Speciality Modules Description
Code
Solenoid Valve Output (11 Points)/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (5 Points)
IC693MDL760
Power Transducer Module, CT and PT Interface 120/240 VAC (1m cable)
IC693PTM101
Temperature Control Module, (8) TC In and (8) 24 VDC Solid State Outputs
IC693TCM302
Temperature Control Module Ext. Temperature Range, (8) TC In and (8) 24 VDC Solid State Outputs
IC693TCM303
Order Codes - Communications Modules Description
Code
Genius Bus Controller (Supports I/O and Datagrams)
IC693BEM331
Communication Module, Genius (1 Kbyte) GCM+ (No Datagram Support)
IC693CMM302
Profibus DP Master Module
IC693PBM200
Profibus DP Slave Module
IC693PBS201
DeviceNet Master Module
IC693DNM200
DeviceNet Slave Module
IC693DNS201
Order Codes - Remote I/O
7-374
Description
Code
Ethernet Network Interface Unit. Two Ethernet ports, one connection (one IP)with built in switch. Requires IC693CHS397 (5 slot rack) or IC693CHS391 (10 slot rack) and a Series 90-30 high capacity power supply.
IC693NIU004
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.3. GE 90-30 Series
7.2.3.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Accessories Description
Code
Replacement Battery, CPU & PCM (Qty. 2)
IC693ACC301
High Capacity Battery Pack
IC693ACC302
EZ Program Store Flash Device (for CPU374 only)
IC200ACC003
Filler Module, Blank Slot
IC693ACC310
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 1 Meter
IC693CBL300
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 2 Meters
IC693CBL301
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters
IC693CBL302
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 0.15 Meters, Shielded
IC693CBL312
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 8 Meters
IC693CBL313
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters, Shielded
IC693CBL314
High density terminal block, 36 box style connections
IC694TBB032
High density terminal block, 36 spring clamp connections
IC694TBS032
High density terminal block with extended shroud, 36 box style connections
IC694TBB132
High density terminal block with extended shroud, 36 spring clamp connections
IC694TBS132
I/O Bus Terminator Plug
IC693ACC307
Rack Adaptor Bracket, Series 90-30 10 Slot to 19� (Front Mount)
IC693ACC308
Twenty Point Terminal Blocks (qty 6)
IC693ACC311
Spare Plastic Cases Parts Kit (I/O, CPU, PCM)
IC693ACC319
SNP to RS232 Programming Cable
HE693SNPCBL
7
Order Codes - TBQC Interposing Terminal Block Description
Code
Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL645, IC693MDL646, and IC693MDL240. The base can also be used with any 20 point terminal discrete or analog modules not listed.
IC693ACC329
Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL740 and IC693MDL742
IC693ACC330
Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL741
IC693ACC331
Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL940
IC693ACC332
Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL340
IC693ACC333
Interposing terminal block base for IC693MDL654/655/752/753
IC693ACC337
Order Codes - TBQC Cables Description
Code
Cable Kit with CBL 327 and CBL 323
IC693CBK001
Cable Kit with CBL 329 and CBL 330
IC693CBK002
Cable Kit with CBL 331 and CBL 332
IC693CBK003
Cable Kit with CBL 333 and CBL 334
IC693CBK004
Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 3 Meter. Cable has a connector on only one end and open on the other. Cable used with TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter or Fujitsu style I/O modules.
IC693CBL327
Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 3 Meter. Cable has a connector on only one end and open on the other. Cable used with TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter or Fujitsu style I/O modules.
IC693CBL328
Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 1 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.
IC693CBL329
Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 1 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.
IC693CBL330
Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 2 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.
IC693CBL331
Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 2 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.
IC693CBL332
Cable, Left Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 0.5 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.
IC693CBL333
Cable, Right Side, One - 24 Pin 90 Degree Connector, 0.5 Meter. from TBQC I/O Face Plate Adapter to TBQC Interposing Terminal Block.
IC693CBL334
7-375
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.2.4. GE PACSystem RXi Controller
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
7.2.4.1. Overview 7.2.4.2. Ordering Table PACSystem RXi Controller High Performance Distributed IO Controller Platform
GE Intelligent Platforms has leveraged its rich experience in embedded computing and control technology in the design of the innovative PACSystems RXi controller platform. The RXi Controller incorporates leading-edge CPU technology, the market leading industrial Ethernet network technology,and a unique user interface for maintaining the controller to deliver a control system unique in the industry. The PACSystems RXi controller is PROFINET enabled, delivering a small footprint solution with highly flexible distributed I/O capabilities to equipment builders and end users. Its unique Intelligent Display Module provides configuration and maintenance functions at the controller without software. As a PACSystems controller, the RXi is fully compatible with applications written for any other PACsystems platform. The result is a High performance solution designed for distributed IO applications. Higher Performance The RXi Controller is designed for high performance distributed IO applications. With a high performance dual core CPU and Gigabit PROFINET (with built in MRP redundancy) and Ethernet ports, every aspect of the RXi has been designed for performance. For even more power, the RXi controller can be combined with the RXi Modular IPC to deliver a unique control and computing platform for the factory floor. Integrated high-speed connectors allow instant data handling. Operator usability can be enhanced by pairing the RXi Modular IPC with new RXi panel displays with new multi-touch technology. The unique combination of high performance control, integrated PROFINET, intelligent display module, and compact format truly distinguishes the RXi Controller from other offerings. Greater Uptime
7
Systems with distributed architectures are easier to configure and maintain. In addition, RXi components are industrial temperature grade, which combined with patented thermal monitoring technology and sophisticated passive cooling techniques delivers reliable control in rugged environments. Lower Total Cost of Ownership RXi’s compact control and computing platform allows users to simplify panel design and reduce the overall size of the panel while benefiting from the performance, maintainability, and upgradeability of the PACSystems platform. The optional Intelligent Display Module provides a maintenance touchscreen display right on the controller, providing faster interaction with the controller and simpler start-up. Highlights • • • • •
COMExpress CPU Technology Integrated redundant ProfiNet I/O Interface High-speed Interconnect Bus Built-in Data Storage USB and SD interfaces
Specifications
Controller information and diagnostics screens built into IDM
Customize your solution by stacking together RXi Controller, IDM, Panel Displays and IPCs
Storage 10 MB user memory
Others SD Card (on Intelligent Display Module or Intelligence Faceplate)
Data Retention RXi specific Energy Pak provides power during power failure while data is written to NV RAM
Power Input: 24V DC (±25%) with protection
Ethernet 2 Port (shared MAC) GB ProfiNet – with MRP 1 Ethernet (10, 100, 1000 Mbit) port 1 Ethernet (1000 Mbit) – internal
Environmental Operating: -25°C to +55° C (standard) Storage: -40°C to +125° C Operating humidity: 10% to 90%
USB Interface 2 USB 2.0 Standard Size
Mounting Panel Mount Dinrail Mount with Optional DIN Mount Plate
Order Codes Description
Code
RXi Controller*
ICRXICTL000A
RXi Intelligent Display Module
ICRXIACCIDM01A
RXi Intelligent Faceplate
ICRXIACCIFM01A
RXi DIN Mounting Plate
ICRXIACCBPL
*Each RXi Controller must be used with an Intelligent Display Module or Intelligent Faceplate
7-376
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.1. Overview
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
PACSystem RX3i Controller The PACSystems RX3i controller is an incredibly powerful Programmable Automation Controller (PAC) in the innovative PACSystems family. The RX3i features a single control engine and a universal programming environment to provide application portability across multiple hardware platforms and deliver a true convergence of control. With integrated critical control platforms, logic, motion, HMI, process control and high availability based on our Reflective Memory technology, the RX3i provides the performance and flexibility to give you an advantage. No matter the challenges your applications bring, PACSystems RX3i lets you take control. PACSystems RX3i Benefits: The innovative technology of the PACSystems RX3i enables users to: • • • • •
Address major engineering and business issues, such as higher productivity and tighter cost control Boost the overall performance of their automation systems Reduce engineering and commissioning costs Easily integrate new technology into installed base systems Significantly decrease concerns regarding short- and long-term migration and platform longevity
PACSystems RX3i Features: • • • • • • • •
High-speed processor and patented technology for faster throughput without information bottlenecks Dual backplane bus support per module slot: • High-speed, PCI-based for fast through put of new advanced I/O • Serial backplane for easy migration of existing Series 90-30 I/O Multiple CPU offerings meeting various performance criteria up to and including an Intel® 1 GHz CPU for advanced programming and performance with 64 Mbytes memory Memory for ladder logic documentation and machine documentation (Word, Excel, PDF, CAD and other files) in the controller to reduce downtime and improve troubleshooting Open communications support including Ethernet, GENIUS, Profibus™, HART, DeviceNet™ Profinet and Serial Supports high density discrete I/O, universal analog (TC, RTD, Strain Gauge, Voltage and Current configurable per channel), isolated analog, high-density analog, high-speed counter, and motion modules Expanded I/O offering with extended features for faster processing, advanced diagnostics and a variety of configurable interrupts Hot insertion for both new and migrated modules
High Performance Control on One Platform: The PACSystems RX3i provides logic, motion, HMI, and process control with open communications protocols. • PACMotion modules can control up to 40 high speed axes in one rack • PACSystems High Availability solution offers true dual redundancy data synchronization and bumpless transfer • The Control Memory Xchange offers amazing data transfer at a rate of 2.12 Gbaud Universal Development Environment: The common software platform across all GE controllers, award-winning Proficy Machine Edition software provides the universal engineering development environment for programming, configuration and diagnostics for the entire PACSystems family. • Programming tools such as tag-based programming, a library of reusable code and a test edit mode for improved online troubleshooting • User-friendly environment that can increase design flexibility and improve engineering efficiency and productivity
7-377
7
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.1. Overview 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
CPUs The high-performance CPU is based on the latest technology processor with fast computation and high throughput. The controller can manage up to 32K of I/O in a number of standard languages. The powerful CPU enables complex applications to be easily solved with the high performance processor and up to 64 Mbytes of user memory. The RX3i supports multiple IEC languages and C programming to give you program flexibility. The RX3i increases machine cycle times, reduces downtime with its extensive diagnostics and hot swap capability, and enables you to store large amounts of data to reduce external hardware cost. High Availability Redundant Controllers High Availability CPU Redundancy family allows critical application or process to continue operating if a failure occurs in any single component. A High Availability system uses two or more CPUs; an active unit that actively controls the process, and one or more backup units that are synchronized with the active unit and can take over the process should it becomes necessary. An RX3i QuadPAC solution utilizes four CRU320QP controllers — one is a master controller and three are synchro- nized backup controllers. The QuadPAC solution features “Smart Redundancy,” a patent pending algorithm that calculates the relative system availability in real time and identifies the most available controller as master. The I/O racks may be grouped into either single (one I/O rack), redundant (two I/O racks), or triple redundant (three I/O racks) rack configurations. Baseplates RX3i baseplates are available in 7, 12 and 16 slot configurations to the meet the needs of your application. The RX3i Universal baseplates support hot swap capability to reduce downtime. Expansion bases are available in 5 and 10 slot versions to maximize flexibility.
7
Universal Bases Power Supplies The RX3i power supply modules simply snap in just like I/O, and they work with any model CPU. Each version provides auto-ranging so there is no need to set jumpers for different incoming power levels, and they are current limiting so a direct short will shut the power supply down to avoid damage to the hardware. Discrete I/O Modules Input modules provide the interface between the PLC and external input devices such as proximity sensors, push buttons, switches, and BCD thumbwheels. Output modules provide the interface between the PLC and external output devices such as contactors, interposing relays, BCD displays and indicator lamps. Analog I/O Modules GE offers easy-to-use analog modules and HART analog modules for control processes such as flow, temperature and pressure. Specialty Modules: The RX3i features a wide range of Specialty Modules to address specific application requirements. These modules include: • Millivolt and Strain Gage I/O • Resistive I/O • Thermocouple I/O • Temperature Control • RTD I/O • Power Transducer Networks and Distributed I/O Systems The RX3i features a variety of communications options for distributed control and/or I/O. Choose from Profinet Ethernet EGD, ProfibusDP, Genius and DeviceNet. These communication modules are easy to install and quick to configure. Expansion Modules for Local and Remote I/O The RX3i supports various expansion options for local and remote I/O to optimize configurations. The RX3i can be expanded up to 8 expansion bases using local remote expansion module. The RX3i also supports Profinet Ethernet remote I/O using the RX3i Ethernet Network Interface module (IC695NKT001) Series 90-30 Ethernet Network Interface module (IC693NIU004) for more distributed I/O. Motion Control PACMotion The PACMotion controller is a versatile 4-axis servo motion controller that provides the scalability and flexibility to cover a full range of motion applications from small material handling applications to complex multi-axis machines and electronic line shaft applications. PACMotion provides real-time synchronization of all axes in an RX3i rack. A separate RX3i fast logic scan enables fast deterministic event response and synchronization, and the demand driven data exchange model between the RX3i CPU and PACMotion module many significantly reduce scan time impact. The 4-axis servo motion controller is built on a high performance hardware platform, with a new enhanced motion engine, operating system, and open standard integrated programming paradigm. Order Codes - CPU’s
7-378
Description
Code
RX3i CPU with built-in USB Master port, Ethernet port and serial port, 1.1GHz CPU, 5MB User Memory
IC695CPE305
RX3i CPU with built-in USB Master port, Ethernet port and 2 serial port, 1.1GHz CPU, 10MB User Memory
IC695CPE310
RX3i CPU with two built-in serial ports, 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory
IC695CPU320
X3i CPU with two built-in serial ports, 1GHz CPU, 20MB User Memory
IC695CPU315
RX3i Bumpless Redundant High Availability CPU with two built-in serial ports. (Requires IC695RMX128 Data Sync Module), 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory
IC695CRU320
QuadPAC CPU for RX3i Bumpless Redundant High Availability CPU with two built-in serial ports. (Requires IC695RMX128 Data Sync Module AND Quad Redundancy Solution Code), 1GHz CPU, 64MB User Memory
IC695CRU320QP
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Backplanes Description
Code
Universal Backplane, 7 Universal Slots (Non expandable)
IC695CHS007
Universal Backplane, 12 Universal Slots
C695CHS012
Universal Backplane, 16 Universal Slots
IC695CHS016
Order Codes - Expansion Backplane Description
Code
Base, Remote Expansion, 10 Slots
IC694CHS393
Base, Expansion, 10 Slots
IC694CHS392
Base, Expansion, 5 Slots
IC694CHS398
Base, Remote Expansion, 5 Slots
IC694CHS399
Order Codes - Power Supplies Description
Code
Multipurpose Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC 40 Watts
IC695PSA140
Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, 40 Watts (requires 2 slots)
IC695PSA040
Multipurpose Power Supply, 24 VDC, 40 Watts
IC695PSD140
Power Supply, 24 VDC, 40 Watts (requires 1 slot)
IC695PSD040
7
Order Codes - Expansion/Remote Backplane Power Supplies Description
Code
Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)
IC694PWR321
Power Supply, 120/240 VAC, 125 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)
IC694PWR330
Power Supply, 24 VDC, High Capacity, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)
IC694PWR331
Power Supply, 12 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)
IC693PWR332
Power Supply, 48 VDC, Standard, 30 Watts (Use with Expansion Base)
IC693PWR328
Order Codes - Discrete Input Modules Description
Code
120 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points)
IC694MDL230
240 VAC Isolated Input (8 Points)
IC694MDL231
120 VAC Input (16 Points)
IC694MDL240
24 VAC/VDC Input (16 Points)
IC694MDL241
120 VAC Isolated Input (16 Points)
IC694MDL250
120 VAC Input (32 Points)**
IC694MDL260
125 VDC Input (8 Points)
IC694MDL632
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (8 Points)
IC694MDL634
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic (16 Points)
IC694MDL645
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 msec Filter (16 Points)
IC694MDL646
5/12 VDC (TTL) Input, Neg/Pos Logic, (32 Points)
IC694MDL654
24 VDC Input, Neg/Pos Logic, 1 ms, (32 Points)
IC694MDL655
24 VDC Input (32 Points)**
IC694MDL660
Input Simulator Module (8 Points)
IC694ACC300
7-379
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Discrete Output Modules
7
Description
Code
120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (12 Points)
IC694MDL310
120/240 VAC Output, 1 Amp (8 Points)
IC694MDL330
120 VAC Output, 0.5 Amp (16 Points)
IC694MDL340
120/240 VAC Output, 2 Amp (16 Points)
IC694MDL350
120/240 VAC Isolated Output, 2 Amp (5 Points)
IC694MDL390
12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (8 Points)
IC694MDL732
125 VDC Output (6 Points)
IC694MDL734
12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points)
IC694MDL740
12/24 VDC Output, 0.5 Amp, Negative Logic (16 Points)
IC694MDL741
12/24 VDC Output, 1 Amp, Positive Logic (16 Points), Fused
IC694MDL742
5/12/24 VDC (TTL) Output, Negative Logic, (32 Points)
IC694MDL752
12/24 VDC Output, Positive Logic (32 Points)
IC694MDL753
12/24 VDC Output w/ ESCP, 0.75 Amp (32 Points)**
IC694MDL754
Relay Output, Isolated, 4 Amp (8 Points)
IC694MDL930
Relay Output, 8 Amp Form B/C contacts, Isolated in 2 Groups of 4 (8 Points)
IC694MDL931
Relay Output, 2 Amp (16 Points)
IC694MDL940
Relay Output, 4 Amp (16 Points)
IC694MDL916
Order Codes Description
Code
Analog Input Modules Analog Input, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels)
IC694ALG220
Analog Input, Current, (4 Channels)
IC694ALG221
Analog Input, Voltage (16 Single ended /8 Differential Channels)
IC694ALG222
Analog Input, Current, (16 Single Channels)
IC694ALG223
Analog Input, Universal, Voltage/Current/RTD/TC/Strain Gauge, (8 Channels)
IC695ALG600*/**
Analog Input, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (8 Channels)
IC695ALG608*/**
Analog Input, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (16 Channels)
IC695ALG616*/**
Analog Input with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (8 Channels)
IC695ALG628*/**
Analog Input with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, Configurable, (16 Channels)
IC695ALG626*/**
Isolated Analog input module, configurable for voltage and current (6 Channels).
IC695ALG106*/**
Isolated Analog input module, configurable for voltage and current (12 Channels).
IC695ALG112*/**
Isolated RTD and resistance input channels. Supports 2, 3, 4 wire RTD or Resistance, (8 Channels)
IC695ALG508*/**
Isolated Thermocouple Input, Supports type J, K, T, E, R, S, B, N, or C & Voltage: ±150 mV or ±50 mV. (6 Channels)
IC695ALG306*/**
Isolated Thermocouple Input, Supports type J, K, T, E, R, S, B, N, or C & Voltage: ±150mV or ±50mV. (12 Channels)
IC695ALG312*/**
Analog Output Modules Analog Output, 2 Channels, Voltage
IC694ALG390
Analog Output, Current (2 Channels)
IC694ALG391
Analog Output, Voltage or Current (8 Channels)
IC694ALG392
Analog Output, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels)
IC695ALG704*/**
Analog Output, Voltage/Current, (4 Channels)
IC695ALG708*/**
Analog Output with HART Communications, Voltage/Current, (8 Channels)
IC695ALG728*/**
Isolated Analog Output module, voltage/current, (8 Channels)
IC695ALG808*/**
Mixed Analog Modules Analog Combo Module (4IN/2OUT)
IC694ALG442
*Compatible with IC695CHS 012/016 base only. **Requires either Box Style (IC694TBB032 or IC694TBB132) or Spring Clamp (IC694TBS032 or IC694TBS132) high density terminal block.
7-380
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Temperature Control Modules Description
Code
(8) T/C, (1) RTD and (8) 24 VDC Output
IC693TCM302
Extended Range, (8) T/C, (1) RTD and (8) 24 VDC Output Modules
IC693TCM303
Order Codes - Serial Communications Modules Description
Code
Two Isolated Serial Ports. Supports Modbus Master/Slave, Serial Read/Write, DNP 3.0 Master/Slave and Custom protocols.
IC695CMM002
Four Isolated Serial Ports. Supports Modbus Master/Slave, Serial Read Write, DNP 3.0 Master/Slave and Custom protocols.
IC695CMM004
Order Codes - Motion Control Modules Description
Code
PACMotion Controller, 4 Axes Digital Servo (Fiber Optic Interface to Amplifiers)
IC695PMM335**
I/O Processor Module
IC694APU305
High Speed Counter (HSC)
IC694APU300
High Speed Counter (4 counters)
IC695HSC304*/**
High Speed Counter, 1.5 KHz (8 counters)
IC695HSC308*/**
Digital Servo Motion Controller, 1-2 Axis of Digital Servo or 1-4 Axis Analog Servo
IC694DSM314
Digital Servo Motion Controller, 4 Axis (Fiber Optic Interface to Amplifiers)
IC694DSM324
7
Order Codes - Power Measurement Modules Description
Code
Power Transducer Module
IC693PTM101
Power Syncronization and Measurement Module
IC694PSM001
Order Codes - Pneumatics Modules Description
Code
RX3i Solenoid Module
IC693MDL760
Order Codes - Networks & Distributed I/O System Modules Description
Code
Genius Bus Controller (Supports I/O and Datagrams)
IC694BEM331
DeviceNet Master Module
IC694DNM200*
Profibus Master Module
IC695PBM300*
Profibus Slave Module
IC695PBS301*
Ethernet Module, 10/100 base T/TX ports (requires 1 slot)
IC695ETM001*
Control Memory Xchange Module 128Megbytes of user shared memory
IC695CMX128*
RX3i Redundant Memory Xchange syncronization module for RX3i High Availability redundant controllers
IC695RMX128*
Profinet Controller Moduler
IC695PNC001
Profinet Scanner Moduler
IC695PNS001
Order Codes - Expansion Modules Description
Code
Local Expansion Module (requires no universal slots)
IC695LRE001*
Ethernet Remote I/O Expansion Kit
IC695NKT001
Ethernet Remote I/O Interface
IC695NIU001
Ethernet Remote I/O Interface for IC694CHSxxx Expansion Racks
IC693NIU004
*Compatible with IC695CHS 007/012/016 Base only. **Requires either Box Style (IC694TBB032 or IC694TBB132) or Spring Clamp (IC694TBS032 or IC694TBS132) high density terminal block.
7-381
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
7.2.5. GE PACSystem RX3i Controller 7.2.5.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Terminal Blocks Description
Code
High Density Terminal Block Box Style (36 Terminals)
IC694TBB032
High Density 32 Point Terminal Block Box Style with Extended Shroud for Large Wiring Bundles
IC694TBB132
High Density Terminal Block Spring Style (36 Terminals)
IC694TBS032
High Density 32 Point Terminal Block Spring Style with Extended Shroud for Large Wiring Bundles
IC694TBS132
PACMotion Fibre I/O terminal block with screw terminal headers
IC695FTB1B032
PACMotion Fibre I/O terminal block with spring clip terminal headers
IC695FTB1S032
Accessories
7
7-382
Description
Code
High Capacity Battery Pack (mounts externally)
IC693ACC302
Smart Coin Cell Battery Pack
IC698ACC701
Auxiliary Smart Battery
IC695ACC302
Rechargeable Battery Kit
IC695RBK001
Rechargeable Battery
IC690RBT001
Battery Charger (used with IC690RBT001)
IC690CRG001
Real Time Clock Battery for CPE305 and CPE310
IC690ACC001
CPE305 and CPE310 CPU Battery-less Energy Pack for backing up dynamic data
IC695ACC400
Energy Pack Cable
IC695CBL001
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 1 Meter
IC693CBL300
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 2 Meters
IC693CBL301
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters
IC693CBL302
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 0.15 Meters, Shielded
IC693CBL312
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 8 Meters
IC693CBL313
Rack to Rack Expansion Cable, 15 Meters, Shielded
IC693CBL314
RX3i Cold Junction Compensation Kits for Universal Analog Input Module
IC695ACC600
Mini-Converter Kit with cable
IC690ACC901
I/O Bus Terminator Plug
IC693ACC307
Fibre optic cable for CMX and RMX where 0xx distinguishes different lengths
VMICBL-000-F6-0xx
Blank Filler Module
IC694ACC310
Terminal Blocks, 20 terminals
IC693ACC311
SNP to RS232 Programming Cable
HE693SNPCBL
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.6. GE Programming Software 7.2.6.1. Overview
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Programming Software Proficy Machine Edition GE Intelligent Platforms’ Proficy Machine Edition is an automation software break-through deploying HMI, motion, and multi-target control in an integrated development environment. This environment provides a common user interface, drag-and-drop editing, and a rich set of development tools. Proficy Machine Edition includes all the automation software components you need to reduce your programming, configuration, commissioning, monitoring, and maintenance costs. Build Your Application on Industry Standards Combining the best of traditional programming and graphics applications with such powerful open industry-standard technologies as COM/DCOM, ActiveX, OPC, and XML, Proficy Machine Edition provides a smooth migration path to the latest development tools. Save Time through Tight Integration In addition to sharing common development tools, all Proficy Machine Edition components — View, Logic Developer, and Motion Developer — share a common database and common objects across applications, including logic, scripts, and animation. Once a variable is created, it can easily be used in all other components of the project. HMI/Operator Interface – Proficy View An HMI specifically designed to address the needs of machine-level operator interface and HMI requirements. Includes a wide range of PLC/device drivers and OPC client/server support and provides remote connectivity and thin client support for diagnostic and data monitoring. Includes support for QuickPanel, QuickPanel View (Windows CE-based) and Windows NT/2000/XP. PC-Control – Proficy Logic Developer-PC A proven PC-based development and runtime system providing all five IEC 1131 languages (Ladder Diagram, Structured Text, Instruction List, Function Block Diagram and Sequential Function Charts), web publishing of logic, and connectivity to a wide choice of PLC and open I/O devices. Includes support for QuickPanel Control (Windows CE-based), Windows NT/2000/XP, and Embedded NT/XP.
7-383
7
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.6. GE Programming Software
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
7.2.6.2. Ordering Table Product Suites
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Machine Edition Standard Development Suite with hardware key
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Machine Edition Professional Development Suite
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Machine Edition Professional Development Suite with hardware key
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Machine Edition Professional Development Suite with Runtimes
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• • • • •
•
• •
• •
• •
•
Single License
Unlimited Seat Site License
IC646MBL001
IC646MBLS99
Hardware Key
•
Machine Edition Standard Development Suite
Software Authorization
Machine Edition Traditional Development Suite with hardware key
Motion Developer
•
8000 Point R/T for View 2000. XP, NT
•
View Development 2000, XP, NT
•
Control Station
•
Quick Panel Control
Machine Edition Traditional Development Suite
View Station
•
Quick Panel View (Loaded)
•
•
Series 90-70/PACSystems* RX3i/RX7i
•
•
VersaMax and Series 90-30
•
Machine Edition Lite Development Suite with hardware key
VersaMax* Nano/Micro
Machine Edition Lite Development Suite
Bundles of commonly used Machine Edition components. Advantages include lower cost, easier to authorize, and easier to maintain as one serial number covers the whole suite.
•
IC647MBL001
-
IC646MBT001
IC646MBTS99
IC647MBT001
-
IC646MBS001
IC646MBSS99
IC647MBS001
-
IC646MBP001
IC646MBPS99
IC647MBP001
-
IC646MBW001
-
Single License
Unlimited Seat Site License
•
IC646MPC001
-
•
IC646MPM001
-
•
•
IC646MPS001 IC647MPS001
IC646MPSS99
•
IC646MPP001 IC647MPP001
IC646MPPS99
IC646MSP001
-
•
Control Products
Logic Developer PLC Configuration
•
Logic Developer PLC Nano/Micro
•
•
Logic Developer PLC Standard Logic Developer PLC Standard with Hardware Key
• •
• •
• •
• •
Logic Developer PLC Professional Logic Developer PLC Professional with Hardware Key
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
• •
•
Logic Developer State Professional
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
7-384
Hardware Key
Software Authorization
PACSystems RX3i/RX7i)
Series 90-70)
Series 90-30
Development licenses work on a hierarchical basis.
VersaMax
Supported PLC Platforms Key
VersaMax Nano/Micro
PLC-Based Control
Remote I/O Config Tools
7
Key
Quick Panel View (Basic/Intermediate)
Supported Platforms/Features
Quick Panel
Machine Edition Product Suites
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.6. GE Programming Software
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
7.2.6.2. Ordering Table OI/HMI Products
•
•
Single License
Unlimited Seat Site License
IC646MQP001
IC646MQPS99
Hardware Key
•
Software Authorization
Proficy View (CE) Standard Edition
Remote I/O Config
•
Key
ControlStation
•
•
QuickPanel Control
QuickPanel View (Basic/Intermediate)
•
Proficy View for QuickPanel with hardware key
QuickPanel View (Loaded)
QuickPanel Proficy View for QuickPanel
Development software for QuickPanel, QuickPanel View & QuickPanel Control solutions. Runtime licenses are included in the hardware purchase
ViewStation CE
Supported Platforms/ Features
QuickPanel View & Control Platforms
• • •
•
Proficy View (CE) Standard Edition with hardware key
•
•
•
•
QuickPanel Control (CE) Development Software
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
QuickPanel Control (CE) Development Software with hardware key
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• •
IC647MQP001
-
IC646VSCEMK
IC646MVSS99
IC647VSCEMK
-
IC646CSCEMK
IC646MOSS99
IC647CSCEMK
-
Product Suites
•
•
•
•
Proficy View Development & Runtime
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Proficy View Development & Runtime w/hardware key
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Runtime
•
•
•
Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Runtime w/hardware key
•
•
•
Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Development (no-runtime)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Proficy View & Logic Developer PC Development (no-runtime) w/hardware key
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• • • • • • •
Proficy View OPC Driver License with software key
•
•
Proficy View OPC Driver License with hardware key
•
•
75 Point
150 Point
300 Point
700 Point
1500 Point
8000 Point
IC646MRA075
IC646MRA150
IC646MRA300
IC646MRA700
IC646MRA159
IC646MRA000
IC647MRA075
IC647MRA150
IC647MRA300
IC647MRA700
IC647MRA159
IC647MRA000
IC646MDA075
IC646MDA150
IC646MDA300
IC646MDA700
IC646MDA159
IC646MDA000
IC647MDA075
IC647MDA150
IC647MDA300
IC647MDA700
IC647MDA159
IC647MDA000
IC646MRC075
-
-
-
-
IC646MRC000
IC647MRC075
-
-
-
-
IC647MRC000
-
-
-
-
-
IC646MOP001
-
-
-
-
-
IC647MOP001
-
-
-
-
-
IC646MVD000
-
-
-
-
-
IC647MVD000
Hardware Key
Software Authorization
Development
•
Proficy View Runtime with hardware key
Runtime
Proficy View Runtime
Key
Windows 2000, XP, NT
Remote I/O Config Tools
ControlStation
QuickPanel Control
ViewStation CE
Quick Panel View (Loaded)
Quick Panel View (Basic/Intermediate)
Proficy packages available as View runtime only, View development and runtime, View & Logic Developer PC runtime only, View & Logic Developer PC development.
Supported Platforms/Features
Quick Panel
Proficy View & Control PC-Based Platforms
• •
7-385
7
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7.2.7.1. Overview 7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
PAC 8000 The PAC8000 Controllers are the latest addition to GE Intelligent Platforms’ family of controllers. The PAC8000 Controllers are designed specifically to provide a solution where a controller needs to be field mounted in the extreme environments found in process applications. PAC8000 Controllers, with their rugged and redundancy characteristics will help you improve your operational performance and productivity for a sustainable advantage. • • • • • • •
Powerful Open Controllers Environmental & Hazardous Area Operation Peer-to-Peer Communications HART Support Controller Redundancy Network Redundancy Integrated project development environment
Order Codes - Controllers & Carriers
7
Description
Code
Node services power supply monitor
8410-NS-PS
Logic Controller
8521-LC-MT
Ethernet BIM
8521-EB-MT
Process Controller
8521-PC-MT
Hybrid Controller
8521-HC-MT
Carrier, simplex or redundant, power monitoring
8750-CA-NS
Order Codes - 8000 General Purpose I/O
7-386
Description
Code
8-channel AI, 4-20mA with HART
8101-HI-TX
8-channel DO, 20-250Vac non-isolated, module powered
8116-DO-AC
8-channel AO, with HART for 4-20mA
8102-HO-IP
8-channel DO, 2-60Vdc isolated, unpowered
8117-DO-DC
8-channel AI, 4-20mA
8103-AI-TX
8-channel DO, 20-250Vac isolated, unpowered
8118-DO-AC
8-channel AO, 4-20mA
8104-AO-IP
8-channel Voltage Input, 1-5Vdc
8119-VI-05
4-channel THC/mV input
8105-TI-TC
16-channel DI, 24Vdc non-isolated, module powered
8121-DI-DC
4-channel RTD input
8106-TI-RT
16-channel DI, 24Vdc isolated, sinking
8122-DI-DC
8-channel DI, 24Vdc isolated, sinking
8109-DI-DC
2-channel Pulse Quadrature Input
8123-PI-QU
8-channel DI, 24Vdc non-isolated, module powered
8110-DI-DC
32-channel DI, non-isolated, module-powered
8125-DI-DC
8-channel DI, 115Vac isolated, sinking
8111-DI-AC
32-channel SOE module
8127-DI-SE
8-channel DI, 115Vac non-isolated, module powered
8112-DI-AC
8-channel supervised DI
8129-IO-DC
8-channel DI, 230Vac isolated, sinking
8113-DI-AC
8-channel Isolated Universal AI
8132-AI-UN
8-channel DI, 230Vac non-isolated, module powered
8114-DI-AC
8-channel supervised AI with HART
8133-HI-TX
8-channel DO, 2-60Vdc non-isolated, module powered
8115-DO-DC
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.7. GE PAC 8000 Series 7.2.7.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Field Terminals & Accessories Description
Code
Field terminal, non-incendive (Div 2)
8601-FT-NI
Field terminal, non-arcing (Div 2)
8610-FT-NA
Field terminal, standard
8602-FT-ST
Field terminal, non-arcing, fused (Div 2)
8611-FT-FU
Field terminal, non-incendive, fused (Div 2)
8603-FT-FU
Field terminal, 4wire (current sinking)
8615-FT-4W
Field terminal, fused
8604-FT-FU
Field Terminal, non-incendive, for 16 ch DI
8617-FT-NI
Field terminal, thermocouple
8605-FT-TC
16-pin Mass Termination Assembly (Div 2)
8618-FT-MT
Field terminal, RTD
8606-FT-RT
44-pin Mass Termination Assembly (Div 2)
8619-FT-MT
Field terminal, 8-channel with T/C
8607-FT-TC
32-channel PX/Switch FTA for 8125/7
8650-FT-PX
Field terminal, 8-channel, non-incendive
8608-FT-NI
7
Order Codes - 8000 I/O Carriers Description
Code
8 module carrier
8707-CA-08
4 module carrier
8710-CA-04
8 module carrier, 64-address system
8709-CA-08
Order Codes - 8000 I/O Carrier Cables Description
Code
Carrier extender, right hand
8020-CE-RH
Carrier extender, left hand
8021-CE-LH
Carrier extension cable, 0.35m
8041-CC-35
Carrier extension cable, 0.85m
8042-CC-85
Carrier extension cable, 1.2m
8043-CC-12
Carrier extension cable, 2m
8044-CC-20
16-pin cable for 8618 (1m)
8080-FC-10
16-pin cable for 8618 (2m)
8081-FC-20
16-pin cable for 8618 (3m)
8082-FC-30
20 + 24 pin cables for 8619 (1m)
8085-FC-10
20 + 24 pin cables for 8619 (2m)
8086-FC-20
20 + 24 pin cables for 8619 (3m)
8087-FC-30
Order Codes - 8000 I/O Power Supplies & Components Description
Code
8913/4 PS DIN Rail Mounting Kit
8413-FK-DN
10A 24VDC A/C Input P/S
8914-PS-AC
8913/4 PS Surface Mounting Kit
8414-FK-SU
4 to 12VDC Voltage Converter
BQ2320-9R-EX2
12VDC & 5A 24VDC A/C Input P/S
8913-PS-AC 5A
7-387
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.2.8. GE Industrial PC
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
7.2.8.1. Overview 7.2.8.2. Ordering Table Industrial PC RXi Box IPC-EP Highest Performance Industrial PC with Expandability
GE Intelligent Platforms has combined its expertise in designing high-performance embedded computing platforms with our more than 30 years of experience in industrial control to create a uniquely powerful industrial computing platform – the PACSystems RXi Box IPC-EP. The PACSystems RXi industrial computing platform delivers compact, rugged, high performance computing capabilities to run HMI, historian, and analytics applications right at the machine, enabling improved real-time control of operations and better integration into plant-wide systems. The RXi Box IPC-EP provides the highest performance available in the RXi family with the added expandability of a PCI Express slot and CFast storage.
Specifications Processor • Intel® Core™ 2 Duo processor, up to 2.26GHz • Intel Core i7 processor, up to 2.5GHz Memory • Up to 4 GB DDR3 - with Intel Core 2 Duo • Up to 8 GB DDR3 ECC - with Intel Core i7
7
Non-Volatile Memory • 128 kByte nv-SRAM (flat memory) • Storage for process relevant data 2.5 inch SATA Interface • Optional internal 2.5” SATA hard disk or 2.5” SATA Solid State Drive (SSD) – user accessible • Usage of SSD for shock and vibration immunity as well as extended temperature applications CFast Card Slot • CFast slot with external access • CFast card, bootable • Operates in parallel with optional onboard HDD/SSD SD Card • Internal SD Card - with Core i7 Ethernet • 3 Ethernet (10, 100, 1000 Mbit) ports • 10/100/1000BaseT auto-negotiation • 2 ports (1 & 2) support Time SYNC (IEEE1588 and 802.1AS) based on Intel 82574IT Wireless Communication • WLAN optional via internal Mini PCIe card site Video / Graphics Interface • Display Port – with Core i7 processor only • VGA Port USB Interface • 4 USB 2.0 Standard Size ports – External • 2 USB 2.0 Standard Size ports – Internal
• •
Internal Mini PCIe card site (e.g. for WLAN, GPRS, etc) 1 PCI Express x4 slot for low profile cards
LED • Power, SATA, Eth 1, 2 & 3 (Link / Activity) • Battery Status, Over-temperature Others • Timer (IO Hub integrated): Legacy PC AT; High Precision Event Timer • Watchdog (IO Hub integrated) • Temperature sensors: Software readable (-15°C to +105°C) • Internal box temperature with status LED for over temperature • Real Time Clock: RTC 146818 compatible, Li-battery • Battery: Access of the device for exchange Power • Input: 24V DC (±25%) with protection Environmental • Operating 0°C to +55°C • Storage 0°C to +80°C BIOS • AMI via SPI interface Dimensions (H x W x D) • 182 x 233 x 98 mm Mechanical • Rugged aluminium housing for optimal thermal management and durability • Protection against particles based on IP20 • Flat and Slim (Book) mounting orientation options Software Support • Microsoft® Windows® 7 Professional (32-/64-Bit) • Linux, Kernel 2.6.32 • VxWorks 6.8 with Intel Core 2 Duo processor
Expansion Order Codes
7-388
Description
Code
Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 100GB SATA HDD, 0°C to +55°C
ICRXIFC0P111A
Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 30GB SSD, 0°C to +55°C
ICRXIFC0E111A
Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 100GB SATA HDD, Microsoft Windows 7 Professional, 0°C to +55°C
ICRXIFC7P111A
Flat (wall) mounting, Intel Core 2 Duo 2.26GHz, 4GB DDR3, 30GB SSD, Microsoft Windows 7 Professional, 0°C to +55°C
ICRXIFC7E111A
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.2. GE Intelligent Platforms PLC's 7.2.9. GE Industrial Panel PC
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
7.2.9.1. Overview Wolverine III Rugged, field serviceable, sunlight-readable ATEX Zone 2 flat panel computer
GE Intelligent Platform’s Wolverine III is a rugged flat panel computer engineered to deliver the utmost performance, at all times, under any condition. Leveraging our considerable experience as a leading provider of rugged computing products, Wolverine III is designed specifically to withstand the rigors of deployment in harsh, hazardous (HAZLOC) applications such as oil and gas exploration and production where salt, spray, dust, shock, vibration and extremes of temperature provide the most challenging environments for computers. GE crafted Wolverine III for data gathering and the control or operation of sophisticated equipment, making it ideal for Human Machine Interfaces (HMIs) or Operator Interfaces in Zone 2 hazardous areas.
Specifications Display/User Interface • 15” XVGA; 1024x768, 16.2M colour AMTFT LCD; sunlight readable with LED backlight • 5-wire resistive touch screen with anti-glare and scratch resistant coating • Bezel options with LED/button configurations
Power • 85W (nominal); 200W max while heating
Viewing Area • 9” (H) x 12” (W), 15” diagonal • 229 mm x 305 mm
Dimensions (HxWxD) • 13.75” x 15.9” x 5.02” • 349mm x 408mm x 98mm (144mm with IOP cover)
CPU • Soldered Intel® Core™ 2 Duo (up to 2.26GHz )
Weight • 22.5lbs, 10.2kg
Memory • Soldered non-ECC DDR3 SDRAM (up to 4GB)
Environmental • -40° to +60°C (operating) • -40° to +70°C (storage)
Chipset • Intel® GS45 Express chipset • Intel® 82801IUX I/O Controller Hub (ICH9M SFF) BIOS • AMI system BIOS • Supports Soft off, Wake on LAN, RTC alarm Power On • Power on after power failure Expansion Slot • Express Card (33mm and 54mm modules) I/O • 4x USB 2.0 ports (1 IS port on IOP cover standard) • 4x serial ports (2x optically protected RS-232, 2xRS-232/422/485) • 2x Gigabit Ethernet ports I/O Cover • Conduit cover with glands to seal I/O connections
Input Voltage • 11-32 VDC or • 100-240 VAC auto-ranging, 47-63Hz
7
Shock • 40G pulse (per MIL-STD-810E) Vibration • Hard Drive: 1G, 8 - 500Hz, 3 axes • Solid-State: 2G, 5 - 500Hz, 3 axes O/S Compatibility • Microsoft® Windows® XP, Windows 7, Linux Compliance • CE • ATEX Zone 2 • C1D2 • NEMA 4x • IP66 • FCC Subpart B Class A
Storage • 1x SATA hard disk drive; field removable • 32GB solid-state hard drive (standard) • 16/64GB solid-state hard drive (optional) • 100GB rotating hard drive (optional) System Diagnostics • Internal temperature • Accelerometer • Power-on hours Mount • Rear mount (standard) • Panel mount (optional) • Yoke mount (optional)
7-389
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.3. RTU's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.3.1. Overview
RTU - Remote Terminal Unit Sixnet rugged RTUs and I/O provide a simple yet powerful means to reliably monitor and control remote sites around the clock in the harshest environments. Our compact automation systems can start small and grow as needs increase without requiring hardware replacement. “Best of both worlds” programming combines Windows ease of use with the future-proof security of an embedded Linux OS.
Features & Benefits Rugged environmental ratings UL, CSA, CE, ABS Marine and Zone 2 rated Supports temperatures ranging from -40° to +70° C Intelligent data logging and control in one device Combine PLC, data logger, industrial computer and communications gateway functionality Based on non-proprietary industry standards and open Linux operating system Programmable control flexibility C language ISaGRAF (IEC 61131-3) Works with a variety of process quality I/O modules I/O expansion Peer-to-peer I/O transfer capability
7
Many communication ports Open protocols enable advanced communication Modbus TCP/UDP/ASCII/RTU, IEC60870-5-101/104, DNP3, SNMP, Sixnet UDR
Order Codes - VersaTRAK Series Ports ETH
7-390
On-Board I/O 232
485
DI
DO
Memory AI
AO
NVRAM
Code FLASH
DRAM
1
2
2
12
4
8
2
512K
64M
32M
VT-MIPM-245-D
1
2
1
12
8
6
-
512K
64M
32M
VT-MIPM-135-D
1
1
1
12
4
8
-
512K
32M
32M
VT-IPM2M-113-D
1
1
1
12
4
8
2
512K
32M
32M
VT-IPM2M-213-D
1
2
1
8
4
2
-
512K
16M
16M
VT-UIPM-431-H
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.3. RTU's
7.3.2. Software 7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit I/O Tool Kit SXTOOLS is a completely integrated suite of project-oriented tools that help you quickly and effectively view the “big picture� as you design, install and maintain your Sixnet systems. Unlike most configuration tools that view each device as stand-alone islands, SXTOOLS provides a view of the entire network of Sixnet devices both RTUs and I/O.
Features & Benefits Easily view all system elements Projects with hundreds of stations and with tens of thousands of tags may be viewed as a complete entity. Interactions between system elements are organized for you and then documented Easy configuration Setup wizards guide you through step-by-step configuration of Sixnet products and software features. Data filtering and sorting Project trees enable you to view the system from multiple viewpoints, including by physical location, by logical (communications tree) connections, and by product type. Data can be filtered and sorted to let you focus on any aspect of the system at any time. Real-Time alerts Advanced real-time error checking alerts you to potential problems as soon as they appear.
7
Common Feature Sets SCS (Scalable Control System) Features This feature set includes importing, tag name exporting to other applications and I/O transfers between Sixnet and Modbus devices. Datalogging This feature set includes Sixlog datalogging, automatic host transfers and client transfers and the Datalog Server. RTU Advanced Features Gain access to LINUX-visible features in RTU controllers, including file loading and advanced diagnostics using Telnet and/or ftp. Includes RTU Advanced Development Kit, which provides a library of functions to access the RTU I/O registers and ability to write C programs for use in your RTU controllers.
7-391
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.3. RTU's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.3.2. Software
7.3.2.1. I/O Tool Kit SXTOOLS-1 provides basic configuration and maintenance tools for Sixnet hardware, and is supplied at no cost. Optional feature sets are specified by simply choosing the SXTOOLS part number (see below) that includes the number of optional feature sets that you wish to purchase. When you register your software, you will be prompted to choose which feature sets you wish to activate. Order Codes Description
Access
Code
Level 1 configure, calibrate and test Sixnet I/O and RTUs
FREE Download
SXTOOLS-1
Level 1 plus one optional feature set
See below
SXTOOLS-2
Level 1 plus two optional feature set
See below
SXTOOLS-3
Level 1 plus three optional feature set
See below
SXTOOLS-4
Level 1 plus four optional feature set
See below
SXTOOLS-5
Special edition I/O Tool Kit software for configuration, diagnostics, data logging, AGA, DNP-3, SCS and more (For use with VT-MIPM-135 & 245 only)
SXTOOLS-P
Feature Sets Capability or Feature
7
Basic Level (FREE)
Common Feature Sets SCS Support
Datalog
IPm Advanced
Configure stations and I/O
X
-
-
-
Calibrate analog I/O
X
-
-
-
Test I/O (Read/write registers)
X
-
-
-
Load basic configuration
X
-
-
-
Export up to 32 I/O to ISaGRAF
X
-
-
-
Load custom user files
X
-
-
-
Export > I/O to ISaGRAF
-
X
-
-
Export I/O to CSV and others
-
X
-
-
Import I/O tag information
-
X
-
-
I/O transfers (peer to peer)
-
X
-
-
Complete datalog functionality
-
-
X
-
Support for C programmers
-
-
-
X
IPm I/O Database library license
-
-
-
X
Order Codes - Add-On Software
7-392
Description
Code
AGA gas flow calculations add-on for IPm RTUs. (single copy license) Note: this option is built-in to the VTMIPM-135 & 245, see SXTOOLS-P
SXIPM-AGA-1
DNP (Distributed Network Protocol) add-on for IPm RTUs. (single copy license) Note: this option is built-in to the VT-MIPM-135 & 245, see SXTOOLS-P
SXIPM-DNP3-1
Slave driver for IPm-based Controllers and industrial RTUs. (single copy license)
SXIPM-IEC870-1
Add port forwarding to your IPm stations. (site licensed)
SXIPM-PPP-1
Protect your IPm stations from unauthorized access with this firewall application. (site licensed)
SXIPM-SAFE
Obtain valuable network management information from your IPm stations and read / write I/O. (site licensed)
SXIPM-SNMP
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.3. RTU's
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.3.2. Software 7.3.2.2. ISaGRAF Open ISaGRAF Open
ISaGRAF® is the industry standard for open automation software development. Sixnet has taken ISaGRAF to a new level by fully integrating the latest ISaGRAF technology into easy-to-use Sixnet applications tools that significantly reduce development time. IEC 61131-3 – IEC 61499 LANGUAGES Sixnet’s ISaGRAF Open Workbench is the world’s first automation software to be compliant with IEC 61131-3 industrial standards. This leading-edge software is comprised of a powerful set of new features that promise to change the way you build your control systems. IEC 61131-3-PLC Programming Standards ISaGRAF Open Workbench is your complete tool kit for creating IEC 61131-3 programs. Its Windows interface will guide you through development of your project. Use the Workbench Simulator to test your program before startup. Then use the Workbench to dynamically view ISaGRAF programs as they run in real time and make changes on-the-fly.
7
Features & Benefits Fully supports all five IEC 61131-3 programming languages • Ladder logic, function blocks, sequential function charts, structured text, and instruction lists; the familiar tools you have always used to program PLCs and process controllers. Ideal for small projects • The Sixnet ISaGRAF RTU runtime is a full suite of 61131-3 applications development tools and is included in every IPm RTU at no cost to you! Saves time and makes your job easier • Customers have reported a 30% savings in applications development time. State-of-the-art Windows Tools • ISaGRAF Open is 32-bit software optimized for Windows XP and beyond. The perfect upgrade path • Sixnet continues to fulfill our promise of 100% forward compatibility. Existing ISaGRAF v3 programs will run transparently in the upgraded ISaGRAF RTU runtime. A conversion utility is provided at no cost to upgrade ISAGRAF RTU programs. One solution for all projects • The same ISaGRAF Open tools are used to develop ISaGRAF RTU – the same tools for both small and large projects – eliminating the learning curve and the burden of supporting different tools. One easy-to-use tool kit for all projects. Dynamic Tag Sharing • Tags configured in I/O Tool Kit are automatically loaded in the Workbench.
Order Codes Description
Number I/O
Code
ISaGRAF Open Workbench
32 I/O
SX-1131-S-32
256 I/O
SX-1131-S-256
1000 I/O
SX-1131-S-1K
Unlimited I/O
SX-1131-S-BIG
7-393
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.4. I/O Systems 7.4.1. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7.4.1.1. Overview EtherTrak 2 Series I/O Sixnet’s EtherTRAK®-2 Ethernet I/O modules provide a simple and secure way to reliably monitor remote sites located in harsh environments. Offering the lowest cost per I/O point and rugged environmental ratings, EtherTRAK-2 modules are ideal for both control rooms and extreme locations across industries that include oil & gas, power & energy, transportation, mining, maritime and water/ wastewater. Our compact DIN-rail modules support open-standard protocols to provide flexible communication options for existing or newly installed Ethernet networks. By seamlessly replacing external devices such as switches, data concentrators and protocol converters, EtherTRAK-2 modules transcend simple I/O capabilities to cost-effectively streamline systems and improve reliability. Rugged environmental ratings UL, CSA, CE, ABS Marine and Zone 2 rated Supports temperatures ranging from -40 to 75° C
Industry standard protocols offer unparalleled reliability RS-485 port for polling Modbus devices Support for Sixnet real-time ring Peer-to-peer transfers
High-resolution I/O with a space saving design Up to 34 I/O channels Web browser-based configuration/testing Up to 1 mS I/O polling for fast updates
Hardware Features Redundant power ensures availability Self-resetting fuses prevent short circuits Hot swap capabilities reduce downtime
Networking adaptability Two Ethernet ports provide three communication modes: ring, pass-thru and two network
7
Real-Time Ring Switch Mode
Create redundant Ethernet reliability without additional cost
Switch Elimination Mode
Daisy-chain modules without external switches to save money and simplify connectivity
Two Networks Mode
Each Ethernet port has a unique MAC and IP address for connection to two independent physical networks
7-394
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.4. I/O Systems
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.4.1. i. EtherTRAK-2 Series 7.4.1.2. Ordering Tables
Discount Code L7
Order Codes - Standard Models Description
DI
DO
AI
AO
Code
Combination I/O with one isolated input counter*
24
8
8
-
E2-MIX24880-D
Combination I/O with two analog outputs*
24
8
8
2
E2-MIX24882-D
32 inputs (10-30 VDC) including 16 multifunction counters
32
-
-
-
E2-32DI24-D
16 individually isolated 10-30 VAC/VDC with counters
16
-
-
-
E2-16DI24-D
16 individually isolated 120 VAC (nominal) inputs
16
-
-
-
E2-16DIAC-D
High density discrete outputs (0.5 Amp each, 8 Amp total)
-
32
-
-
E2-32DO24-D
Individually isolated 1 Amp outputs with self-resetting fuses
-
16
-
-
E2-16DO24-D
High density 16 bit 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses
-
-
32
-
E2-32AI20M-D
Voltage inputs (other ranges available as special order)
-
-
32
-
E2-32AI10V-D
16 channels 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses
-
-
16
-
E2-16AI20M-D
4-20 mA analog outputs
-
-
-
8
E2-8AO20M-D
16 4-20 mA analog inputs and 8 4-20 outputs
-
-
16
8
E2-16AI-8AO-D
RTD (100 Ohm platinum), -200 to 850ËšC plus
-
-
10RTD
-
E2-10RTD-D
Thermocouples
-
-
16TC
-
E2-16ISOTC-D
Isolated 4-20mA inputs
-
-
16
-
E2-16ISO20M-D
7
* 24 maximum DIs are listed, 8 of which can be configured as either DI or DO. The discrete outputs are protected by self resetting fuses.
Order Codes - PoE Models Description
DI
DO
AI
AO
Code
Combination I/O with one isolated input counter*
24
8
8
-
EB-MIX24880-D
Combination I/O with two analog outputs*
24
8
8
2
EB-MIX24882-D
32 inputs (10-30 VDC) including 16 multifunction counters
32
-
-
-
EB-32DI24-D
16 individually isolated 10-30 VAC/VDC with counters
16
-
-
-
EB-16DI24-D
High density discrete outputs (0.5 Amp each, 8 Amp total)
-
32
-
-
EB-32DO24-D
Individually isolated 1 Amp outputs with self-resetting fuses
-
16
-
-
EB-16DO24-D
High density 16 bit 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses
-
-
32
-
EB-32AI20M-D
Voltage inputs (other ranges available as special order)
-
-
32
-
EB-32AI10V-D
16 channels 4-20 mA inputs with self-resetting fuses
-
-
16
-
EB-16AI20M-D
4-20 mA analog outputs
-
-
-
8
EB-8AO20M-D
16 4-20 mA analog inputs and 8 4-20 outputs
-
-
16
8
EB-16AI-8AO-D
RTD (100 Ohm platinum), -200 to 850ËšC plus
-
-
10RTD
-
EB-10RTD-D
Thermocouples
-
-
16TC
-
EB-16ISOTC-D
Isolated 4-20mA inputs
-
-
16
-
EB-16ISO20M-D
* 24 maximum DIs are listed, 8 of which can be configured as either DI or DO. The discrete outputs are protected by self resetting fuses.
7-395
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.4. I/O Systems 7.4.2. RSTi Series
7.4.2.1. Overview 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
PACSystems RSTi – Distributed I/O delivers high performance and system flexibility. RSTi delivers high performance flexible I/O systems to meet diverse applications. Powerful Solution The RSTi innovative design enables module power, communications and field power to be passed from one module to the next. Power Distribution, Power Booster and Field Power Isolation modules are available to simplify installation wiring. The RSTi compact design (99 mm high x 70 mm deep x 12mm wide for I/O) reduces panel space.
7
Order Codes - Network Interface Units
7-396
Description
Code
PROFINET RT Network Adapter
STXPNS001
PROFIBUS DP/V1 network adapter
STXPBS001
DeviceNet network adapter
STXDNS001
MODBUS RS-232C network adapter
STXMBS001
MODBUS RS-485 network adapter
STXMBS002
MODBUS/TCP network adapter
STXMBE001
EtherCAT Network Adapter
STXECT001
EtherNet/IP Network Adapter
STXEIP001
CANopen network adapter
STXCAN001
CC-link network adapter
STXCCL001
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.4. I/O Systems
7.4.2. RSTi Series 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Digital Input Modules Description
Code
Input module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 5VDC
ST-1124
Input module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC
ST-1214
Input module 8 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC
ST-1218
Input module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 5VDC
Input module 16 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 12V/ 24VDC (connector type) Input module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24V DC
ST-1114
ST-121F ST-1224
Input module 8 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24VDC
ST-1228
Input module 16 points, Negative Logic, Source, 12V/ 24VDC (connector type)
ST-122F
Input module 4 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 48V DC
ST-1314
Input module 16 points, Positive Logic, Sink, 48VDC (connector type)
ST-131F
Input module 4 points, Negative Logic, Source, 48VDC
ST-1324
Input module 4 points, 110V AC (AC 85V ~ 132V)
ST-1804
Input module 4 points, 220V AC (AC 170V ~ 264V)
ST-1904
Order Codes - Digital Output Modules Description
Code
Output module 4 points, TTL, 5VDC/20mA Non inverting
ST-2124
Output module 16 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.3A
ST-221F
Output module 16 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.3A
ST-222F
Output module 4 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.5A
ST-2314
Output module 8 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 0.5A
ST-2318
Output module 4 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.5A
ST-2324
Output module 8 points, Source, 24VDC/ 0.5A
ST-2328
Output module 4 points, Sink, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 0.5A
ST-2414
Output module 4 points, Source, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 0.5A
ST-2424
Output module 4 points, Sink, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 2A
ST-2514
Output module 4 points, Source, Diagnostics, 24VDC/ 2A
ST-2524
Output module 4 points, Sink, 24VDC/ 2A
ST-2614
Output module 4 points, Source, 24VDC/ 2A
ST-2624
Output module Isolated Relay Output 2 points, 230V AC/ 2A
ST-2742
Output module 4 points, TTL, 5VDC/20mA Inverting
Output module Isolated Relay Output 4 Points, 230V AC/ 2A Output module Isolated Relay Output 8 Points, 230V AC/ 2A Output module Relay Output 2 points, 230V AC/ 2A, Manual Output module Triac Output 2 points, 12V ~ 125VAC/ 0.5A
7
ST-2114
ST-2744 ST-2748 ST-2792 ST-2852
Order Codes - Analog Input Modules Description
Code
Analog input module 8 Channels, 0~20mA, 12bit
ST-3118
Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~20mA, 14-bit
ST-3134
Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit
ST-3214
Analog input module 8 Channels, 4~20mA, 12bit
ST-3218
Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~20mA, 12-bit
Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 14-bit Analog input module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit, Sensor Connect
ST-3114
ST-3234 ST-3274
Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12-bit
ST-3424
Analog input module 8 Channels, 0~10V, 12bit
ST-3428
Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 14-bit Analog input module 4 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 12-bit
ST-3444 ST-3524
Analog input module 4 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 14-bit
ST-3544
Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 12-bit
ST-3624
Analog input module 4 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 14-bit
ST-3644
Analog input module 2 Channels, RTD
ST-3702
Analog input module 4 Channels, RTD Connector Type
ST-3704
Analog input module 8 Channels, RTD Connector Type
ST-3708
Analog input module 2 Channels, Thermocouple
ST-3802
Analog input module 4 Channels, Thermocouple Connector Type
ST-3804
Analog input module 8 Channels, Thermocouple Connector Type
ST-3808
7-397
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.4. I/O Systems 7.4.2. RSTi Series
7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - Analog Output Modules Description
Code
Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~20mA, 12-bit
ST-4112
Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~20mA,, 12bit
ST-4114
Analog output module 2 Channels, 4~20mA, 12-bit
ST-4212
Analog output module 4 Channels, 4~20mA, 12bit
ST-4214
Analog output module 4 Channels, 4-20mA, 12bit, Sensor Connect
ST-4274
Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12-bit
ST-4422
Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12bit
ST-4424
Analog output module 4 Channels, 0~10Vdc, 12bit, Sensor Connect
ST-4474
Analog output module 1 Channel, 0~10V, 12bit, Manual type
ST-4491
Analog output module 2 Channels, -10~+10Vdc, 12-bit
ST-4522
Analog output module 2 Channels, 0~5Vdc, 12-bit
ST-4622
Analog output module 1 Channel, 0~1 A, 12bit
ST-4911
Order Codes - PID Loop Controller Modules
7
Description
Code
PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, RTD, Temp. Control, SSR Out
ST-3714
PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, RTD, Temp. Control, Current Out
ST-3734
PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, TC, Temp. Control, SSR Out (DeviceNet Only)
ST-3814
PID Controller, single loop module 4 Channels, TC, Temp. Control, Current Out (DeviceNet Only)
ST-3834
Order Codes - Serial Interface Modules (ASCII) Description
Code
Serial Interface module RS-232C, 1 Channel
ST-5211
Serial Interface module RS-232C, 2 Channels
ST-5212
Serial Interface module RS-422, 1 Channel
ST-5221
Serial Interface module RS-485, 1 Channel
ST-5231
Serial Interface module RS-485, 2 Channels
ST-5232
Serial Interface module RS-232 , 2 Channels,32 Bytes,
ST-5252
Serial Interface module RS-485, 2 Channels,32 Bytes,
ST-5272
Order Codes - Motion Modules
7-398
Description
Code
High Speed Counter module, 1 Channel, 5VDC 1.5MHz
ST-5101
High Speed Counter module, 1 Channel, 24VDC 1.5MHz
ST-5111
High Speed Counter module, 2 Channels, 24VDC, 100Khz
ST-5112
High Speed Counter module, 4 Channel, 24VDC, 50Khz
ST-5114
SSI Interface module 1 CH; 62.5K, 100K, 125K,250K,500K,1M,2Mbps
ST-5351
PWM Out module, 2A/24V, Source, 2 Channels 2.5Khz
ST-5422
2 Channels, PWM Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 2.5Khz
ST-5442
PWM Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 4 Channels, 2.5Khz
ST-5444
1 Channel, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 20Khz
ST-5641
2 Channels, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/24V, Source, 20Khz
ST-5642
1 Channel, Pulse Out module, 0.5A/5V (RS422), 20Khz
ST-5651
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.4. I/O Systems
7.4.2. RSTi Series 7.4.2.2. Ordering Tables
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Order Codes - System Modules (Modules with ID type occupy 1 of the 32 available module ID addresses and will appear in the hardware configuration. The modules without ID support will not occupy a module address and will not appear in the hardware configuration.) Description
Code
Extension IO, Slave (Rx). Each Slave requires a Master module.
ST-5726
Shield termination module, 8 points, 10A No LED
ST-7008
0VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A
ST-7108
5VDC bus booster, 24VDC in
ST-7111
24VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A
ST-7118
0VDC and 24VDC 4 points distribution module for field devices
ST-7188
Isolated Field Power Distribution, 5 VDC, 24VDC, 48VDC, 120/240VAC 10 Amp no LED status
ST-7241
Shield termination module, 8 points, 10A, ID type with LED (ID type uses module address)
ST-7408
0VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A with LED (ID type uses module address)
ST-7508
5VDC bus booster, 24VDC in with LED ID type (ID type uses module address)
ST-7511
24VDC distribution module for field devices, 8 points, 10A ID type with status LEDs (ID type uses module address)
ST-7518
0VDC and 24VDC 4 points distribution module for field devices ID type with status LEDs (ID type uses module address)
ST-7588
Isolated Field Distributor 5 VDC, 24VDC, 48VDC, 120/240VAC, 10 amp with LED status ID type (IDtype uses module address)
ST-7641
Extension IO, Master (Tx). Up to 3 master/slave combinations supported. Maximum 300 meters. Only one slave supported per master module.
ST-5725
7
Order Codes - Analog Output Modules Description
Code
24VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points
STXPBS132
24VDC Negative Logic output, 32 points
STXPBS232
24VDC Positive Logic output, 32 points
STXPBS332
Relay output, 16 points
STXPBS016
Relay output, 16 points, isolated
STXPBS116
16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 24VDC Positive Logic output
STXPBS432
16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 24VDC Negative Logic output
STXPBS532
16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 relay output
STXPBS824
16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 relay output
STXPBS924
16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 isolated relay output
STXPBS825
16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 isolated relay output
STXPBS925
24VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points
STXPBS032
Order Codes - Analog Output Modules Description
Code
24VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points
STXDNS032
24VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points
STXDNS132
24VDC Negative Logic output, 32 points
STXDNS232
24VDC Positive Logic output, 32 points
STXDNS332
Relay output, 16 points
STXDNS016
Relay output, 16 points, isolated
STXDNS116
16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 24VDC Positive Logic output
STXDNS432
16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 24VDC Negative Logic output
STXDNS532
16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 relay output
STXDNS824
16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 relay output
STXDNS924
16 24VDC Positive Logic input and 16 isolated relay output
STXDNS825
16 24VDC Negative Logic input and 16 isolated relay output
STXDNS925
24VDC Positive Logic input, 32 points
STXDNS032
24VDC Negative Logic input, 32 points
STXDNS132
Accessories Description
Code
Removable Terminal Block, 9pcs (Modules ship with terminal block except connector style.)
STXRTB009
Marker with numbers 100pcs
STXACC001
Blank markers 100pcs
STXACC002
End Module, 7pcs (End module ships with Network Interface)
STXACC004
7-399
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.5. Data Logger 7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7.5.1.1 Overview Multi-zone process control with dedicated PID modules. The Series is comprised of a master module and up to 16 PID modules. With two PID loops per module, a single master can accommodate up to 32 loops, saving space and greatly reducing total comms scan time compared to discrete node solutions. The master communicates PID module data to the external PC, PLC, or DCS simply by selecting and downloading the proper device driver, allowing the Modular Controller to communicate in your device’s native language. Drag and drop controller data to PLC registers in seconds using point-and-click data mapping from the extensive menu of built-in serial and Ethernet drivers. It’s complete integration - without writing a single rung of tedious PLC code.
7
Intermittent Remote PC: – Customer Support – Uploading/Downloading – Performance Monitoring Communicate/control multiple devices: – PLCs – PCs – Drives – PID controllers ...and more
10 Base T/100 BaseTX Ethernet
Compact Flash Card – Trending – Data Logging Red Lion Modular – Non-Volatile Control Series Parameter Storage
USB Connection – Rapid Uploading/ Downloading
Device #1
Data acquisition system with built-in SCADA functionality.
Remote PC: – “Virtual Panel” – Operation – Monitoring – Data Logging – Analysis
Device #4
Device #2
Device #3
Device #5
Communicate with up to five different types of serial devices simultaneously. Access,
Red Lion’s Modular Controller Series is the monitor and control these devices from across your network or around the globe. industry’s only data-acquisition system with built-in SCADA-like functionality. With its onboard CompactFlash card, the Master can store any or all data in CSV format, allowing common office applications such as MS Excel to open and chart the data. With its built-in web server, you have remote access to the data files, as well as an innovative “virtual HMI”. Create intuitive user interface screens as if an HMI were connected, and control the process from any networked PC with a standard Internet browser. Monitor 16 modules with up to 14 points each—224 I/O with a single master. Mix and match analog or digital; even dedicated PID modules.
Data logging capabilities allow users to collect PID loop or performance data, display and store it on compact flash for evaluation either live or remotely. And instead of using expensive third-party software to poll and store the data on a PC, values are stored in CSV (comma separated variable) files that can be opened with commercial applications such as Microsoft Excel.
Integrated protocol converter has them all talking. The Master’s integrated serial and Ethernet ports provide the function of a gateway, and with its built in communications drivers, it also serves as a protocol converter. Imagine, any devices you connect to the Master can communicate with each other, can have their data logged, and are remotely accessible via Ethernet.
7-400
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.5. Data Logger
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7.5.1.1 Overview 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables
Discount Code L3
Built-in web server offers remote access and control. The Modular Controller’s web server not only provides a means of accessing data log files, it also allows remote viewing and control from anywhere in the world. During configuration, you can program a web-based HMI to be accessed via any Internet browser, negating the need for expensive SCADA software. Plus, the web-based HMI offers all of the features you’d expect in a real HMI, such as password protection to prevent entry by unauthorized users. The Modular Controller can also store and serve custom web pages, meaning you can tailor the interface to your exact process requirements. Web-based HMI
Master Modules
7
Four models to choose from CSMSTRV2
CSMSTRSX
CSMSTRGT
CSMSTRZR
320x240 Quarter VGA
640x480 Full VGA
1024x768 XGA
Module to device communication Protocol conversion Data logging Web server Email & SMS
• • • • • • • • • • • CSMSTRGT
Provides Enhanced Features for Data Acquisition or Multi-zone PID Control Applications Webserver Provides Worldwide Access to Data Logs and Virtual HMI (SX, GT & ZR) Virtual HMI Offers Built-in PC-based SCADA Functionality (SX, GT & ZR) Performs Hierarchical Control of Other Modules in the Modular Controller Series Stores Module Configuration Information and Automatically Reprograms Replaced Modules Extensive Built-in Driver List Allows Easy Data Mapping to PLCs, PCs, and SCADA Systems Independent Serial Ports Provide Virtually Unlimited Integration Methods 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet Connection Provides Networking Capability Supports up to 16 Modular Controller Series Modules CompactFlash® Slot Allows Process Data to be Logged Directly to CSV Files (SX, GT & ZR) Syncs Data Logs to FTP Servers and Microsoft SQL Server® (ZR)
Order Codes - Motion Modules Type
Description
Code
Master Module
Modular Controller Master, Comms, Ethernet
CSMSTRV2
Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to QVGA (320 x 240) size and expansion slot.
CSMSTRSX
Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to VGA (640 x 480) size and expansion slot with increased SDRAM.
CSMSTRGT
Modular Controller Master with multiple protocol converter, data logger, web server with Virtual HMI up to XGA (1024 x 768) size and expansion slot with increased SDRAM.
CSMSTRZR
Communications RS232 Programming Cable Cables (3m) USB Programming Cable CSMSTRV2
Communication option cards (1 per master module)
CBLPROG0 CBLUSB00
Communications Cables *
CBLxxxxx
CANopen option card
XCCN0000
DeviceNet option card
XCDN0000
PROFIBUS option card
XCPBDP00
Additional RS232/485 option card
XCRS0000
Additional 10/100 Base-T Ethernet option card
XCENET00
GSM/GPRS Cellular Modem Option Card
XCGSM000
*Contact Customer Service
7-401
7. PLC’s, RTU’s & i/o systems 7.5. Data Logger
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables
Discount Code L3
PID Control Modules • • • • • • • • • CSPID1R0 & CSPID2R0
Dedicated single and dual PID modules for the Modular Controller series Hot-swappable replacement reduces downtime Auto addressing minimizes configuration time Fully isolated design provides reliable operation PID control with reduced overshoot Universal inputs accept TC, RTD, 0-10 v and 0/4-20 mA signals On demand auto-tuning of PID settings DC analog output (optional, CSPID1 only) Heater current input (optional) ensures detection of heater circuit failure
Order Codes - Motion Modules Type
Description
Code
PID Modules Universal Inputs accept TC, RTD, 0-10 V & 0/4-20 mA Signals
Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs
CSPID1R0
Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Analog Output
CSPID1RA
Single Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Heater Current Input
CSPID1RM
Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs
CSPID1S0
Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Analog Output
CSPID1SA
Single Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Heater Current Input
CSPID1SM
Single Loop Module, Triac Outputs, Analog Output
CSPID1TA
Dual Loop Module, Relay Outputs
CSPID2R0
Dual Loop Module, Relay Outputs, Heater Current Input
CSPID2RM
Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs
CSPID2S0
Dual Loop Module, Solid State Outputs, Heater Current Input
CSPID2SM
Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs
CSPID2T0
Dual Loop Module, Triac Outputs, Heater Current Input
CSPID2TM
7
High Density Temperature & Analog Input Modules • • • • • •
Dedicated high density temperature input modules for the Modular Controller series Models available for thermocouple or RTD inputs Thermocouple input version provides independent type selection for each input Full isolated design offers 1 kV isolation between channels (CSTC8ISO only) Unused inputs can be disabled to increase overall reading rate Ideal for data-acquisition applications
Order Codes - Motion Modules
CSTC8000 & CSINI800
Type
Description
Code
Temperature Input Modules – T, E, J, K, R, S, B, N & C-TYPE Thermocouples RTD types 385,392,672,428
8 Channel Thermocouple Module
CSTC8000
8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module
CSINI800
8 Channel 0(4)-20 mA Input Module, 100-Point Linearizer
CSINI8L0
8 Channel ±10 V Input Module
CSINV800
8 Channel ±10 V Input Module, 100-Point Linearizer
CSINV8L0
6 Channel RTD Module
CSRTD600
8 Channel Thermocouple Module, Isolated
CSTC8IS0
Digital I/O Modules • • • • • •
Adds remote I/O capability to the Modular Controller series Eight input, six output digital module Inputs isolated from outputs Inputs independently switch selectable for sink or source signals Inputs independently configurable for high or low active state Inputs independently switch selectable for high or low frequency signals
Order Codes - Motion Modules
CSDIO14R
7-402
Type
Description
Code
Digital I/O Modules
Eight Inputs, Six Relay Outputs
CSDIO14R
Eight Inputs, Six Solid State Outputs
CSDIO14S
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
7.5. Data Logger
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
7.5.1. Modular Controller Series 7.5.1.2 Ordering Tables
Discount Code L3
Analog Output Modules • • • •
High Density Analog Output Module for the Modular Controller Series Available Outputs include 0 to 5 VDC, 0 to 10 VDC, ±10 VDC, and 0/4-20 mA DC Outputs are Isolated from each other and from the Backplane Outputs are Software Configured and Fully Scalable
Order Codes - Motion Modules CSOUT400
Type
Description
Code
Analog Output Module
4-Channel Analog Output Module
CSOUT400
Load Cell PID Control Modules • • • • • • • • • • CSSG10RA
Strain Gage Module for the Modular Controller Series Hot-swappable Replacement Reduces Downtime Auto Addressing Minimizes Configuration Time PID Control with Reduced Overshoot Load Cell, Pressure and Torque Bridge Inputs Software Selectable Low Level Inputs (20 mV, 33 mV or 200 mV Full Scale) Software Selectable 5 VDC or 10 VDC Bridge Excitation Digital Tare (re-zero), Batch Totalizer, and Peak/Valley (max/min) Recording On Demand Auto-tuning of PID Settings DC Analog Output
7
Order Codes - Motion Modules Type
Description
Code
Load Cell PID Control Modules
Single Loop, One SG Input, Relay Outputs, Analog Out
CSSG10RA
Single Loop, One SG Input, Solid State Outputs, Analog Out
CSSG10SA
Single Loop, Two SG Inputs, Relay Outputs, Analog Out
CSSG11RA
Single Loop, Two SG Inputs, Solid State Outputs, Analog Out
CSSG11SA
Type
Description
Code
Accessories
DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adaptor
DRRJ45T8
DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adaptor
DRRJ11T6
1Gb Compact Flash Card
G3CF001G
2Gb Compact Flash Card
G3CF002G
Rail Stops (Qty 2)
RSRSTP00
Replacement Base
CSBASE00
Replacement Termination Plug
CSTERM00
Replacement Rubber End Cap for Master Module
CSBUNG00
Communications Cables to Serial 3rd Party Devices (3m)
CBLxxxxx
5dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card
ANT5DB5M
7dB Panel Mount Antenna with 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card
ANT7DB5M
Accessories
DRRJ45T8
* Contact Customer Service
7-403
8. Operator Interfaces Section Guide Overview
Section 8
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.1.1. XXX
8.1.1.1. XXX
Discount Code C9
8
8-404
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Operator Interfaces 8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion 8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview 8.1.2. Graphite Series 8.1.3. G3 Series 8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series 8.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software 8.2. Panasonic 8.2.1. GT Series 8.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software 8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms 8.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View 8.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View 8.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View 8.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software
8-404 8-406 8-406 8-410 8-412 8-414 8-416 8-417 8-417 8-421 8-422 8-422 8-423 8-424 8-425
8-405
8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion
8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview
G3 & Graphite Series - Advanced Operator Interface Panels Connect, monitor & control...anywhere, anytime. From factories to extreme remote locations, Red Lion’s HMI solutions allow customers to easily connect, monitor and control their processes across a broad range of industries that include manufacturing, oil and gas and water/ wastewater. Our new Graphite series provides the industry’s first rugged HMI solution to combine a wide range of flexible plug-in modules with protocol conversion, data logging and web-based monitoring and control. Available in eight different models with sizes ranging from 7” to 15”, Graphite’s sleek bezels provide a relatively large display given their overall dimension. Graphite & G3 features include: • • • • • • • •
Protocol converter supports over 250 different industrial protocols Data logging Web and FTP Server for remote access Minimum three serial ports (expandable) USB synchronization of database and log files 10 Base-T/100 Base-TX Ethernet ports Memory card support slot for database/recipe storage and collection of logged data Crimson® software included
G3 Series
8
New Graphite features include: • • • • • • • •
Sleek indoor and outdoor displays Rugged cast-aluminium housing Flexible plug-in modules Easy protocol conversion Real-time data logging Remote monitoring and control SD card slot -20 to +60 degrees operation temperature
Graphite Series
8-406
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.1. Red Lion
8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview
Graphite Series Plug-In Modules
GMP1 / GMP2
Single and Dual Loop PID Control Modules • PID control with reduced overshoot • Universal inputs accept B, C, E, J, K, N, R, S, and T type thermocouples, 100 ohm 385/392 and 120 ohm 672 type RTDs 0-10V and 0/4-20mA signals • Fully isolated design provides reliable operation • On demand auto-tuning of PID settings • Discrete outputs available in relay, triac or SSR • DC analog output (optional, CSPID1 only) • Heater current input (optional) ensures detection of heater circuit failure
GMTC8 / GMRTD6
Thermocouple and RTD modules • Models available for thermocouple or RTD inputs • Unused inputs can be disabled to increase overall reading rate • Programmable slope and offset correction to remove sensor error • Ideal for data-acquisition applications
GMOUT
Analog Output Module • Four isolated analog outputs • Can be individually configured and scaled to generate output ranges of 0 to 5 V, 0 to 10 V, ±10 V, 0 to 20 mA, or 4-20 mA
GMUIN4
Universal Analog Input Module • 4 universal inputs • Accepts thermocouples, RTDs, 0/4-20 mA and +/- 10 VDC • Offers complete isolation: inputs, power and core • Ideal for data- acquisition applications
New communication modules coming soon.
8
GMINI8 / GMINV8, GMINI8L / GMINV8L
Dedicated High-Density Analog Input Modules • Accept up to eight ±10V or 0/4-20 mA inputs per module • Ideal for data-acquisition applications
GMDIO14
Digital I/O Module with Logic Engine • 8 input / 6 output digital module • Inputs isolated from outputs • Inputs independently switch selectable for sink or source signals • Relay or solid state output models available
Red Lion’s G3 & Graphite Series is not only the first to communicate with a minimum of 13 devices simultaneously, but lets you access, monitor and control these devices remotely—from across your network or around the globe.
8-407
8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion
8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview
The only HMI that web-enables any device for remote operation across your LAN or the Internet. Protocol Conversion
Data Logging
• • • •
• • • •
Converts over 250 major industrial protocols Gateway from any protocol to another Drag-and-drop data mapping via Crimson Easily manage multi-vendor environments
Acquire data at user-defined rates from any or all connected devices into a single file Data stored in open CSV file format (Excel compatible) Collect, store, display data Email or FTP logged files
8
Communicate. Communicating with over 250 different protocols, the Red Lion HMIs are the most powerful communications platform available today. Red Lion HMIs easily manage multi-vendor devices and provide the ability to web- and networkenable these different hardware types via the most on-board comms and integrated Ethernet. Choose the best-inclass PLC, drives, PCs, PID controllers, etc. from your vendor of choice and control them all from a single point—the Red Lion HMI will make sure they communicate seamlessly with each other. All connected devices come to life—even serial devices become rejuvenated providing information over Ethernet.
Multi-vendor device environments with different protocols communicate seamlessly with Red Lion HMIs.
8-408
• • • •
One RS-422/485 port and two RS-232 ports are standard on all models Dual Ethernet port provides communications separately to the factory floor and enterprise Simultaneous communication with a minimum of 13 different protocols (expandable) Optional expansion cards to add either two serial ports, DeviceNet, CANopen, J1939, PROFIBUS DP or a cellular modem
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.1. Red Lion
8.1.1. G3 & Graphite Series Overview
Web Serving
Remote Access
• • •
• • • •
Web- and network-enable any and all connected devices Auto-uploads data to FTP, web pages and/or dashboards Display same as panel, just tags or custom pages
Securely monitor, access or control all system functions Upload/download databases, recipes or log files Email or text message alarm and event notifications Pass-through programming to other devices
8
Collect. With the installed CompactFlash® card, USB port and web/FTP upload connectivity, data acquisition and transfer capabilities are endless with the Red Lion HMIs. Data can be acquired from any or all connected devices and compiled into a single CSV-formatted file, where it can be stored, displayed, emailed or uploaded to an FTP or posted to custom web pages. The built-in web server can be used to expose system data via a standard web browser, allowing remote access to diagnostic information or to the values recorded by the data logger. • • • • • • •
Log tags at user-programmable rates with automatic time/date stamp Download, upload and remotely access recipes, data and configuration files from the CF card or a USB drive; load database/configuration updates without a PC Automatically synchronize logged data between the HMI and remote FTP site Upload data values to your custom web page Create batch logs or record data from each batch run separately for each plant shift Store security logs to capture user ID when performing tasks and capture alarm event data Create customized data screens accessible by password to privately provide selected data for users
Connect. The ability to monitor only or securely facilitate full control from your remote computer or web-enabled mobile phones and devices is standard. • • • •
Standard web browsers provide remote virtual display and control with screens identical to those on the HMI GSM cellular modem option card lets the HMI dial out with text msg or email alerts/alarms to staff facilitating remote connectivity virtually anywhere Browse data or screens, extract or view files from the CompactFlash® card, or change the program remotely Use pass-through programming for connected devices that don’t typically allow remote programming
8-409
8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.1.2. Graphite Series
Discount Code L3
Graphite Series
Code Display Type
G07C0000
G07S0000
G09C0000
G09C1000
7" LCD, WVGA, TFT, 16M Colour (Widescreen)
7" LCD, WVGA, TFT, 16M Colour (Widescreen)
9" LCD, WVGA, TFT, 16M Colour (Widescreen)
9” LCD, WVGA, TFT 16M Colour (Widescreen)
Sunlight Readable Resolution
No
Yes
No
No
800 x 480 pixels
800 x 480 pixels
800 x 480 pixels
800 x 480 pixels
Comms Ports
Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485
Ethernet
8
10 Base-T / 100 Base-TX
SD Card Slot
Yes
USB Device and USB Host
Yes
Web/FTP Server Software
24 VDC +/-20% 196 x 140 mm
256 x 164 mm
256 x 164 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included
Module Slots
5
5
Ratings Temperature
Yes
196 x 140 mm
Protocol Conversion Data Logging
Yes
USB Device and 2 High Retension USB Host
Power Supply Dimensions
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
6
6
-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
NEMA 4X/IP66 -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
Order Codes - I/O Modules Description
Code
Module, single PID, relay and analog outputs
GMP1RA00
Module, single PID, relay outputs, heater current monitor
GMP1RM00
Module, single PID, SSR and analog outputs
GMP1SA00
Module, single PID, SSR outputs, heater current monitor
GMP1SM00
Module, single PID, relay outputs
GMP2R000
Module, single PID, relay and heater current monitor outputs
GMP2RM00
Module, single PID, SSR outputs
GMP2S000
Module, single PID, SSR and heater current monitor outputs
GMP2SM00
Module, Digital I/O, 8 inputs and 6 relays outputs
GMDIOR00
Module, Digital I/O, 8 inputs and 6 solid state outputs
GMDIOS00
Module, 4 universal inputs
GMUIN400
Module, 4 analog outputs
GMOUT400
Module, 8 DC current inputs
GMINI800
Module, 8 DC voltage inputs
GMINV800
Module, 8 thermocouple inputs
GMTC8000
Module, 6 RTD inputs
GMRTD600
8-410
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.1. Red Lion
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.1.2. Graphite Series Discount Code L3
G10C0000
G10C1000
10” LCD, VGA, TFT, 16M Colour
G10R0000
G10R1000
10” LCD, High Res SVGA, TFT, 16M Colour
G10S0000
G10S1000
10” LCD, VGA, TFT, 16M Colour
G12C0000
G12C1100
12” LCD, WXGA, TFT, 16M Colour (Widescreen)
G15C0000
G15C1100
15” LCD, XGA, TFT, 16M Colour
No
No
Yes
No
No
640 x 480 pixels
800 x 600 pixels
640 x 480 pixels
1280 x 800 pixels
1024 X 768 pixels
Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Yes
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Yes
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485
Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485
Fully Isolated, two RS-232 & one RS-422/485
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Yes
Yes
Yes
8
USB Device and 2 High Retension USB Host 24 VDC +/-20% 275 x 218 mm
275 x 218 mm
275 x 218 mm
307 x 208 mm
356 x 281 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included 7
7
7
8
8
-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
NEMA 4X/IP66 -20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
-20 ˚C to 60 ˚C
Accessories Description
Code
RS232 Programming Cable (3m)
CBLPROG0
USB Programming Cable (3m)
CBLUSB00
Communications Cables to 3rd Party Products (3m)*
CBLxxxxx
1Gb CompactFlash Card
G3CF001G
2Gb CompactFlash Card
G3CF002G
DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter
DRRJ45T8
DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter
DRRJ11T6
Protective films for the G07 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G0FILM07
Protective films for the G09 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G0FILM09
Protective films for the G10 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G0FILM10
Protective films for the G12 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G0FILM12
Protective films for the G15 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G0FILM15
Adapter Panel G306 To Graphite G07
G3AD0607
Adapter Panel G308 To Graphite G07
G3AD0807
Adapter Panel G310 To Graphite G09
G3AD1009
Adapter Panel G310 To Graphite G10
G3AD1010
Adapter Panel G310 To Graphite G12
G3AD1012
Adapter Panel G315 To Graphite G15
G3AD1515
*Contact Customer Service
8-411
8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.1.3. G3 Series
Discount Code L3
G3 Series. The best valued, full-featured HMIs.
Code Display Type
G303M000
G303S000
G306A000
G306M000
G306MS00
3.2" Graphical Monochrome LCD with yellow backlight
3.2" Graphical Monochrome LCD with yellow backlight
5.7" TFT Active Matrix, 256-colour QVGA display
5.7� TFT Active Matrix, Monochrome Model
5.7" TFT Active Matrix, Monochrome Model
Sunlight Readable Keypad
Resolution
G303S Only
G303S Only
G306MS Only
G306MS Only
G306MS Only
Programmable 32-key membrane
Programmable 32-key membrane
Programmable 5-key membrane
Programmable 5-key membrane
Programmable 5-key membrane
128 x 64 pixels
128 x 64 pixels
320 x 240 pixels
320 x 240 pixels
320 x 240 pixels
Comms Ports
8
Two RS-232, one RS-422/485 standard; expandable with optional card (Isolated ports except in G303, G306A, G306M, G306MS, G308C)
Ethernet
10 Base-T/100 Base-TX
CompactFlash Slot USB Device and USB Host
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
USB Device Only
USB Device Only
USB Device Only
USB Device Only
USB Device Only
148.6 x 189.2 x 52 mm
148.6 x 189.2 x 52 mm
179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm
179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm
179.8 x 224.3 x 58 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Power Supply Dimensions
24 VDC +/-20%
Protocol Conversion Data Logging Web/FTP Server Software
User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, G306A supports 4000+ graphics library as well
Optional Cards
CANopen, J1939, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, RS-232/485 Expansion, GSM/GPRS Modem
Ratings
NEMA 4X/IP66
Accessories Description
Code
RS232 Programming Cable (3m)
CBLPROG0
USB Programming Cable (3m)
CBLUSB00
Communications Cables to 3rd Party Products (3m)*
CBLxxxxx
Secondary Ethernet Option Card
G3ENET00
CANopen option card for G3 Series HMI
G3CN0000
DeviceNet option card for G3 Series HMI
G3DN0000
PROFIBUS option card for G3 Series HMI
G3PBDP00
RS232/485 option card for G3 Series HMI
G3RS0000
GSM/GPRS Modem Option Card
G3GSM000
5dB Panel Mount Antenna 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card
ANT5DB5M
7dB Panel Mount Antenna 5m Cable for XCGSM000 Option Card
ANT7DB5M
*Contact Customer Service
8-412
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.1. Red Lion
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.1.3. G3 Series Discount Code L3
G308A210
G308A230
8.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA
G308C100
G310C210
7.5" TFT 32K-colour VGA
10.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA
G310C230
G310R210
G310R230
10.4� TFT 32K-colour SVGA
G310S210
G310S230
10.4" TFT 32K-colour VGA
G315C210
G315C230
32K Colour XGA LCD display
32K Colour XGA LCD display
No
No
G310S Only
G310S Only
G310S Only
No
Programmable 7-key membrane
Programmable 7-key membrane
Programmable 8-key membrane
Programmable 8-key membrane
Programmable 8-key membrane
Programmable 10-key membrane
640 x 480 pixels
640 x 480 pixels
640 x 480 pixels
800 x 600 pixels
640 x 480 pixels
Two RS-232, one RS-422/485 standard; expandable with optional card (Isolated ports except in G303, G306A, G306M, G306MS, G308C) Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
1024 X 768 pixels Two RS-232, two RS-422/485 (expandable) Isolated ports
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Single 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Dual 10Base-T / 100Base-TX
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
USB Device Only
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
207.8 x 262 x 73 mm
207.8 x 262 x 63 mm
241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm
241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm
241.3 x 325.8 x 62 mm
330.2 x 406.4 x 71.5 mm
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
24 VDC +/-20%
User-programmable logging rates with time/date stamp and security management; data synchronization, PLC and alarm triggering; CSV file format Remote access and control, access to logged data via FTP or web browser; pass-through programming; notification and alarms; automatic HTML page population Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included CANopen, J1939, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS DP, RS-232/485 Expansion, GSM/GPRS Modem NEMA 4X/IP66
Accessories continued Description
Code
1Gb CompactFlash Card
G3CF001G
2Gb CompactFlash Card
G3CF002G
Protective films for the G306 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G3FILM06
Protective films for the G308 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G3FILM08
Protective films for the G310 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G3FILM10
Protective films for the G315 Series HMI (10 / pack)
G3FILM15
DIN-Rail RJ-45 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter
DRRJ45T8
DIN-Rail RJ-11/12 Connector to Screw Terminal Adapter
DRRJ11T6
G306A Backlight Replacement
G3BR06A0
G308A Backlight Replacement
G3BR08A0
G310C Backlight Replacement
G3BR10C1
G310S Backlight Replacement
G3BR10S1
8-413
8
8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion 8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series
G3 Kadet Series Touchscreen HMIs that strike the perfect balance of advanced features and value.
The G3 Kadet Series offers a host of functional interface and connectivity features for applications where protocol conversion and simple touchscreen capabilities are needed. Based on the G3 Series with many of the same capabilities, the G3 Kadet offers far more features than conventional HMIs, providing an advanced interface that is ideal for OEMs, both discrete and process machinery. The right fit for many applications.
Available in 4” (4.3”) and 7” models, the G3 Kadet Series offers the same protocol conversion benefits as the original G3. The capabilities of the G3 Kadet Series include multiple serial ports, drag-and-drop configuration via Crimson software, port sharing capabilities and an integrated Ethernet port which allows simultaneous communications with up to seven device types including PLCs, PCs, drives, bar scanners and many more. As with the G3 Series of HMIs, these Kadet models support over 250 different protocols. Value other HMIs can’t touch.
The 4.3” G3 Kadet was designed for applications in which available mounting space is at a premium. The G304K2 features a bright TFT display with 32K colour support and a resolution of 480 x 272. Communication is made easy with two serial ports; one capable of RS-232 and the other RS-232/RS-485/RS-422 as well as a 10 Base-T/100-Base TX Ethernet port which supports up to 4 protocols simultaneously. Need all the capabilities, but a larger display? Our 7” G3 Kadet is the perfect solution. With three serial ports and an Ethernet port, G307K2 can connect to multiple serial and Ethernet devices simultaneously, including PLCs, motor drives, bar code scanners and more. The display is a bright TFT with 32K colour support and a resolution of 800 x 480. The G3 Kadet Series touchscreens offer a host of innovative features and capabilities that you will not find on other HMIs even at twice the price.
8
G3 Kadet
G3 HMI
RS-232 Port RS-485/422 Port Ethernet Crimson Programmed C-Type User Programming Protocol Converter Flash® Programming USB Program Download Keypads Log Data FTP Web Server Expansion Cards
G307K 7" Operator Interface Touchscreen
G304K 4.3" Operator Interface Touchscreen
The G3 Kadet HMI series: impressive features and value for OEMs and machine control.
8-414
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.1. Red Lion
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.1.4. G3 Kadet Series Discount Code L3
G3 Kadet. Essential features. Exceptional value. G3 Kadet Series HMIs Born from the G3 Series, the value of the G3 Kadet is unrivaled. G3 Kadet HMIs are perfect for many applications that don’t require data logging, yet offer the high performance and features of the G3 Series.
Code
G304K200
Display Type
G307K200
4.3” TFT 32K-colour
7” TFT 32K-colour
Sunlight Readable
N/A
Keypad
Touchscreen only
Resolution Comms Ports
480 x 272 pixels
800 x 480 pixels
One RS-232, one RS-232/422/485
One RS-232, two RS-232/422/485
Ethernet
10 Base-T 100 Base-TX
CompactFlash Slot
No
USB Device and USB Host
No
Power Supply
No No 24 VDC +/-20%
Dimensions Protocol Conversion Data Logging
102 x 128 x 38 mm
146 x 200 x 43 mm
Yes
Yes N/A
Web/FTP Server Software
8
N/A Red Lion Crimson software with free upgrades and support; drag-and-drop data mapping, free device drivers, multi-language support, 4000+ graphics library included
Optional Cards Ratings Certifications
N/A NEMA 4/IP65 UL Listed
Accessories Description
Code
USB Programming Kit for G307K2
CBLUSB7K
Serial Programming Cable for G307K2
CBLPRO7K
G306K to G307K, Converter board
CBLADK76
USB Programming Kit for G304K2
CBLUSB4K
Serial Programming Cable for G304K2
CBLPRO4K
Communications Adaptors*
CBLADKXX*
Communications Cables*
CBLxxxxx*
Protective films for the G404K (10 / pack)
G3FILM4K
Protective films for the G407K (10 / pack)
G3FILM7K
*Contact Customer Service
8-415
8. Operator Interfaces 8.1. Red Lion
8.1.5. Crimson 3 Programming Software
Crimson 3.0 The best interface software just got better. Configure. Red Lion Crimson software gives users unprecedented operator interface configuration and control. Red Lion’s powerful and universal Crimson 3.0 software is a remarkable programming platform that gives the G3 Series a number of exclusive functions. And unlike competitive HMIs that charge you extra for cumbersome proprietary software, with Crimson the set up of even sophisticated applications— configuring communications protocols, defining data tags and creating a user interface—is easier and virtually self-explanatory. Here are just a few of the exclusive features and capabilities included with Crimson:
8
Choose from over 200 drivers or request a custom file, all free.
• • • • • • •
An extensive library of point-and-click device drivers to quickly establish communications between the G3 and any device Built-in gateway and protocol converter to Ethernet-enable any connected device Multi-lingual capability with support for thousands of characters used in formats like Cyrillic or Thai that lets OEMs use a single database for global markets Complete library of over 5,000 industrial graphics in over 60 different categories Built-in emulator to test user interface, data logging and even the web server Full-featured C-type syntax programming environment to extend capabilities and use advanced math, local variables, pass parameters, calls, return values and more Flexible, direct access to many internal G3 Series features such as: read/write to the CompactFlash® card, manage serial ports, create TCP/IP connections to extract data from web sites or create custom interfaces to unique products
Best of all, Crimson is included. As are software updates, support, cabling instructions and communication drivers. In fact, if a specific device driver does not exist, contact us regarding your requirements. Free online updates allow you to keep your version of Crimson current with the most up-to-date features. New updates include enhanced functionality, product support, drivers and firmware.
Over 5000 graphics make configuring your application quick and easy.
C-type syntax programming provides maximum control.
8-416
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.2. Panasonic
8.2.1. GT Series
Panasonic GT Series Overview
Sharp Image with Remarkable Functionality
8 Three-colour LED backlights allows for checking machine status at a glance The monochrome display (except GT32M) has a threecolour LED backlight. It allows operators to check the equipment status at a glance by changing the background colour. Example: green under normal conditions, orange during operation, and red in emergency situations. Highly flexible screen design GT series displays use an analog-touch panel where locations of parts and characters can be adjusted in increments of one dot. The adoption of the Windows font has widened the character size selection (10 to 240 dots), making the screen design more flexible. Multiple GT displays can be connected to our FP series PLC. GT02/GT05/GT12/GT32) GT link function Up to 32 GT displays can be connected to one PLC unit without communication programs. The same screen operation is possible at a conveyor line or other remote locations, and the number of PLC units can be reduced, cutting the production process costs. Connectivity with multiple PLCs Up to 31 PLC units can be connected to one GT unit. Progress in multiple production lines can be centrally monitored and controlled via one GT unit. Enhanced security with password protection (GT02/ GT05/GT12/GT32)
Password-protection function The screen data upload operation can be restricted by using passwords to protect the data asset in the display unit. Operation security function Up to 64 operators can set individual passwords, and up to 16 levels of restrictions can be set on displays and operations for each part. The registered users and passwords can be changed on the display panel. High-efficiency operation with USB/“through” function This function allows operators to simultaneously carry out the transfer of screen data of a GT series display and the debugging of our FP series PLC connected to the display. The GT32T1 supports Ethernet connection, which allows the “through” function to be controlled from a remote location. Portrait display ideal for narrow spaces (GT02/GT12) The unit can display screens in landscape or portrait orientation and can therefore be installed in narrow spaces, expanding system design possibilities and contributing to size reduction. The portrait display is also ideal for slim equipment without enough space to install a display.
Password-protection and operation security functions protect the data asset in the display unit and control the authorization for operation.
8-417
8. Operator Interfaces 8.2. Panasonic
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.2.1. GT Series
Discount Code C9
GT02 • • • • • • • • • • • •
3.8’’ STN monochrome display Resolution: 240x96 dots Degree of protection: IP67 Mini USB interface SD/SDHC memory card slot for cards up to 32GB, class10. (GT02MQ2/GQ2) Dimensions: 112 x 74 x 27mm Graph, recipe and flow display functions Through function for simultaneous debugging of the GT and PLC GT link function - up to 32 Panasonic HMIs can be connected to one PLC Multiple PLCs - up to 31 Panasonic PLCs can be connected to one HMI Data logging function Isolated power supply for enhanced reliability
Order Codes
8
Product name
LCD
Power Supply
GT02G
STN monochrome LCD (green/orange/ red backlight)
5 V DC 24 V DC
Communication Port
Colour of Front Panel
SD Memory card slot
Code
Not available
AIG02GQ02D
RS232C
Pure black
RS422 / RS485
Pure black
AIG02GQ04D
RS232C
Pure black
AIG02GQ12D
RS422 / RS485
Pure black
RS232C
Pure black
RS422 / RS485
Pure black
AIG02GQ14D Available
AIG02GQ22D AIG02GQ24D
Accessories Description
Code
GT Cable to tools port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH including 5V power line, 4-CORE, MINI-DIN, 2M
AIGT8142 N
GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M
AIGT8192 N
GTWIN Software
AIGT8001V2
GT03-E • 3.5-inchTFT monochrome or 4096-colour display • Resolution: 320x240 dots • USB Programming Interface • SD memory card slot (Colour model only) • Dimensions: 98 x 86 x 28mm • Sunlight readable display with anti-glare coating and resistant to UV Rays • IP67 rating from the front panel • Wide operating Temperature range -20 to +55 Degrees C • Through-function for simultaneous debugging of the GT and PLC Order Codes Product name
LCD
Power Supply
Communication Port
Colour of Front Panel
SD Memory card slot
Code
GT03M-E
TFT Monochrome LCD
24 V DC
RS232C
Silver
None
AIG03MQ03DE
RS422 / RS485
Silver
None
AIG03MQ05DE
RS232C
Silver
Available
AIG03TQ13DE
RS422 / RS485
Silver
Available
AIG03TQ15DE
GT03T-E
TFT Colour LCD
24 V DC
Accessories
8-418
Description
Code
Battery
AFPX-BATT
Waterproof packing (Pack of 10)
AIG03810E
GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M
AIGT8192 N
GTWIN Software
AIGT8001V2
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.2. Panasonic
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.2.1. GT Series Discount Code C9
GT12 • • • • • • • • • • • •
4.6-inch STN monochrome/8-bit gray scale display Resolution: 320x120 dots IP67 Mini USB interface SD memory card slot (16 GB max.) Dimensions: 146 x 74 x 30 mm Graph, recipe and flow display function Through function for simultaneous debugging of theGT and PLC GT link function - up to 32 Panasonic HMIs can be connected to one PLC Multiple PLCs - up to 31 Panasonic PLCs can be connected to one HMI Numerous 3D objects for a realistic appearance Isolated power supply for enhanced reliability
8
Order Codes Product name
LCD
Power Supply
Communication Port
Colour of Front Panel
SD Memory card slot
Code
GT12M
STN monochrome LCD (white/pink/red backlight)
24 V DC
RS232C
Pure black
Available
AIG12MQ12D
RS422 / RS485
Pure black
Available
AIG12MQ14D
STN monochrome LCD (green/orange/ red backlight)
24 V DC
RS232C
Pure black
Available
AIG12GQ12D
RS422 / RS485
Pure black
Available
AIG12GQ14D
GT12G
Accessories Description
Code
GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M
AIGT8192 N
GTWIN Software
AIGT8001V2
8-419
8. Operator Interfaces 8.2. Panasonic
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.2.1. GT Series
Discount Code C9
GT32 • • • • • • • • • • • •
STN monochrome or 4096-colour TFT display CFL backlight Resolution: 320 x 240 dots USB interface SD memory card slot (16GB max.) Ethernet and sound output (only GT32T1) Dimensions: 163.2 x 128.8 x 39.1 mm Graph, recipe and flow display function Through-function for simultaneous debugging of GT and PLC Superior visibility even in sunlight Wide range of operating temperature that covers outdoor use UV Resistant, Anti-glare front panel (Outdoor Series)
Order Codes GT32 Product name
LCD
Power Supply
GT32M
STN monochrome LCD
24 V DC
GT32TO GT32T1
TFT colour LCD TFT colour LCD
24 V DC 24 V DC
8
Communication Port
Colour of Front Panel
SD Memory card slot
Code
RS232C
Pure black
Available
AIG32MQ02D
RS422 / RS485
Pure black
Available
AIG32MQ04D
RS232C
Pure black
Available
AIG32TQ02D
RS422 / RS485
Pure black
Available
AIG32TQ04D
RS232C
Pure black
Available
AIG32TQ12D
RS422 / RS485
Pure black
Available
AIG32TQ14D
Order Codes GT32 Tough Series (Outdoor rated) Product name
LCD
Power Supply
Communication Port
Colour of Front Panel
SD Memory card slot
Code
GT32M-E
TFT monochrome LCD
24 V DC
RS232C
Silver
Available
AIG32MQ03DE
RS422 / RS485
Silver
Available
AIG32MQ05DE
RS232C
Silver
Available
AIG32TQ03DE
RS422 / RS485
Silver
Available
AIG32TQ05DE
GT32T0-E
TFT colour LCD
24 V DC
Accessories
8-420
Description
Code
GT Cable for connection to tool port of FP0/FPSIGMA/FP2/FP2SH, 3-Core, MINI-DIN, 2M
AIGT8192 N
GTWIN Software
AIGT8001V2
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.2. Panasonic
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.2.2. GT WIN Programming Software Discount Code C9
GT WIN - Screen Creation Tool for the GT series
User-friendly interface makes screen creation easier. Simply drag-and-drop parts. You can easily create screens by just dragging parts from the library and dropping them anywhere you want.
More user-friendly parts libraries In the previous version, the required parts library had to be selected from the menu every time it was needed. The new version displays a list of parts libraries, making them more userfriendly. You can also freely set the parts library window size.
Just drag-and-drop your original parts to be registered. You can also register your preset original parts easily by drag-and- drop operations.
4,096 colours 3D design buttons (for GT05S, GT32T and GT32T-E) 3D design buttons with higher visibility and operability are available.
Order Code Description
Code
GTWIN Software
AIGT8001V2
8-421
8
8. Operator Interfaces 8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.3.1. Loaded Quick Panel View
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Loaded QuickPanel View Features: • • • • • • •
Connectivity: Serial, Ethernet and Fieldbus networks View and VB Scripting Compact Flash Document Viewers (doc, xls, pdf) Historian Collector WebPublishing ViewandIntegratedControl
8

IC754V*L06MTD
IC754V*L06CTD
IC754V*F08CTD
IC754V*F12CTD
6” Mono
6” Colour-TFT
8” Colour-TFT
12” Colour-TFT
IC754V*F15CTD
Display Type Resolution Size
320 x 240 pixels
15” Colour-TFT
800 x 600 pixels
5.7” (Diagonal)
8.5” (Diagonal)
1024 x 768 pixels
12.1” (Diagonal)
15.1” (Diagonal)
Memory Flash
32 MB
DRAM
32 MB
64 MB
To 64 MB or 96 MB
To 96 MB or 128 MB
Expandable
64 MB
Communications Serial: Com #1
RS232/RS485
Serial: Com #2
RS232
Ethernet LAN #1
10/100 Mbps
Ethernet LAN #2
None
Comm. Expansion (View)
10/100 Mbps
GE Genius, Data Highway Plus, DeviceNet Slave, and PROFIBUS Slave
USB
V1.1 Compatible
Compact Flash
One, Type 2
Environmental Operating Temperature
-10 to 60 Deg C (14 to 140 Deg F)
Agencies
0 to 60 Deg C (32 to 140 Deg F) UL - Class 1 Div 2 (A, B, C, D), ATEX - Class 1 Zone 2, CE Mark
Environmental Panel Cut-Out (W x H x D) Power Requirements
0 to 50 Deg C (32 to 122 Deg F) NEMA 4/4x
158 mm x 126 mm x 70 mm 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts
228 mm x 186 mm x 77 mm 302 mm x 228 mm x 60 mm 379 mm x 305 mm x 71 mm 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts
12 VDC @ +/- 20% or 24 VDC @ +/- 20% 48 Watts
* S = Standard overlay, B = Blank overlay, G = GE overlay, K = Kit
8-422
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.3.2. Intermediate Quick Panel View
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Intermediate QuickPanel View Features: • • • • • •
Connectivity: Serial, Ethernet and Fieldbus networks View and VB Scripting Compact Flash Card Historian Collector ExpandableMemory WebPublishing
8

IC754V*I06MTD
IC754V*I06STD
IC754V*I08CTD
6” Mono
6” Colour-STN
8” Colour-TFT
IC754V*I12MTD
IC754V*I12CTD
12” Mono
12” Colour-TFT
Display Type Resolution Size
320 x 240 pixels
800 x 600 pixels
5.7” (Diagonal)
8.5” (Diagonal)
12.1” (Diagonal)
Memory Flash
32 MB
DRAM
32 MB
Expandable
To 64 MB or 96 MB
Communications Serial: Com #1
RS232/RS485
Serial: Com #2
None
Ethernet LAN #1
10/100 Mbps
Ethernet LAN #2
None
Comm. Expansion (View)
GE Genius, Data Highway Plus, DeviceNet Slave, and PROFIBUS Slave
USB
None
Compact Flash
One, Type 2
Environmental Operating Temperature
-10 to 60 Deg C (14 to 140 Deg F)
Agencies
0 to 60 Deg C (32 to 140 Deg F) UL - Class 1 Div 2 (A, B, C, D), ATEX - Class 1 Zone 2, CE Mark
Environmental Panel Cut-Out (W x H x D) Power Requirements
0 to 50 Deg C (32 to 122 Deg F) NEMA 4/4x
158 mm x 126 mm x 70 mm
228 mm x 186 mm x 77 mm
302 mm x 228 mm x 60 mm
12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts
12.0 to 30.0 VDC 24 Watts
12 VDC @ +/- 20% or 24 VDC @ +/- 20% 48 Watts
* S = Standard overlay, B = Blank overlay, G = GE overlay, K = Kit
8-423
8. Operator Interfaces 8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked
8.3.3. Basic Quick Panel View
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Basic QuickPanel View Features: • • •
SerialInterfacetoPLC ViewScripting ViewFunctionality
8

IC754V*B06MTD
IC754V*B06CTD
6” Mono
6” Colour-TFT
Display Type Resolution
320 x 240 pixels
Size
5.7” (Diagonal)
Memory Flash
16 MB
DRAM
16 MB
Expandable
No
Communications Serial: Com #1
RS232/RS485
Serial: Com #2
None
Ethernet LAN #1
Download only
Ethernet LAN #2
None
Comm. Expansion (View)
None
USB
None
Compact Flash
None
Environmental Operating Temperature Agencies
-10 to 60 Deg C (14 to 140 Deg F) UL - Class 1 Div 2 (A, B, C, D), ATEX - Class 1 Zone 2, CE Mark
Environmental
NEMA 4/4x
Panel Cut-Out (W x H x D) Power Requirements
158 mm x 126 mm x 52 mm 12.0 to 30.0 VDC 9 Watts
* S = Standard overlay, B = Blank overlay, G = GE overlay, K = Kit
8-424
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
8.3. GE Intelligent Platforms
8.3.4. Proficy View Programming Software
Stock Status: Normally stocked / Not normally stocked For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Machine Edition
GE’s Proficy View – Machine Edition is an automation software breakthrough for HMI programming in an integrated development environment. The intuitive and comprehensive interface speeds development and reduces costs.
The QuickPanel View Family The QuickPanel View bundled visualization solution provides the tools required for today’s application needs with a combination of bright touch screen displays, multiple communi- cations options, and Proficy* View – Machine Edition software. Information Delivery Acting as the bridge between the enterprise system and the plant floor, QuickPanel View provides information, not just data, that the operators need to run the machines, and that management needs to run their busi- ness. The QuickPanel View is a critical link to a well-integrated manufacturing operation. • BuiltonMicrosoftWindowsCE operating system • Built-inwebserveraccessesdataand panels using any standard browser Scalable As your information requirements grow, so will your hardware needs. QuickPanel View products are exceedingly scalable to grow with your needs. • Broadrangeofdisplaysizes from 6” to 15” • ChoiceofMonochrome,Color-STN, or Color-TFT display • Expandablememoryand communications options • Easyconfigurationallowsyoutorunthe same program on different size models Seamless Connectivity As your need to monitor and collect data grows, you may need to connect to a wide variety of devices. Unless your operator interface has seamless connectivity, you may face delays and headaches. That is why QuickPanel View comes standard with a large number of built-in drivers to con- nect with the world of automation devices, making it easy to connect to anything. • Communicationdriversoverserial and Ethernet • Communicationoverfieldbusand vendor specific networks through the addition of a communication expansion card Other Advantages We invite you to explore the advantages of QuickPanel View. • Cost-effectivereplacementfor push buttons and pilot lights • Datacollection,trending,system security and other functions • Multi-languagesupport • Migration of applications developed with QuickDesigner* • AdherencetoglobalstandardsUL, ATEX, CE * Note: Refer to page 7-384 & 7-385 for Ordering Tables
8-425
8
9. Software Solutions Section Guide Overview
Section 9 9.1.1. XXX
9.1.1.1. XXX
For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
9
9-426
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
Software Solutions 9. Software Solutions 9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY 9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX 9.3. Proficy Change Management 9.4. Proficy Historian 9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis 9.6. Proficy Vision 9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal 9.8. Proficy Troubleshooter 9.9. Proficy Cause+ 9.10. Proficy Plant Applications 9.11. Proficy Workflow 9.12. Proficy Open Enterprise 9.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway 9.14. Proficy Process Systems
9-426 9-428 9-430 9-432 9-434 9-436 9-438 9-440 9-442 9-443 9-444 9-445 9-446 9-447 9-448
9-427
9. Software Solutions 9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy HMI/SCADA - Cimplicity CIMPLICITY is one of the most powerful and technically advanced HMI/SCADA products on the market today. With over 100,000 implementations, our customers have proven that it can solve the toughest supervisory monitoring and control needs. Whether discrete, process, or just plain system monitoring, it’s open, flexible, and easy to use design means that it will save you money upon implementation and reduce your operational and maintenance costs as well.
Control engineers will enjoy reduced development costs, lower project life cycle costs, and faster and easier application development. For the plant manager, CIMPLICITY provides reliable, real-time information about your plant and process to help you make more productive decisions. For IT/MIS professionals, CIMPLICITY provides a powerful connection that seamlessly integrates operational and IT systems, allowing you to better manage your infrastructure while increasing your return on investment.
Connecting at Every Level CIMPLICITY integrates with the complete Proficy family of software products providing you a single solution from the plant floor to the enterprise level. GE Intelligent Platforms also understands that you cannot afford to “rip and replace” your existing systems, so it has designed CIMPLICITY with an open architecture to enable it to mesh seamlessly with your existing systems as well. Historian CIMPLICITY now uses Historian as its default logging destination. Historian provides superior performance for the storage and retrieval of your process and production information. CIMPLICITY still supports logging to SQL and Oracle, and in fact, supports logging to both Historian and these traditional destinations at the same time, putting the decision of moving your systems forward in your hands, and at your pace.
9
9-428
Change Management Unique to the industry, GE Intelligent Platforms has integrated its Change Management product with CIMPLICITY to increase the security of your system and provide you with revision control of your projects. Now you can check out and check in files, roll back to known configuration, and track who has made what changes to the system. Change Management also provides you with powerful disaster recovery capabilities allowing you to restore your system to a known working point in the event of a computer failure. Portal GE Intelligent Platforms Portal product provides the ability to perform analysis on the data that your HMI/ SCADA systems generate. Enhancements have been made that now allow you to host Portal screens within your CIMPLICITY screens, or CIMPLICITY screens within your Portal screens.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.1. Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
True Client/Server Architecture CIMPLICITY provides a faster and easier way to implement, maintain and grow your automation system with a true client/server architecture. Comprised of two main components, high performance servers and flexible viewers, this efficient architecture is scalable from a single-node HMI to a multi-node, networked system. You can start small, and then easily add servers and viewers without having to replicate your point database from node to node. This significantly reduces the time and effort required to implement and maintain a system. CIMPLICITY Servers collect and distribute your system data. They seamlessly share data while providing users with a real- time view of the processes being monitored. CIMPLICITY Viewers allow users to view and interact with the data distributed by the server, plus perform control actions.
Advanced Technology Protects Your Investment CIMPLICITY is one of the most technologically advanced, open-systems-designed HMI/SCADA products available today. Many of the true client/server, multi-tasking, multiuser design principles incorporated into the product can be traced back to its earliest origins as a VMS and UNIX based product. While many of the competitive products on the market grew out of the single user DOS world, and still have inherent design restrictions in them because of that past, CIMPLICITY was designed from the ground up to operate in complex, multi-user facilities. From a technology position, CIMPLICITY holds a spot that many competitors are trying to aspire to still today. CIMPLICITY’s advanced technology means your investment will serve you well today, and well into the future.
CIMPLICITY Thin Clients (WebView and Terminal Services) allow users to access screens and information without the need for installing CIMPLICITY on their computers.
9
Benefits of CIMPLICITY’s Client/Server Architecture • • • •
100% data integrity Complete scaleability for easy system expansion Lower maintenance costs Real-time data for viewers
9-429
9. Software Solutions 9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy HMI/SCADA - iFIX A market-leading supervisory monitoring and control solution that leverages advanced technologies, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX provides a window into your total operations cycle enabling faster, better business decisions for high performance. Features • • • • •
Flexibility of connecting and presenting data Scalability from isolated sensor to company-wide-integration Reliable information analysis Real-time data management Adherence to compliance standards
Make faster, better business decisions by collecting, analyzing and sharing critical production data across your enterprise. As the level of competition increases in your market, so does the need to continually reduce operating costs and improve production processes wherever possible. Success depends greatly on your ability to access, understand and utilize the volumes of crucial automation information being generated throughout your operation every day. Many of the largest and most successful companies around the world rely on GE’s Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX for the comprehensive monitoring, analysis, control and distribution of their plant-wide data. With applications in industries including pharmaceuticals, biotech, consumer packaged goods, food and beverage, oil and gas, water, waste water, power and others, Proficy HMI/ SCADA-iFIX is the right HMI or SCADA solution for your automation environment.
9
9-430
With the power of leading technologies and patented techniques, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX is the ultimate tool for visualization, automation and in delivering analytics to drive the lowest possible total cost of ownership. Extensive Functionality • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •
Windows 2000/XP/2003/Vista based SQL/ODBC interfaces for easy integration with relational databases Advanced visualization (HMI) Math, Logic and Supervisory control (SCADA) User and role based node or domain linked security Real-time and historical trending Manual data collection and data management Advanced alarming and alarm management High performance and secure networking Wizards maximize development productivity Discovery and Automatic Configuration Tools Graphic Dynamo Management Recipe Handling Run-time and remote configuration Active X controls for database connectivity (VisiconX) Time and event scheduling Microsoft Visual Basic for Applications Integration (VBA)
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.2. Proficy HMI/SCADA iFIX For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX Comprehensive Monitoring and Control
iClient
GE’s Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX is a robust HMI/ SCADA solution, providing process visualization, data acquisition, analytics and supervisory control of your process. Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX gives you the power and security to precisely monitor and control every aspect of your process, as well as your equipment and resources, resulting in faster response to production or process issues; less waste, improved quality, faster timeto-market with new products, and increased profitability.
iClient is the standard GE thick client. It serves as a traditional PC-based client that is installed on the hard disk and accesses data from a local or remote computer. All applications can be run on iClient, including real-time graphics, trending, alarming and reporting. Plus, users can perform development online from each client, including building graphics and adding tags to local or distributed servers.
Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX, with its scan based architecture, is an extremely well suited application for process environments, with functionality to excel in water/wastewater, oil and gas, and regulated industries, particularly those under the FDA’s 21 CFR Part 11 rule. Ease and Flexibility With its extensive library of intuitive graphical tools, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX enables users to be “up and running” quickly and easily, building a powerful window into their automation system. Whether you’re implementing a single, stand-alone Human Machine Interface (HMI), or a highly complex, multi-node, multi-site Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) system, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX offers the functionality you need to quickly develop an application of any type and size. And because it’s designed with an extremely flexible architecture, Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX gives you the power to meet your current application needs, while easily expanding your system as your business requirements grow. Distributed Network Architecture Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX’s fully distributed, client/server architecture provides maximum flexibility when designing a system. Deployment possibilities range from a single computer running Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX in a standalone HMI application to a large, networked system with many distributed servers and clients.
iClientTS iClientTS is a thin-client and web solution that makes use of Microsoft Terminal Server technology and provides the full capabilities of a standard iClient. From any iClientTS station, users have complete access to all networked Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX SCADA Servers – making full use of iClient technology, ActiveX controls and VBA and third party content. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal Proficy Real-Time Information Portal is another Proficy thin client solution for distributing information to many users.With Proficy Real-Time Information Portal, HMI/ SCADA-iFIX graphics are converted and published to a web server. Then, from a web browser, pages are animated with realtime data from SCADA Servers. Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX Architecture Advantage The Proficy HMI/SCADA-iFIX distributed, client/server architecture incorporates any combination of distributed servers (SCADA Servers) and distributed clients (iClient, iClientTS, and/or iWebServer). To users, Proficy HMI/ SCADA-iFIX appears as a single, high-performance integrated system.
Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX System Architecture Proficy HMI/SCADA – iFIX allows tremendous network configuration flexibility, using a combination of SCADA Servers, or even existing iFIX nodes and clients.
9-431
9
9. Software Solutions 9.3. Proficy Change Management For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Change Management Safe, Secure, Flexible & Automatic Proficy Change Management is powerful software that enables your team to manage, store and retreive your automation systems software, configuration, code and plant floor documentation easily. Proficy Change Management has powerful capabilities including user based security, version control, audit trails, e-signatures, central storage, automated & manual backup and recovery for any file, configuration or code base.
Proficy Change Management is used for a wide variety of applications such as:
Proficy Change Management offers an automated way to help your organization assess, monitor, manage, control and lower project costs as well as ongoing maintenance costs. In addition, by providing traceability, notification of changes and regulatory compliance, it drives increased efficiency of your personnel, and as a result, your productivity.
Safety - Changes at the control level can affect workers safety. With Proficy Change Management, the software can evaluate for the existence of dated code and any unauthorized PLC forces so you know about potential safety issues before they occur!
Proficy Change Management is pre-configured to support a variety of commonly used software and devices in the industrial environment, including GE Intelligent Platforms, Rockwell, Schneider, Siemens and many more. It can also manage any file type such as documents, spreadsheets, drawings and more with our easy-to-use Wizard for a complete plant or factory asset management system.
9
9-432
Quality - Ensure that your process is using the most recent set points in your SCADA or PLC control programs to ensure the product will meet the expectations of the customer. Setup notification within Proficy Change Management to keep quality in check.
Compliance - Proficy Change Management helps you meet change control compliance regulations whether they be government mandated (NERC, CIP, 21 CFR Part 11) or internal policy regulations. Disaster Recovery - Proficy Change Management drives accountability, uptime and machine efficiency by ensuring the latest backups are stored. Process Improvement - Proficy Change Management enables your six sigma and lean teams to baseline the current state of the machine control configuration and code easier and quicker by facilitating on demand backups prior to kaizens and quickly reverting back if necessary.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.3. Proficy Change Management For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Change Management Version Control ensures that only one person at a time is making changes to the system and archives the versions once those changes are made-providing the ability to revert to a previous version. Security enables you to monitor and control who has access to what function-reducing the number of errors that occur due to unauthorized access. It also enables you to set up a permission hierarchy by roles, which eliminates the need to establish permissions for every employee. Audit Trails and Reports allow you to track what has been happening with programs and devices in your plant, automatically providing the “who, what, when, where and why” information of events taking place throughout your operation. Automated Scheduling, Notification and Reporting allows you to check the integrity of what is happening on a regularly scheduled basis. It automatically reviews server files and compares them to what is running, providing notification of any discrepancies through regular automated reporting.
HTML Interface & Plant Layout allows you to customize the end-user interface to match your plant’s needs. This powerful point-and-click interface makes accessing projects and devices as easy as surfing the net, helping simplify the interface for your end users, thus reducing errors and the need for training. Extensive Product Support. Proficy Change Management is pre-configured to support a variety of commonly used software and devices in the industrial environment, including GE Intelligent Platforms, Rockwell, Schneider, Siemens and many more. It can also manage any file type such as documents, spreadsheets, drawings and more with our easy-to-use Wizard for a complete plant or factory asset management system. Built Into GE Intelligent Platforms Proficy HMI/ SCADA. Because the client is built right into the CIMPLICITY Workbench and the iFIX workspace, you can now manage your HMI/SCADA application quickly and easily. Check out picture files, screens files, or other components, compare versions of screens or configurations, or compare entire projects.
Electronic Signatures enable you to gain additional control over changes in your plant by allowing you to enforce authorization to make changes to your devices and projects. This functionality can help you meet regulations such as 21 CFR Part 11 or NERC and improve your Good Manufacturing Practice.
9
9-433
9. Software Solutions 9.4. Proficy Historian For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Historian At the core of GE’s Proficy software platform, Proficy Historian provides a high-performance foundation for enterprise-class solutions. Proficy Historian from GE Intelligent Platforms is a powerful enterprise-wide data historian that collects, archives, and distributes tremendous volumes of production information at extremely high speeds. Increase Your Process Visibility Built specifically for the acquisition, storage and retrieval of industrial process informaion, Proficy Historian improves visibility, provides context to raw data, and aggregates islands of information–resulting in better and faster decisions, increased productivity and reduced costs across your enterprise. Proficy Historian offers unique capabilities and benefits for a sustainable competitive advantage: • • • • • • •
9
Built-in Data Collection Fast Read/Write Performance Speeds High Data Compression Quick Time to Value Enhanced Data Security Robust Redundancy for High Availability Open & Layered Integration
Improve Processes Across Your Business Proficy Historian ties together islands of automation information without compromising data resolution. It enables an integrated view of your entire operations with accurate, real-time information and instant access to historical data. With Proficy Historian, you can compare past production runs, analyze the data prior to a downtime event, and plot ideal production runs against in-process runs. You can easily generate reports and share information across your enterprise using standard web browser tools.
NOTE: This data represents a specific test on 400,000 samples logged to a standard RDB and Proficy Historian. Results will vary depending on the raw data set used and the RDB schema employed.
9-434
Faster Speeds In contrast to the modest performance of relational databases for large data sets or associated periods of time, Proficy Historian provides much faster read/write performance and “down to the millisecond” resolution for true real-time data. Proficy Historian is built to store, and more importantly, retrieve production/process data in the way you need it. Its aggregation and retrieval methods would be difficult in other database technologies. This capability enables better responsiveness by quickly providing the granularity of data needed to analyze and solve intense process applications. High Data Compression Proficy Historian comprises powerful compression algorithms, which enable you to store years of data easily and securely online-enhancing performance, reducing maintenance and lowering costs. For example, you can configure Proficy Historian without the active maintenance and back-up routines that a relational database requires. Archives can be automatically created, backed up, and purged—enabling extended use without the need for a data- base administrator. Enhanced Data Security Less vulnerable to attacks from hackers and viruses such as SQL injection (or SQL insertion), Proficy Historian is designed to enforce higher standards of data security. It does not allow insert, update, or deletion of data through standard interfaces, and you can implement security for historians at the functional group or down at the tag level—a task that would be exceedingly difficult with an Relational Database. Proficy Historian tracks many of these changes by default and helps address strict regulatory requirements such as the FDA’s 21 CFR Part 11 through features such as electronic signatures.
With no compression at all, Proficy Historian offers much higher disk space efficiency than an RDB. When using a 1% dead band compression, it delivers even greater efficiency for enhanced performance and reduced maintenance.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.4. Proficy Historian For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Historian Robust Redundancy for High Availability Proficy Historian offers clustering at the data store much like a relational database, as well as another level of redundancy at the collector function. If there are missioncritical data collection points, the collectors themselves can be configured in a redundant fashion. The solution also addresses network and server disruptions through a “store and forward” capability, which buffers data at the collector should a disruption occur. The buffers are eventually uploaded when the server comes back online with automatic reconnection— ensuring no data loss.
Proficy Historian can layer on many different manufacturers’ controls and HMI/ SCADA platforms, and can even support embedded applications—unlocking value and providing the foundation toward a full operations management solution. With Proficy Historian, you have access to an extensive portfolio of performance and execution applications: • • •
Advanced visualization and powerful analytical tools Broad range of industry and application specific solutions Seamless integration with the full Proficy platform to truly empower the enterprise
Open & Layered Philosophy Proficy’s open and layered approach provides an advantage—enabling interoperability with third-party solutions for faster time to value. There’s no need for expensive interfaces and customized code.
9
9-435
9. Software Solutions 9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Historian Analysis Businesses face challenges every day for profitability in a competitive world. What happens in the deep recesses of the data collected within these businesses captures valuable insight that can help your business work more efficiently. But data is sometimes hard to get to and when it can be obtained, it is hard to turn into a story that results in actionable information.
Web-based Accessibility
With GE’s Proficy Historian Analysis solution, a webbased analysis tool, you can get data directly from Proficy Historian and make sense of this data to enable process improvements. With easy search and trending capabilities, users can find process tags quickly and easily and bring those tags together within simple-to-use trends that help discover the causes of process upsets that lead to inefficiencies.
Ease of Configuration
Features • • • • • • •
9
Data trending capability Proficy Historian integration Flexible reporting Web-based application Collaboration (share reports and trends) Personalization (Favorites) Search capability
Benefits • • • • •
Time savings with quick and easy setup Better accessibility to data with easy-to-find tags for analysis Faster responsiveness with quick discovery of causes for process inefficiencies and upsets Smarter decisions with data available from anywhere with web access Increased collaboration of information between users and shifts
Integration with Proficy Historian Proficy Historian Analysis offers best-in-class direct connection to Proficy Historian, allowing quick time to value and the opportunity to capitalize on the full potential of your historical data.
Providing convenience and ease of use, Proficy Historian Analysis is web-based so the client can be used wherever there is Internet access, enabling you to troubleshoot processes flexibly and making it easy to collaborate within a plant or around the world.
You can quickly get the application configured against Proficy Historian and see live data out of the box with minimal configuration. Process Improvements Designed to turn your historical data into information you can act on to improve your processes, Proficy Historian Analysis helps you visualize and troubleshoot processes through powerful analytical capabilities. Gain maximum value from your data today with Proficy Historian Analysis to drive continuous process improvements for a longterm competitive advantage. Easy Tag Search and Trending Proficy Historian Analysis enables you to easily find the needed tags for analysis and create trends to show how the process behaves. You can search to find tags and drag them onto the trend, drop multiple tags on a trend chart, and display multiple trend charts at one time. The solution also allows you to change the look and feel of the trend charts and change the time range to easily view various trends. Robust Reporting Capability With Proficy Historian Analysis, you can generate reports that capture trends for a specific period of time once analysis is complete. The reports can be saved as templates to be used at regular intervals. Once run, these report instances can be shared with team members to show areas of concern for the process that may require additional analysis.
Facilitated Team Collaboration Reports can be generated and emailed to users, informing them of issues or areas to focus on. Additionally, reports can be turned into templates and trends saved to enable sharing between users as they log into the system. For example, an engineer on Shift1 may notice unusual behavior in a process using a trend of key process data. That engineer can save the trends in a public “favorites” folder and inform other team members of the data so they can perform additional analysis. Additionally, the most used trends and reports can be saved by each user so as they start each day, the analysis they use the most is always in front of them.
9-436
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.5. Proficy Historian Analysis For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Historian Analysis
9
9-437
9. Software Solutions 9.6. Proficy Vision For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Vision Proficy Vision introduces a new and unique paradigm for navigating your operations, enabling you to take equipment centric, product centric and people centric views of your world. It’s like a map and compass on your operations that delivers realtime operational intelligence, helping you make sense of a complex world. Benefits • • • • •
Better, faster decision making through increased operational visibility Increased convenience with any time, anywhere web access Faster responsiveness to issues and problems Less training, saving time and costs Improved enterprisewide collaboration and communication
Success for manufacturing and infrastructure businesses increasingly relies on broad, secure access to crossenterprise information. Only with timely and relevant insights can businesses truly optimize operational performance. Yet disparate systems, limited resources, and multiple roles and responsibilities often create silos of information that limit visibility and make collaboration and driving operational improvements difficult.
9
Visualization software that delivers an operations view GE’s Proficy Vision software is a powerful operational dashboard that brings together webbased content from the Proficy Portfolio and third-party web displays into one environment. It aggregates and organises content in the context of your plant structure, enabling users to have their web-enabled content side by side in the same application and allowing them to see the information they need to get their job done.
9-438
The software offers a single place to display both structured data (ERP, EAM, MES, SCADA, etc.) and unstructured data (social business, spreadsheets, news feeds, etc.) for a convenient one-stop view. Providing relevant and cross-enterprise insights, Proficy Vision aggregates disparate interfaces and information with a unified context for better, faster decisions. It delivers a role-specific user interface for maximum efficiency, allowing users to anticipate, collaborate and orchestrate responses to dynamic operational conditions with greater agility and precision. Web-Based Access The application can be used wherever there is internet access, making it easy to collaborate around the plant or around the world. Organised Displays Users can organise content the way they want, whether that means tying content to a piece of equipment or within a specific area of the facility putting the data they need at their fingertips when they need it. Structured Navigation In runtime view, users can navigate through their displays in a virtual environment and see the content at each level of the model as they navigate. They can navigate to the areas where they have responsibility and get to the applications and displays they need when they need them. The data is structured so that all of your views and relevant displays are associated to the appropriate equipment.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.6. Proficy Vision For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Vision Content Mashup
Personalization (Favorites)
Users can take multiple screens from multiple applications and consolidate them in one view, breaking down the silos of systems and data for greater efficiency. For instance, a user could have content from Proficy Plant Applications, Proficy Workflow, Proficy HMI/SCADA, and an ERP System on one display instead of going to multiple windows to get that information.
The dynamic environment of Proficy Vision provides the adhoc capability to host content from disparate sources and customize the layout using multiple screens. Users can save their layouts as “favorites” to easily view or manipulate their most important information without having to rebuild consolidated views.
Role-Based Access This feature allows users to see what they need based on their login credentials. For instance, a user may only be able to see a certain portion of the model and only certain displays at that level. An operator may only see displays for specific assets they are responsible for, while a manager may have access to all displays for a facility. There is no need to have multiple products for operators and for executives, as Proficy Vision allows you to support all your roles from your operator to your CEO in one location.
Your Operational Dashboard As businesses must do more with fewer resources to succeed in today’s competitive environment, Proficy Vision provides a powerful single view of your webenabled content. The capability to easily see content in the context of your plant structure allows users to see information that’s relevant to them where and when they need it. It helps bridge information gaps and increases operational visibility across the enterprise for better, faster decisions that drive improved operational performance.
Integrated Workflow Users have access to an integrated Workflow solution that allows them to view and interact with content, and also provides the ability within the same environment to address standard operating procedures.
9
Monitoring processes and acting on alarms and procedures in one environment delivers a powerful advantage that drives operational improvements. Your work instructions and the context around those instructions are presented to the user in one operational dashboard.
9-439
9. Software Solutions 9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Real-Time Information Portal Delivering information through a common web client and reporting environment, Proficy Real-Time Information Portal provides comprehensive visibility into your plant floor operations. Features • • • • •
Connectivity across Proficy software solutions and third-party applications Interactive analysis of real-time and historical data sources Easy web-based configuration by users without programming Personalized and role-based navigation Suitable across broad applications
Proficy Real-Time Information Portal is GE Intelligent Platforms’ real-time manufacturing intelligence application, allowing you to gain business insight from all of your plant data in real time. This powerful application is an incredible resource for your business, providing visibility into plant floor operations. As a result, it enables real-time decision support and continuous process improvement, and enhances the return on your current and future IT investments. Proficy Portal provides a web-based solution that integrates all of your online and process based systems with plant-wide connectivity, analysis, and visualization components.
9
9-440
This application provides a common web client and reporting environment for a fully integrated solution that maximizes the value of your other GE applications, as well as the data and content from your legacy and third- party systems. By applying sophisticated trending, graphical presentation, and statistical analysis to all of your online data, Proficy Portal provides unique organization-wide views and insight into how your plant is operating, and how to improve it. Proficy Portal provides advanced analysis, reporting, and visualization capabilities. As the web client for the entire GE product family as well as other third-party plant systems, Proficy Portal brings together all of your process and on-line data. It presents and analyzes data so that decisions can be made in real time, based on all the information available. For the first time, users throughout your facility and throughout the world now have access to production data how and when they need it all at the click of a mouse. Proficy Portal provides this connectivity to your plant data with a robust set of analysis and visualization components all in a personalized web environment that was developed specifically to meet your industry’s strict requirements.
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.7. Proficy Real-Time Information Portal For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Real-Time Information Portal Time-based Data Analysis
Graphical Presentation
Proficy Portal provides interactive analysis of real-time and historical data sources through trend charts, grids and data links. This provides users with insight into the operation of their plant for making crucial improvements to quality and efficiency.
Graphical presentation rapidly communicates essential information from more complex data sets for notification of alerts, status changes, and data summaries. Graphical presentation can also bring a familiar look and feel when moving plant floor applications to the web, providing:
• • •
• • •
Connect and interact with plant-wide, real-time and historical data sources and adjust system parameters with read/ write capabilities. Visualize, annotate, and analyze process data, strings or other information with the Time chart. Analyze your process by event (such as comparing batch or production runs) using the event component. Drill into detail data using intelligent grid components that allow data to be easily sorted, printed, and exported.
Common Web Client A single web client that combines content from other GE applications such as Proficy HMI/SCADA and from across data sources within the plant and the organization allows for real-time decision making at all levels. Solve your plant manufacturing intelligence needs with a single script and in an HTML-free environment. • • • •
Combine the client functions of our full software family with information from legacy and third-party systems on the same screen at the same time. Use the Proficy HMI/SCADA Jump-Start utility to automatically create content based on real-time Proficy HMI/SCADA displays. Graphically create a library of parameterized SQL statements that interact with plant floor and corporate data stores. Proficy Portal supports SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE and CALL statements. Build and deploy sophisticated, web-based views and dashboard applications with KPIs and drill down by linking forms components, buttons, hyperlinks, charts, and more.
A complete graphics library of shapes, images, etc. Common graphical tools for drawing displays (align, group etc). Animation of shape properties from any data source and command actions for navigation and drill down.
Relational Database & OPC Support: ODBC, JDBC, OLEDB Different communication methods and drivers are supported for communicating with relational databases. This includes support for communication to ODBC sources, OLEDB providers and native JDBC drivers for specific databases such as Oracle®, DB2 and Microsoft SQL Server. Statement Builder Users can graphically create re-usable SQL statements or queries that can be used through-out the Proficy Portal system. These reusable statements can be easily created by graphically selecting the appropriate database fields. Statements can be triggered automatically or on command from other controls. Key Performance Indicators Proficy Portal provides an easy method for users to monitor key performance indicators (KPIs) being derived by Proficy Plant Applications. In addition, ad-hoc calculations and expressions can be created within Proficy Portal to perform a wide variety of KPIs.
9-441
9
9. Software Solutions 9.8. Proficy Troubleshooter For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Troubleshooter Proficy Troubleshooter provides powerful analytical tools that utilize leading-edge techniques to extract knowledge from existing historical process and manufacturing plant data. These tools help identify causes for production problems as well as opportunities for preventing these problems in the future. Proficy Troubleshooter can be used for batch and discrete processes as well as continuous processes. It provides you with the capability to visualize process problems and their causes through modeling and simulating the process, using available historical plant data. Proficy Troubleshooter enables an “Intelligent Historian” that is clearly differentiated from, and more valuable than competing historians. Once you identify the causes for variation and problems in the process and the impact of the process on your assets, you can better understand the relationships between the data. You can build business cases before attempting real-time solutions and prevent problems in the future. What’s more, these powerful technologies provide a clear path to Proficy Cause+, another powerful, tightly integrated GE solution that analyzes your real-time data.
Benefits • • • • • • • •
Perform easy troubleshooting of discrete and batch process problems Create“golden”batch models and associated analysis easily Execute custom data preparation for accessing, combining and filtering data Rapidly identify special and common causes of KPI variation using fully integrated data visualization, statistical analysis and modeling and model analysis Analyze problematic batches or steps within a batch using batch visualization and batch comparison functionality Identify money-saving batch and discrete opportunities and solution feasibility Leverage the ability to deploy solutions for batch and discrete applications automatically in real time Integrate complementary process improvement software to existing HMI, MES and ERP systems
Knowledge extraction
9
Decision tree, node brushing and pivot table analysis
9-442
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.9. Proficy Cause+ For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Cause+ Proficy Cause+, a powerful software add-on solution that enables you to obtain more value from your HMI/SCADA system by providing likely causes for problems in real time. It enables an intelligent form of proactive alarming and decision support so operators can correct issues before a problem occurs. Active Avoidance With Proficy Cause+, you can analyze real-time information based on intelligent historical data models and have your system predicting future alarm events. With Proficy Cause+ predictive analysis, your team can put the appropriate corrective actions in place reducing downtime and maintenance costs and increasing your productivity. HMI/SCADA Real-Time Interface The real-time action object displays causes for operators and process engineers right in your HMI/SCADA application, as well as operator actions or guidance messages. Proficy Cause+ enables production and manufacturing engineers or process specialists to instantly receive real-time causes for future process deviations.
Always “On� Proficy Cause+ contains a powerful analytical engine that interfaces seamlessly into your HMI/SCADA applications and constantly reviews and analyzes your data. Proficy Cause+ can apply binary or non-linear predefined rule sets against your incoming real-time data. No matter what staff is on the clock, Cause+ is always working in the background, reviewing the data and enunciating in the event something is out of alignment. Intelligent Correction You can instruct Cause+ how to react, and it delivers consistent instructions to your operators every time. By linking messages to specific data models and rule sets, your operators can instantly receive corrective actions prior to the issue occurring. Post-Alarm Analysis Proficy Cause+ can also be used offline enabling your team to analyze your data and establish the root cause of faults, warnings or alarms. You can also enable your engineering staff to transpose the large amounts of data within your HMI/ SCADA and realise increased value by identifying both positive and negative aspects about your process.
9-443
9
9. Software Solutions 9.10. Proficy Plant Applications For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Plant Applications A family of powerful solutions, Proficy Plant Applications allows users to make business sense out of plant data for informed business decisions in real time. Features • • • • •
Open and Layered architecture Integrated modular applications on a common data model Scalable from a single machine to multiple plants Extensible using standard tools Supports a mix of different production processes
Proficy Plant Applications is ironically one single software package and a key part of the Proficy software suite, automating and integrating the information related activities for managing production execution and performance optimization holistically, helping businesses balance the tradeoffs across the many competing priorities of production operations. It significantly reduces clerical burden on production and support personnel, while providing a potent manufacturing execution and manufacturing intelligence environment infused into the operation for tracking and optimizing operating efficiency, energy and resource consumption, product and process quality, environmental and product safety compliance, schedule execution, WIP inventory tracking, genealogy / traceability, and more.
9
Competitive pressures, customer demands, corporate and regulatory requirements and a host of other challenges all add complexity to your work in the plant every day. Proficy Plant Applications helps you manage that complexity, providing clarity and allowing you to manage performance and focus on results.
Proficy Plant Applications empowers you to truly understand performance down to the individual asset by definitively showing the biggest areas of, and reasons for, productivity losses, such as defects, waste and downtime. Our software translates raw production data into performance metrics that the system monitors automatically and manages constantly; freeing operators from the non-value add work of collecting, logging and interpreting this information manually. Our extensive reporting and analysis tools offer unmatched analytical capabilities to find problems and drive the right activities for performance improvements. And, it gives you the flexibility to evolve your systems yourself using your own, in-plant personnel to maintain peak plant performance. Production Management - Oversee production operations including functions to control product flow between equipment, develop product genealogy reports and make schedule changes to reduce excess inventory. Quality Management - The Plant Applications Quality module helps you increase product quality by lowering waste, reducing scrap and significantly lowering product recall costs. Efficiency Management - Identify and monitor all areas of manufacturing for inefficiencies - downtime, waste and Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE). Perform root cause analyses, historical data summaries, schedule reports and identify your bottlenecks. Batch Analysis - Off-the-shelf reporting and analysis applications that work with multi-vendor systems to improve overall consistency and quality in batch execution processes.
Efficiently manage and achieve peak performance with a unified, easy to configure “plant model” that automatically generates intelligent KPIs and monitors performance. By leveraging our understanding of asset utilization, uptime, speeds, yields of materials and other performance parameters, our software is proven to help you make real-time adjustments to keep your operations running smoothly and more productively.
9-444
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.11. Proficy Workflow For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Workflow Built on a Service Oriented Architecture, Proficy Workflow is a dynamic decision making engine that integrates automated and manual work processes across system and departmental boundaries ensuring reliable, repeatable process execution. This powerful industrial Business Process Management (BPM) software takes a production “flowchart” and digitizes it, connecting the people, materials, equipment and systems involved in the work process.
With Proficy Workflow, you can improve, eliminate and automate steps in production to lean your organization. Additionally, you can capture process, traceability and quality data, and drive optimization initiatives based on factual information. This powerful work process management system can touch almost all production personnel, including quality managers and quality technicians, maintenance, operations supervisors, operators and industrial engineers.
Features
By digitizing processes with Proficy Workflow, you can decrease time to value on materials, speed response, lower total cost of ownership and ensure sustainability.
• • • • • • •
Streamline production processes—from work instructions to corrective action Solve operations problems immediately without demands on IT Capture manual and automated processes with one tool – without custom code “Manage by Exception” to achieve fast response based on real-time events Connect to any OPC data source Build composite applications to leverage existing production systems Comply with industry standards, including ISA 95
Benefits • • • •
Decrease costs by reducing errors and waste Increase quality and first-time throughput Boost compliance by enforcing Standard Operating Procedures (SOPs) Reduce training time through electronic instruction
Use Proficy Workflow to: • • • • • • • • • • • • • 
Benchmark, improve and control work processes Orchestrate high-level processes and manage the data between systems Standardise processes and metrics across production assets Digitize SOPs, GMP tasks and work instructions Implement HACCP monitoring procedures and corrective action Manage alarm / event response Replicate processes across your business using libraries and templates Reduce WIP inventory Achieve Right-First-Time reducing rework Comply with many industry regulations Perform tasks only when statistically required Integrate maintenance and operating procedures Implement S95 without being constrained by S95 or forced into unnecessary re-engineering
9-445
9
9. Software Solutions 9.12. Proficy Open Enterprise For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Open Enterprise To achieve a sustainable advantage, manufacturers need increased visibility from the top floor to the shop floor to view and coordinate the status of orders, inventory changes, and overall process performance. Seamlessly connecting manufacturing processes with the enterprise layer requires tight yet flexible integration between your enterprise systems and site production systems. Proficy Open Enterprise is a powerful application that connects your enterprise systems to the Proficy suite of solutions, using ISA-95 and B2MML standards to communicate valuable information. It allows decision makers at the enterprise level to leverage real-time information about production processes providing increased visibility and insight for better business decisions. Features • • • • • • •
9
Activities/Templates for upload/download – Download parses production schedule message and either routes to appropriate product or stores within the ISA-95 model; upload creates production performance message to be sent to enterprise systems. B2MML Content Editor – Checks upload and download messages for possible errors and issues immediate warnings to users; also allows users to review and approve transactions before they are committed. Object Model – Maps to B2MML message standard and allows users to easily manipulate B2MML data and link that data to activities within a workflow. Service Provider – Allows users to easily save, change, or delete production data from the ISA-95 model of Proficy SOA.
Improved operations to realise a sustainable advantage Increased visibility into the manufacturing process Better decision making to increase capacity Timely identification of production issues Faster responsiveness to customer needs Quick time-to-value due to standardsbased features and out-of-the-box tools Improved accuracy of inventory data
By enabling real-time orders to be downloaded into the production layer from your enterprise systems and for performance information to be uploaded to your enterprise systems—Proficy Open Enterprise acts as a bi-directional transport of data between the two layers. Data is input from enterprise systems and stored within Proficy SOA structures where it can be used inherently by Proficy Workflow or transferred to other applications, including Proficy Plant Applications or third-party applications through service providers. Single interface from enterprise systems to the Proficy suite of solutions – Seamless connectivity to get order information into Proficy SOA’s ISA-95 model, allowing access to other GE Intelligent Platforms and third-party applications via service providers and web services. Bi-directional communication between enterprise systems and site production systems – System handles the download of schedule messages and the upload of performance messages. Standards based – Utilises the ISA-95 and B2MML standards to allow easy communication between the enterprise and production layer. Middleware Independent – Connection to enterprise systems facilitated through thirdparty middleware, supporting B2MML standards. Message routing – Easily routes production data to other GE Intelligent Platforms products and third-party applications.
9-446
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.13. Proficy Maintenance Gateway For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Maintenance Gateway Proficy Maintenance Gateway (PMG) enhances the Proficy software suite - a platform for driving reliable, profitable operations in a plant and across an enterprise by enabling you to integrate maintenance operations in your operational excellence journey. PMG can scale up from a simple condition-monitoring system to a sophisticated orchestration engine for seamlessly implementing Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) strategies. Benefits • • • • • •
Reduced equipment failure rates and unplanned downtime Improved first pass quality and reduced waste Reduced turnaround time for repairs and planned maintenance costs Ability to uncover additional capacity due to the continuous improvement in reliability Ability to track reliability plans with rules and aggregators, including total uptimes or availability of individual equipment over a period of time Increased analysis into next stage of reliability due to the rule builder, which can be used to introduce or refine rules that implement RCM strategies
The latest release of PMG extends its proven capabilities with a new meter reading module, enhanced writeback functions, and new adaptors to Enterprise Asset Maintenance (EAM) applications such as SAP’s Plant Maintenance (PM) module. The broad range of connectivity options, ease-of-use, and scalability make PMG desirable to companies in asset-intensive industries - from utilities to facilities management.
There are several options to help you integrate PMG into your existing Proficy suite of solutions. Option 1 is for existing Proficy HMI/SCADA - CIMPLICITY and iFIX users, Option 2 is for Proficy
By synchronizing the workflows of the production and maintenance systems, PMG helps you improve the efficiency of your operations by enabling you to: • • • • • • • •
Drive EAM systems to generate proactive, predictive maintenance on critical equipment based on real-time conditions to eliminate unplanned downtimes during production. Track usage of equipment to drive EAM to generate preventive maintenance that will ensure appropriate maintenance, as opposed to costly over- or under maintenance. Track the type/frequency of occurrence of failures that will enable EAM in root cause identification of such failures. Track the time to repair, which takes away from productive time. Continuously optimize usage-based PMs based on real-time plant dynamics to minimize cost. PMG works in the reverse direction as well Monitor/track the real-time status of an ongoing maintenance activity in an EAM, specifically, from a production perspective, using a web portal. Generate triggers/alarms in the production systems when changes happen in the EAM systems. Continuously contribute to RCM by implementing Preventive, Predictive, Corrective and Emergency work orders for the various assets under different realtime conditions.
Plant Applications users, and Option 3 is for Proficy Workflow users. In Option 3, PMG extends the Proficy Workflow into the enterprise - into SAP and Maximo applications.
9-447
9
9. Software Solutions 9.14. Proficy Process Systems For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Process Systems Proficy Process Systems is a state-of-the-art DCS and process control system that leverages GE Intelligent Platforms’ latest hardware and software technologies to provide a complete control solution closing the loop between automation and information.
Applications Layer
With Proficy Process Systems, you can improve quality, flexibility, productivity and uptime throughout your process and your business.
Engineering Workstation – This is where you design, create, and maintain your system’s configuration. With an advanced Logic Developer, you can create your control strategies in Function Blocks, Ladder Logic, or Structured Text for the PACSystem controllers.
Architecture The Proficy Process Systems architecture is designed to provide a modular and expandable system to meet your most demanding process control needs. Proficy Process Systems can uniquely range from a small, one-machine architecture to a large, multi-machine architecture. This approach means you can start small and expand your system over time, at your pace. The system consists of several layers.
The Applications Layer contains the software that powers the information capabilities of Proficy Process Systems, featuring:
Operator Console – This is where your operators monitor and control the process. Choose between our two industry leading HMI/SCADA visualization technologies for your system – CIMPLICITY or iFIX. The consoles communicate with the PACSystems controllers through our Global Namespace. Historian – The Historian is designed specifically for handling process data. It provides high performance storage & retrieval with sub-second collection and millisecond time-stamping.
9
9-448
PHONE 1800 557 705 | FAX 1800 237 743 | www.control-logic.com.au | sales@control-logic.com.au
9.14. Proficy Process Systems For your Information: QLD, SA & NT only
Proficy Process Systems Change Management – Change Management provides version control for your process control strategies, including audit trail capabilities. Batch Execution – Batch Execution is the perfect option for batch-oriented processes. With advanced batch management, formulation management, batch direct, and tight linkage with our Batch Analysis option, you can optimize campaigns and batch runs. ERP Connectivity – GE Intelligent Platforms has closed the gap between automation and information with our Proficy Production Management software products and ERP connector. Now you can link your control system to your business systems to truly drive operational excellence in your business.
Controllers The PACSystems RX3i and RX7i give Proficy Process Systems its flexibility, featuring a common engine which allows you to take programs that are created in one controller and easily move them to another.
Proficy Process Systems also features Control Memory Exchange, a breakthrough technology we incorporated from our Embedded Systems Business. Through highspeed fibre optics, Control Memory Exchange allows data in one controller to be exchanged and shared with another controller at over a 2GB rate. This allows you to synchronize controllers for distributed control, or reflect the memory state of one controller to another for redundant operations. Fieldbus and I/O GE Intelligent Platforms has always taken an open approach with our products and technologies. We provide our customers with the best possible technology and give them the freedom to work with the devices and instruments of their choice. Proficy Process Systems continues with that tradition. We understand that when it comes to process control, there are several choices for Fieldbuses. That’s why we chose an Open Fieldbus approach to our system which supports all major Fieldbuses. We also provide you with a comprehensive portfolio of I/O, allowing you to choose the right strategy to meet your needs. Through OPC, native drivers, and by teaming with companies that specialize in Fieldbus and I/O connectivity, we can satisfy your connectivity needs – putting you in control of your Fieldbus strategy.
9-449
9